1988 - SSCE PHYSICS

6 7cm

50

15kg300

1988SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVES

Answer all the questions.

1. Which of the units of the following physical quantities are derived?

I. AreaII. ThrustIII. PressureIV. MassA. I, II, III and IVB. I, II and III onlyC. I, II and IV onlyD. I and III only E. I and IV only

2. The slope of a straight line displacement time graph indicates the

A. distance traveledB. uniform velocityC. uniform accelerationD. acceleration at an instantE. uniform speed

3. A man will exert the greatest pressure on a bench when he

A. lies flat on his backB. lies flat on his bellyC. stands on the both feetD. stands on one foot onlyE. stands on the toes of one foot

4. The diagram above represents a portion of a venire caliper. What is its reading?

A. 7.10cmB. 7.09cmC. 6.90cmD. 6.34cmE. 6.29cm

5. When three coplanar non-paralled forces are in equilibrium

I. they can be represented in magnitude and direction by the three sides of a triangle taken in order

II. their lines or action meet at a pointIII. the magnitude of any one force equals the

magnitude of the resultant of the other twoIV. any one force is the equilibrant of the other

two.

Which of the statements above are correct?A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. II, III and IV onlyD. I, II, III and IVE. I, III and IV only

6. A ball of mass 0.5kg moving at 10ms-1

collides with another ball of equal mass at rest. If the two balls move off together after the impact, calculate their common velocity.

A. 0.2ms-1

B. 0.5ms-1

C. 5.0ms-1

D. 10.0ms-1

E. 20.0ms-1

7. A body is projected into space with an initial velocity Vo at an angle to the horizontal. Which of the following statements is/are correct about its motion?

I. The total time of flight is VoCos g

II. The maximum heights is VoSin2 2g

III. The range is Vo2 Cos 2

gA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and III onlyD. II onlyE. III only

8. The diagram below shows a body resting on an inclined plane. If the body slides down the plane, what will be its acceleration? (g = 10ms-2)

A. 27.5ms-2

B. 14.8ms-2

C. 10.5ms-2

D. 6.2ms-2

E. 3.3ms-2

9. A catapult is used to project a stone. Which of the following energy conversions takes place as the stone is released?

A. The Kinetic energy of the stone is converted into gravitational potential energy

B. The gravitational potential energy of catapult is converted into the Kinetic energy of the stone

C. The gravitational potential energy is converted into elastic potential energy

D. The elastic potential energy of catapult is converted into gravitational potential energy of the stone

10. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the ground with an initial velocity of 50cms-1. What is the total time spent by the ball in the air? (g = 10ms-2)

A. 2.5sB. 5.0sC. 10.0sD. 15.0sE. 20.0s

11. Which of the following correctly gives the relationship between linear speed v and angular speed w of a body moving uniformly in a circle of radius?

A. v = wrB. v = w2rC. v = wr2

D. v2 = wrE. v = w/r

12. The motion of a body is simple harmonic if the

A. acceleration is always directed towards a fixed point

B. path of motion is a straight lineC. acceleration is directed towards a fixed

point and proportional to its distance from the point

D. acceleration is proportional to the square of the distance from a fixed point

E. acceleration is constant and directed towards a fixed point

13. Which of the following statements about the gaseous state of matter is not correct?The molecules of a substance in gaseous state

A. are in a constant state of motionB. have different speedsC. have a temperature which is a measure of

the average kinetic energyD. have no intermolecular attractive forceE. have a pressure which is determined by the

number of molecules present14. Which of the following cannot be used to

measure the temperature of a substance?A. Variation of pressure with temperatureB. Expansivity of a liquidC. Change in resistance of a conductorD. Thermo-electric effect

E. Change in colour with temperature15. The clinical thermometer is characteristics

by having aA. wide range of temperatureB. wide boreC. long stemD. contritionE. narrow bore

16. A given mass of gas has a pressure of 80Nm-2 at a temperature of 47˚C. If the temperature is reduced to 27˚C with the volume remaining constant, the new pressure is

A. 46.0Nm-2

B. 75.Nm-2

C. 80.0Nm-2

D. 85.3Nm-2

E. 139.4Nm-2

17. Which of the following is a reason why a concrete floor feels colder to the bare feet than a mat on the same floor during the rainy season?

A. Mat is a better conductor of heat than the feet

B. Mat loses heat to the bare feet at a faster rate than concrete floor

C. Mat loses heat to the bare feet while the concrete floor extracts heat from them

D. Concrete floor is a better conductor of heat than the mat

E. Mat is a better conductor of heat than the floor

18. In which of the following is the expansion of solids a disadvantage?

A. The fitting of wheels in rimsB. Fire alarmsC. The thermostatD. The bimetallic thermometerE. The balance wheel of a watch

19. Which of the following best explains why a person suffers a more severe burn when his skin exposed to steam than when boiling water is poured onto his skin?

A. Steam is at a higher temperature than boiling water

B. Steam posse’s greater heat energy per unit mass than boiling water

C. Steam spreads more easily over a wider area of the skin than boiling water

D. Steam penetrates more deeply into the skin than boiling water

E. The specific latent heat of vaporization is released in changing from boiling water to steam

20. Which of the following statements about radiant heat is/are not correct?

I. Radiant heat cannot travel through a vacuum

II. Rough surfaces emit radiant heat better than polished surfaces

III. Dark surfaces absorb radiant heat better than bright surfaces

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. II and III only

21. 0.5kg of water at 10˚C is completely converted to ice at 0˚C by extracting 1880001 of heat from it. If the specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J Kg-10C-1, calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.

A. 9.0kJkg-1

B. 84.0kJ kg-1

C. 168.0kJ kg-1

D. 334.0kJ kg-1

E. 336.0kJ kg-1

22. The temperature t which the water vapour present in the air is just sufficient to saturate it is called the

A. ice pointB. boiling pointC. steam pointD. dew pointE. saturation point

23. Which of the following instruments may be used to measure relative humidity?

A. HydrometerB. BarometerC. ManometerD. HypsometerE. Hygrometer

24. Which of the following will affect the saturation vapour pressure of a liquid?

A. Temperature of the liquidB. Humidity of airC. Volume of vapourD. Volume of the liquidE. Mass of the liquid

25. Which of the following statements is/are not correct about the image formed by a plane mirror?

I. The magnification produced is III. The image distance is the same as the

object distanceIII. The image is realIV. The image is laterally invertedA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and III onlyE. II and IV only

26. What will be the characteristics of the image of the object OB shown above after reflection from the mirror?

A. Diminished, real and erectB. Magnified, real and invertedC. Diminished, virtual and erectD. Magnified, virtual and erectE. Magnified virtual and inverted

27. A transparent rectangular block 5.0cm thick is placed on a black dot. The dot when viewed from above, is seen 3.0cm from the top of the block. Calculate the refractive index of the material of the block

A. 2/5B. 3/5C. 3/2D. 5/3E. 5/2

28. The velocities of light in air and glass are 3.0 x 108ms-1 and 1.8 x 108ms-1 respectively. Calculate the sine of the angle of incidence that will produce an angle of refraction of 30˚ for a ray of light incident on glass.

A. 1.2B. 1.0C. 0.8D. 0.6E. 0.3

29. In an experiment to measure the focal length f of a converging lens, object distance u and corresponding image distances v were measured and 1/u plotted against 1/v to obtain the type of graph below:

How would f be found from this graph?A. f = the slope of the graphB. f = the intercept on the 1/u – axis C. f = the intercept on the 1/v – axis D. f = reciprocal of the slopeE. f = reciprocal of the intercept in either axis

30. An object is placed 36cm from a converging lens of focal length 24cm. If a real image which is 4cm high is formed, calculate the height of the object.


31. The ability of the eye to focus objects at different distances is called

A. powerB. accommodationC. normal visionD. persistence on visionE. long sight

32. The change of the direction of a wave front because of a change in the velocity of the wave in another medium is called

A. refractionB. reflectionC. diffractionD. interferenceE. dispersion

33. A source of sound produces waves in air of wavelength 1.65m. If the speed of sound in air is 330ms-1, the period of vibration in second is

A. 2.00B. 2.0C. 0.5D. 0.02E. 0.005

34. Which of the following statements is/are not correct about a standing wave?

I. It is formed by the superposition of two progressive waves traveling in the same direction

II. All points on the wave are vibrating with maximum displacement

III. It is formed by the superposition of two progressive waves of different amplitudes traveling in opposite directions.

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III

35. A boy standing some distance from the foot of a tall cliff claps his hands and hears an echo 0.5s later. If the speed of sound is 340ms-1, how far is he from the cliff?

A. 17mB. 34mC. 85mD. 170mE. 680m

36. A sounding tuning fork is brought near the end of a pipe containing an air column and the loudness of the sound increases. This effect is due to

A. diffractionB. an echoC. resonanceD. interferenceE. reverberation

37. If the leaves of a positively charged electroscope collapse completely as an object are brought near the cap of the electroscope, the object possesses

A. an equal amount of positive chargeB. less amount of negative chargeC. no chargeD. a positive chargeE. an equal amount of negative charge

38. A cell can supply currents of 0.80 A and 0.40 A through a 2Ω and a 5Ω resistor respectively. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

A. 0.2ΩB. 0.4ΩC. 1.0ΩD. 3.0ΩE. 9.0Ω

39. Which of the following diagrams represents the magnetic field of two isolated unlike poles?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

40. A battery of e.m.f. 24 V and internal resistance 4Ω is connected to a resistor of 32Ω. What is the internal p.d of the battery?

A. 24.0VB. 21.3VC. 16.0VD. 2.7VE. 2.0V

41. Calculate the total heat energy developed in 5 minutes by the system above.

A. 120JB. 144JC. 240JD. 740JE. 8640J

42. A transformer with 5500 turns in its primary is used between a 240V a.c supply and a 120V kettle. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary.

A. 11000B. 2750C. 460D. 232E. 10

43. Local action is normally prevented from taking place in a simple electric cell by

A. introducing an oxidizing agent into the acidB. not drawing continuously for long periodsC. amalgamating the surface of the zinc plateD. using a porous pot to isolate the zinc plate

from the acidE. using dilute sulphuric acid44. Calculate the value of R when G shows no

deflection in the circuit illustrated below.

A. 11ΩB. 36ΩC. 60ΩD. 120ΩE. 225Ω

45. Two parallel conductors carry equal currents in the same direction. Which of the following statements is not a correct observation?

A. Echo f the conductors will experience a force

B. Each of the conductors can moveC. The forces on the conductors will be equalD. There are concentric lines of force around

each conductorE. The two conductors will repel each other

46. It takes 4 minutes to boil a quantity of water electrically. How long will it take to boil same quantity of water using the same heating coil but with the current doubled? (Neglect any external heat losses)

A. 64 minutesB. 32 minutesC. 8 minutesD. 2 minutesE. 1 minute

47. Which of the following statements is not correct?

A. magnetic field is a region in which a magnetic force may be detected

B. A line of force is a line along which a magnetic N-pole would tend to move if it were free

C. Magnetic fields are scalar quantitiesD. Neutral points are obtained where the

earth’s magnetic field is exactly equal and opposite to that due to the magnet

E. The dip angle is the angle between the horizontal and the earth’s total magnetic field

48. A lamp is marked 220V 60W. Calculate the energy it would consume when connected to a 220V source for 1 hour.

A. 216000JB. 132200JC. 3600JD. 864JE. 220J

49. What is the effect of using split-rings in a simple d.c motor?

A. The direction of rotation of the coil is reversed

B. The current in the coil flows in the same direction

C. The current in the coil becomes alternatingD. The direction of the force on the coil is

reversedE. The contact with the voltage source is cut

off

50. Which of the following statements is not correct about a loaded spiral spring?

A. The extension is proportional to the load applied, provided the elastic limit is not exceeded

B. It the elastic limit is not exceeded, the contraction is proportional to the load removed

C. Up to the yield limit, extension is no longer proportional to the applied load

D. Beyond the elastic limit, extension is no longer proportional to the applied load

E. If the spring regains its shape or form after deformation, it is said to be elastic

51. Calculate the resistivity of a wire of length 2m and cross-sectional area of 0.004cm2 if its resistance is 3.0ohm

A. 0.0000267 ohm cmB. 0.00006 ohm cmC. 0.26700 ohm cmD. 0.37500 ohm cmE. 0.60000 ohm cm

52. Which of the following particles or rays have the greatest penetrating power

A. Beta particlesB. Alpha particlesC. Gamma particlesD. ElectronsE. Neutrons

53. When sugar at the bottom of a glass of water gradually dissolves, the water level does not change appreciably. Which of the following statements best explains this?

A. Water is suitable solvent for sugarB. The sugar and the water have become a

single solutionC. The volume of the sugar molecules does not

change when the sugar dissolvesD. Sugar molecules are smaller than water

molecules

E. Water molecules are separated by large spaces between them

54. Which of the following explains the concave meniscus of water in a glass tube?

A. The adhesion between water and glass is greater than the cohesion between water molecules

B. The cohesion between water molecules is greater than the adhesion between glass and water

C. The molecules of water near the glass are moving faster than the molecules in the other parts

D. The molecules of water at the water-air boundary are often attracted to the centre of the tube

E. The weight of the water pulls the central part ofo the surface down

55. The unit of inductance is theA. faradB. henryC. hertzD. ampereE. coulomb

56. Which of the following is/are not affected by a magnetic field?

I. NeutronsII. Cathode raysIII. Alpha particlesA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III

57. Which of the following is not correct about isotopes of an element? They are

A. the same neutron numberB. the same proton numberC. the same number of electronsD. the same chemical propertiesE. different physical property

58. An electron of charge 1.6 x 10-19C is accelerated in vacuum from rest at zero volt towards a plate of 40KV. Calculate the kinetic energy of the electron.

A. 4 x 10-25JB. 4 x 10-21JC. 6.4 x 10-20 JD. 6.4 x 10-15 JE. 2.5 x 10-20 J

59. Which of the following is not an electromagnetic radiation?

A. X-rayB. Radio wavesC. SunlightD. Sound wavesE. Infra-red radiations

60. Two radioactive elements A and B have half-lives of 100 and 50 years respectively. Samples of A and B initially contain equal number of atoms. What is the ratio of the number of the remaining atoms of A to that of B after 200 years?

A. 4 : 1B. s : 1C. 1 : 1D. 1 : 2E. 1 : 4

1988THEORY SECTION B PART 1

1a. Explain with the aid of a diagram what is meant by the moment of a force about a point.

b. State the condition of equilibrium for a number of coplanar parallel forces. A metre rule is found to balance at the 48cm mark. When a body of mass 60g is suspended at the 6cm mark the balance point is found to be at the 30cm mark.Calculate:

(i) The mass of the metre rule,(ii) The distance of the balance point from the

zero end, if the body were moved to the 13cm mark.

c. Show tht the efficiency E, the force ratio M.A and the velocity ratio V.R of a machine are related by the equation.

M.A x 100%E = V.RThe efficiency of a machine is 80%. Determine the work done by a person using this machine to raise a load of 200kg through a vertical distance of 3.0m.(Take g = 10ms-2)

2a. Draw a labeled diagram of a vacuum flask. Explain how its construction minimizes heat exchange with the surroundings.

b State Boyle’s law. A thread of mercury of length 15cm is used to trap some air in a capillary tube with uniform cross-sectional area and closed at one end. With the tube vertical and the open end uppermost, the length of the trapped air column is 20cm. Calculate the length of the air column when the tube is held.

(i) Horizontally,(ii) Vertically with the open end underneath.

(Atmosphere pressure = 76cm of mercury)

c. Explain why it is not advisible to sterilize a clinical thermometer in boiling water at normal atmosphere pressure.

3a. Explain with the aid of diagram how a converging lens could be used to

(i) ignite a piece of carbon,(ii) produce an enlarged picture on a screen,(iii) correct an eye defect.

b. What is a mechanical wave? Describe with the aid of a diagram, an experiment to show that sound needs a material medium for transmission. State three characteristics of sound and mention the factor on which each depends.

4a. Explain what is meant by:(i) Electric field intensity(ii) electric lines force

b. Two similar but opposite point charges – q and +q each of magnitude 5.0 x 10-8C are separated by a distance of 8.0cm in vacuum as shown in the diagram below.

Calculate the magnitude and direction of the resultant electric field intensity E at the point P. Draw the lines of force due to this system of charges.(Take 1_ = 9 x 109 Nm2C-2)

4 Σ

c. Calculate the following in the series circuit shown beside:

(i) reactance of the capacitor(ii) impedance of the circuit(iii) current through the circuit(iv) voltage across the capacitor(v) average power used in the circuit

1988PAPER I PRACTICAL

You are required to record your observations as soon as they are made. The observations and any mathematical working and answers to questions should be written in your answer book, scrap paper must not be used. Attach your graphs to your answer book. You are not expected to copy out your work again neatly. The record may be kept in pencil provided it can be read clearly. If any place of the apparatus provided has a label with a letter on it, this letter must be recorded in your answer book in order that the Examiner may identify which set of apparatus you used.

Neither a detailed description of the apparatus nor a full account of the method of carrying out the experiments is required. You should however, note any special precautions you have taken and it must be clear (by diagrams or otherwise) exactly what the readings mean and how they were obtained.

1a.

In the diagram above, a thread AC, fixed at pulley A passes over a pulley at C on a force board and carries an unknown weight M. Retain this weight m throughout the experiment. Draw a line along the direction of AC on the paper held behind the thread. Locate the midpoint B of AC and mark its position on this line. Draw BD at right angles to AC. By means of a loop of thread, suspend a mass M = 70g from AC and adjust the position of the loop so that the line of actions of the weight of M lies along BD. Ensure that M and m hand off the force

board. Measure BO = y and AO. Evaluate y/AD.

Repeat the experiment with M – 90, 110 and 130 and 150g. In each case, determine the corresponding values of y, OA and y/AO. Tabulate your readings.

Plot your graph with M on the vertical axis and horizontal axis and find the slope of the graph. State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results. Attach your answer script.

b. (i) Given that M/2m = y/AO in theexperiment above, deduce value of the known mass m from your graph.

(ii) State the condition necessary for the equilibrium of three non parallel coplanar forces

(iii)

Calculate the magnitude of force F in the

diagram above, if all the three forces acting at O, are in equilibrium.

Place the prism provided on a tracing paper and draw its outline ABC. Remove the prism. Measure and record the value of the angle A. Draw a normal to the line AB and N. Also draw another line TN to the normal such that i = 45˚ Erect two pins at P1

and P2. Replace the prism and fix two other points at P3 and P4 such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins of P1

and P2 when viewed from the side AC and of the prism. Remove the prism. Join P3 and P4 producing it to meet line TN at Z. Draw the normal XY. Measure and record the angle of emergency e and the angle of deviation d. Evaluate (d – e).

Repeat the experiment with i = 50˚, 55˚ 60˚ and 65˚. In each case, measure and record the

corresponding values of e, d and (d – e). Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph with (d – e) on the vertical axis and i on the horizontal axis starting both axis from the origin. Find the slope of the graph and the intercepts L1 and L2 on the vertical and horizontal axis respectively. Evaluate Lo = (11 + 12)/2

State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results. Attach your traces to your answer script.

2. (i) What is the physical significance of the

intercept of the graph on the horizontal axis, if d = I + e – A where the symbols are as shown on the diagram above.

(ii) If a ray of light is incident normally on face AB of the prism, draw a ray diagram to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism.(Take refractive index of glass – 1.5)

(iii) Distinguish between deviation and refraction.

3. (a)

Connect up the circuit as shown above. PQ is the potentiometer wire. Record the ammeter reading Io and the voltmeter reading VO when the jockey is not in contact with the potentiometer wire PQ. Then place the jockey to make contact with PQ at J such that PJ – 40cm. Read and record I and V. Repeat the experiment with PJ – 50, 60, yo and 80cm. In each case, read and record the values of I and V. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph with 1 on the vertical axis and V on the horizontal axis starting both axis from the origin. Determining the slope of the graph and the value of V when 1 = 0. State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results.

b. (i) Given that E = V + IR in the experiment

above, use your graph to determine the value of R (ii) (a). What did the voltmeter measure when the jockey made contact with potentiometer wire at J?

(ii) What would be wrong with the connections if the ammeter deflected in the opposite direction during the experiment?

(iii) State two advantages of using a potentiometer over a voltmeter for measuring potential difference.

1989SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following is not a vector quantity?

A. MomentumB. ForceC. VelocityD. TemperatureE. Displacement

2. Which of the following is not a consequence of a force field?

A. weightB. surface tensionC. Gravitational pullD. Magnetic forceE. Electric force

3. A boy pulls a nail from the wall with a string tied to the nail. The string is inclined at an angle of 60˚ to the wall. If the tension in the string is 4N what is the effective force used in pulling the nail?

A. 2NB. 2√3NC. 4ND. 4√3NE. 8N

4. The diagram above represents the trajectory of a projectile with an initial

velocity U. If g is the acceleration of free fall, the time taken to reach the maximum height is

A. 2Ugsin

B. U sin 2g

C. u con g

D. U__ g sin

E. U sin g

5. Using the diagram below, calculate the moment of the force of 10 N about point P

A. 60 Nm

B. 60

C. 120Nm

D. 120

E. 240Nm

6. Which of the following is used to determine the relative density of the acid in a car battery?

A. HypsometerB. HygrometerC. ManometerD. HydrometerE. Spectrometer

7. A block of material of volume 20cm3 and density 2.5gcm3 is suspended from a spring balance with half the volume of the block immersed in water. What is the reading of the spring balance? (Density of water = 1.0g cm-3)

A. 8gB. 25gC. 30gD. 40gE. 50g

8. A piece of cork which is floating on water is acted upon by the forces of

A. weight and viscosityB. weight and upthrustC. upthrust and viscosity

D. weight onlyE. upthrust only

9. Which of the following statements is correct about the equilibrium of the object represented in the diagrams below?

A. X and Y are in stable equilibriumB. Y and Z are in neutral equilibriumC. X is in unstable equilibriumD. Z is in stable equilibriumE. Y is in neutral equilibrium

10. A stone tied to a string is made to receive in a horizontal circle of radius 4m with an angular speed of 2 radians per second. With what tangential velocity will the stone move off the circle if the string cuts?

A. 16.0ms-1

B. 8.0ms-1

C. 6.0ms-1

D. 2.0ms-1

E. 0.5ms-1

11. The motion of the prongs of a sounding turning fork is

A. randomB. translationalC. rotationalD. vibratoryE. vibratory and rotational

12. Which of the following is a derived unit?A. MetreB. CoulombC. KilogramD. SecondE. Ampere

13. An engine raises 100kg of water through a height of 60m in 20s. What is the power of the engine? Take g = 10ms-2

A. 120.000WB. 3000WC. 333WD. 300WE. 30W

14. A thermometer has its stem marked in millimeter instead of degree Celsius. The lower fixed point is 30mm and the upper

fixed point is 180mm. Calculate the temperature in degree Celsius when the thermometer reads 45mm.

A. 67.5˚CB. 30.0˚CC. 25.0˚CD. 10. ˚CE. 10.0˚C

15. Which of the following surface will radiate heat energy best?

A. RedB. WhiteC. BlackD. YellowE. Blue


A. Evaporation takes place only at the surface of a liquid?

B. Boiling takes place through out the volume of a liquid

C. Evaporation takes place at all temperaturesD. Boiling takes place at a particular

temperature for a liquid at a given external pressure

E. The boiling point of a liquid is not affected by impurities

17. Water in an open container boils at a lower temperature when heated at the top of a mountain than at sea-level because at the top of a mountain the

A. relative humidity is higher than that at sea-level

B. rays of the sun add more heat to the waterC. temperature is lower than that at sea-levelD. pressure is lower than that at sea-levelE. Pressure is more than that at sea-level

18. Which of the following substances is not a good conductor of electricity?

A. Human bodyB. GlassC. AluminiumD. EarthE. Copper

19. Calculate the heat energy required to vaporize 50g of water initially at 80˚C if the specific heat capacity of water is 4.2Jg-1K-1, (Specific latent heat of vaporization of water is 2260Jg-1)

A. 533000JB. 230200J

C. 117200JD. 113000JE. 4200J20. A block of ice at its melting point is left on a

table in the atmosphere and it is observed to melt gradually. Which of the following statements is true about the melting process?

A. The reaction force of the table on the ice breaks the ice water molecules

B. heat extracted from the ice block makes the ice block cold

C. The ice block absorbs heat from the atmosphere and its temperature rises

D. The atmosphere and its temperature remained constant as it melts

21. All the heat generated by a current of 2 A passing through a 6Ω resistor for 25 s is used to evaporate 5g of a liquid at its boiling point. What is the specific latent heat of the liquid?

A. 60 Jg-1

B. 120Jg-1

C. 300Jg-1

D. 360Jg-1

E. 1500Jg-1

22. A positively charged sphere is suspended inside a hollow can placed on an insulating base. If the can is momentarily earthed and the charged sphere is then withdrawn, which of the following diagrams best represents the charge distribution on the can after this process?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

23. Which of the following instruments can be used to compare the relative magnitudes of charge on two given bodies?

A. The electrophorusB. Ebonite rodC. Proof planesD. Gold leaf electroscopeE. Capacitor

24. A short chain is usually attached to the back of a petrol tanker trailing behind it to ensure that the

A. petrol tanker is balanced on the roadB. heat generated by friction in the engine can

be conducted to the floorC. charges generated by friction in the tanker

is conducted to the earthD. tanker moves slowly as the chain touches

the road surfaceE. chain produces sound for the resonance of

the tanker’s engine

25. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror at an angle of 35˚. What is the angle made by the reflected ray with the surface of the mirror?

A. 125˚B. 70˚C. 65˚D. 55˚E. 35˚

26. The image in a pin-hole camera is alwaysA. diminishedB. enlargedC. uprightD. invertedE. blurred

27. The refractive index for a given transparent medium is 1.4. Which of the following is the minimum angle for total internal reflection to take place in the medium?

A. 30B. 36˚C. 44˚D. 46˚E. 54˚

28.

What will be the characteristics of the image of the object OB shown above after refraction through the lens?

A. Magnified, virtual and invertedB. Real, inverted and magnifiedC. Diminished, virtual and invertedD. Erect, real and diminishedE. Diminished, virtual and erect29. A beam of light consisting of both green G

and Violet V colours is incident on a prism. Which of the following diagrams correctly illustrates the path of the beam?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

30. The distance between a node and an antinodes for a transverse wave is equal to

A. the wavelengthB. thrice the wavelengthC. One-half of the wavelengthsD. one-quarter of the wave length

31. Which of the following is a stringed instrument?

A. FluteB. TrumpetC. PianoD. DrumE. Saxophone

32. A sound pulse sent vertically downwards into the earth is reflected from two different layers of the earth such that echoes are heard after 1.2s and 1.4s. Assuming the speed of the pulse is 2000ms-1, calculate the distance between the layers.

A. 200mB. 400mC. 2400mD. 2600mE. 2800m

33. In a wave, the maximum displacement of particles from their equilibrium positions is called

A. frequencyB. amplitudeC. periodD. wavelengthE. wave velocity

34. A string is stretched tightly between two point 50cm apart. It is plucked at its centre and the velocity of the wave produced is 300ms-1. Calculate the number of vibrations made by the string in one second.

A. 3B. 6C. 150D. 300E. 600

35. Which of the following is not a property of longitudinal waves?

A. CompressionB. ReflectionC. RefractionD. PolarizationE. Diffraction

36.

The diagrams above show lines of force in electric fields. In which of the diagram would a positive test charge experience less force as it moves from X to Y?

A. III onlyB. II onlyC. I onlyD. I and II onlyE. I and III only

37. What is the gravitational potential due to a molecule of mass m at a distance from it? (G – gravitational constant)

A. Gm 2 _ r2

B. Gm r

C. Gm 2 r

D. G 2 m 2 r

E. m 2 _ Gr2

38. Calculate the escape velocity for a rocket fired from the earth’s surface at a point where the acceleration due to gravity is 10ms-2 and the radius of the earth is 6 x 106m.

A. 7.8 x 103ms-1

B. 1.1 x 104ms-1

C. 3.5 x 107ms-1

D. 6.0 x 104ms-1

E. 1.2 x 108ms-1

39. The electric force between two point charge each of magnitude q at a distance of r apart in air of permittivity Eo is

A. q 2 __ 4 Eor

B. rEo_

q2

C. 4 q E0

D. qr 2 _ E0

E. q 2 ___ 4 E0r2

40. What is the total capacitance in the circuit represented by the diagram above?

A. C1 = C + C1B. 1 + 1 + 1

C1 C2 C3

C. C 1C2C3____

C1 + C2 + C3

D. C2__ C3 + C1

E. C1C2C3

41. Calculate the energy stored in a 10 F capacitor if the potential difference between the plates is 20V.

1.0 x 10-9JA. 2.0 x 10-4JB. 2.0 x 10-4JC. 2.0 x 10-3JD. 1.0 x 103JE. 2.0 x 103J

42. In the diagram below, the galvanometer indicates a null-deflection. What is the potential difference between X and Y?

A. O voltB. 1.5 voltsC. 2.0 voltsD. 3.0 voltsE. 4.0 volts

43. The circuit represented beside is used for charging an accumulator from a.d.c. supply of e.mf. E1 and internal resistance r1. If the e.m.f. of the accumulator is E2 with an internal resistance of r2, then the equation for the charging current is

A. I = E 1 + E 2 r1 + r2

B. I = E1 – E2 r1 + r2

C. E1 – E1 r1 + r2

D. I = E1 – E2 r1 – r2

E. I = E1 + E2 r1 – r2

44. A portable generator is connected to six 100 W lamps and a 600 W amplifying system. How much energy is consumed if the generator runs for 6 hours?

A. 0.2k WhB. 1.2k WhC. 3.0k WhD. 4.2k WhE. 7.2k Wh

45. In a metre bridge experiment, there is a zero deflection of the galvanometer when I1 – 40cm as shown in the diagram below. Calculate the value of the resistance R.

A. 62/3ΩB. 15ΩC. 20ΩD. 25ΩE. 24Ω

46. Which of the following is not true of a discharge tube?

A. The pressure of gas must be very lowB. The glass tube must have two electrodes at

the endsC. The gas in the tube must be carbon dioxideD. Air is gradually pumped out of the tubeE. The coating on the walls of the tube at a

certain stage glows

47. Which of the following diagrams gives the correct magnetic field pattern around a current-carrying straight conductor?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

48. Which of the following is/are correct about a plane rectangular current carrying coil placed in a uniform magnetic field?

I. The forces in the two parallel sides produce a resultant translational motion

II. The torgue is maximum when the plane of the coil is parallel to the direction of the field

III. The forces on the two parallel sides are equal and opposite

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and III onlyE. II and III only

49. Which of the following materials should be used fro the core in order to produce the strongest magnetic effect at J in the circuit illustrated in the diagram below?

A. CopperB. IronC. BrassD. PlasticE. Steel

50. When a metal is heated to a high temperature, electrons are emitted from its surface. This process is known as

A. photo electric emissionB. artificial radioactivityC. field emissionD. secondary emissionE. thermionic emission

51. In an a.c. circuit the peak value of the potential difference is 180V. What is the instantaneous p.d. when it has reached 1/8th

of a cycle?A. 45VB. 90V

C. 90

D. 180V

E. 180

52. Which of the following will not lower the surface tension of water?

A. DetergentB. Methylated spiritC. Soap solutionD. GreaseE. Camphor

53. Which of the following gives rise to the line spectra observed in atoms?

A. kinetic energy of a moving atomB. Potential energy of an electron inside an

atomC. Change of an electron from a higher to a

lower energy level in the atomD. Disturbed proton in the nucleusE. Excitation of an electron in the atom

54. Which of the following is/are essential properties of the Bohr’s model of the atom?

I. The electrons in the orbits have discrete values for their angular momentum

II. When the electrons jump from one orbit to another, they emit discrete energy packets or quanta

III. The energy emitted by the electrons in their orbits contain all possible wavelengths

A. I onlyB. I and II onlyC. II and III onlyD. I and III onlyE. I, II and III

55. An elastic string of length / is stretched through a length e by a force F. The area of cross-section of the string is A and its Young’s modulus is E. Which of the following expressions is correct?

A. F = EAe 2 1

B. F = EAL c

C. F = EAe L

D. F = EAe 12

E. F = EA el

56. In the diagram above, V is viscosity and U is up-thrust. Which of the following equations holds when the falling body P has attained a terminal velocity?

A. V + ng = UB. V + U = mg = 0C. V = mg_ UD. V – U = mgE. V + mg + U = 0

57. An electron jumps from one energy level to another in an atom radiating 4.5 x 10-19

joules. If Planck’s constant is 6.6 x 10-34Js What is the wavelength of the radiation? (Take velocity of light = 3 x 108ms-1)

A. 4.4 x 10-4mB. 4.4 x 10-7mC. 4.0 x 10-7m

D. 1.5 x 10-7mE. 1.5 x 10-19m

58. If a nucleus 3H decays, a nucleus 3 He is found

1 2Accompanied with the emission of a

A. neutronB. protonC. beta particleD. gamma particleE. alpha particle

59. Which of the following statements is a correct consequence of the uncertainty principle?

A. The uncertainty in our knowledge of energy and the duration taken to measure it are each less than Planck’s constant

B. The complete knowledge of the position of a particle implies the complete ignorance of its energy

C. It is possible to measure exactly both the position and momentum of a particle at the same time

D. Both momentum and energy of a particle can be known with absolute certainty

E. A particle’s kinetic energy cannot be measured accurately at anytime

60. The phenomenon of radioactivity was first discovered by

A. Marie CurieB. Sir J. J. ThompsonC. Henri BeequerelD. Niels BohrE. Enrico Fermi

1989SECTION B THEORY

1. (a) What is meant by the statement: “The

linear expansivity of a solid is 1.0 x 10-5

K-1?

(b) (i) Describe an experiment todetermine the linear expansivity of a steel rod

(ii) Steel bars, each of length 3m at 29˚C are to be used for constructing a rail line. If the

linear expansivity of steel is 1.0 x 10-5K-1 calculate the safety gap that must be left between successive bars if the highest temperature expected is 41˚C

(c) State three advantages and two disadvantages of thermal expansion of solids

2. (a) What is a wave motion?

The equation, y = A sin 2 (Vt – X) represents a wave train in which y is the vertical displacement of a particle at distance X from the origin in the medium through which the wave is traveling. Explain, with the aid of a diagram, what A and represent.

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of a note emitted by a source of sound.

(ii) A pipe closed at one end is 1m long. The air in the pipe is set into vibration and fundamental note is produced. If the velocity of sound in air is 340ms-1, calculate the frequency of the note.

(c) State two differences between a sound wave and a radio wave.

3. (a) State the laws of electromagnetic induction.

(b) (i) Describe a simple experiment to

show how an induced e.m.f. can be produced.

(ii) State two factors on which the

magnitude of the induced e.m.f. depends

(c) Explain what is meant by the r.m.s. value of an alternating current.

(d) (i) If the alternating current is represented by 1, 10, w and wt represent.

(ii) Calculate the instantaneous value of such a current, if in a circuit it has r.m.s. value 15.0A when its phase angle is 30˚

4. (ai) Explain the terms: photoelectric emission

and threshold frequency

(ii) Einstein’s photoelectric equation can be written as E = hf = hfo.What does such each of the symbols used in the equation above represent?

(b) Calculate the frequency of the proton whose energy is required to eject a surface electron with a kinetic energy of 1.97 x 10-16eV if the work functions of the metal is 1.33 x 10-

16eV. (leV = 1.6 x 10-19J; h = 6.60 x 10-34 JS).

(c) In a photoelectric cell, no electrons are emitted until the threshold frequency of light is reached. Explain what happens to the energy of the light before emission of electrons begins. State one factor that may affect the numbers of emitted electrons.

(d) Explain what is meant by the duality of matter, illustrating your answer with observation phenomena.

1989PAPER 1 PRACTICAL

1(a)

Clamp the loaded metre rule firmly to the edge of the bench as a horizontal cantilever as shown above capable of performing vertical oscillations. L is the distance between the edge of the bench and the

point on the rule where mass m is attached to the rule. With length L = 90cm, determine the time for the loaded metre rule to perform 20 vertical oscillations. Repeat once and find average time for 20 oscillations.

Repeat the experiment with length L = 85cm, 75cm and 70cm. In each case, determine the average time t taken by the metre rule to perform 20 vertical oscillations. Calculate the period T of oscillation in each case and tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph with lot 100T along the vertical axis and log L along the horizontal axis. Determine the slope of the graph.

b. (i) Explain what is meant by a couple and

define the moment of a couple.

(ii) If R is the reaction at the bench. M the mass of the metre rule and m the mass of the attached load, draw a diagram to indicate the forces acting on the rule when in equilibrium. Write down a relationship between R, M and m.

(iii) Explain the term centre of gravity of a body and state how it is related to the stability of an object.

2. (a)

Contact the voltmeter across the given 2Ω standard resistor and join the combination in series with the accumulator, the resistance box S and a key K as shown above. Adjust the resistance box S to 15Ω and record the reading of the voltmeter. Repeat with values of S = 12Ω, 10Ω, 8V, 6 and 4Ω. In each case, record the corresponding reading V of the voltmeter. Find the values of I/v in each case. Tabulate your readings.Plot a graph of 1/v along the vertical axis and S along the horizontal axis. Determine the slope m of the graph. Also determine the intercept on the vertical axis. Evaluate the ratio e/m. State two necessary

precautions taken when performing this experiment.

b. (i) State two conditions under which a piece

of wire in a closed electrical circuit may not obey Ohm’s law.

(ii) Explain why the e.m.f of a cell is usually greater than the p.d. at its terminals when the cell is used to supply current to an external circuit.

(iii) Four identical cells each e.m.f. E and internal resistance r are connected in series with a resistance R. Write down the formula for the current in the circuit.

3. (a) Trace the outline EFGH of the givenrectangular glass block. Remove the block and draw a normal KL cutting the faces at S and Q such that ES is about one-quarter of EF. Draw a line making an angle i = 30˚ and KS as shown. Draw four other lines for i = 35˚, 45˚, 55˚, and 65˚.

Replace the glass block carefully on its outline. Fix two pins at P1 and P2 on the incident line making the angle i = 30˚ with KS. By looking through the side HG, fix two other pins at P3 and P4 such that the pins at P3 and P4 appear to be in line with the images of pins at P1 and P2. Mark the positions of P3 and P4. Remove the glass block. Draw a line to pass through P3 and P4

and produce it to meet HG at T1 and KL at X1

respectively. Measure and record ST, and X1

T1. Repeat the experiment for I = 35˚, 45˚, 55˚ and 65˚. In each case, measure and record ST and XT.

Plot a graph with XT on the vertical axis and ST on the horizontal axis. Calculate the slope of the graph. State two precautions you took when performing the experiment.

b. (i) State Snell’s law of refraction.(ii) A point object placed in contact with

one surface of a glass block of

thickness 1.6cm and of refractive index 1.6 is viewed along the normal to the opposite surface. By how much does the point object appear to be displaced?

(iii) Draw a diagram to illustrate what is meant by a lateral displacement of a ray of light which passes through a rectangular glass block.

1990SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following instruments is suitable for making the accurate measurement of the internal diameter of a test tube?

A. A metre ruleB. A pair of calipersC. A micrometer screw gaugeD. A tape ruleE. A set square

2. A particle of mass 2.5 x 10-6kg revolving around the earth has a radial acceleration of 4 x 107ms-3. What is the centripetal force of the particle?

A. 6.25 x 10-14NB. 1/6- x 10-13NC. 5.00 x 10ND. 1.00 x 102NE. 2.00 x 103N

3. An oscillating pendulum has a velocity of 2ms-1 at the equilibrium position O and velocity at same point R. Using the diagram below, calculate the height h of P above O. (Take g = 10ms2)

A. 5.0mB. 2.0mC. 0.4mD. 0.2mE. 0.1m

4. Which of the following are contact forces?I. Force of tensionII. Force of frictionIII. Magnetic forceIV. Force of reactionA. I, II and III onlyB. I, II and IV onlyC. I, III and IV onlyD. II, III and IV only

E. I and IV only

5. A plane inclined at an angle of 30˚ to the horizontal has an efficiency of 50%. The force parallel to the plan required to push a load of 120N uniformly up the plan is

A. 40√3NB. 60NC. 120ND. 200NE. 240N

6. The diagram above represents a portion of a micrometer screw guage. What is its reading?

A. 3.7mmB. 3.67mmC. 3.50mmD. 3.33mmE. 3.17mm

7. A girl whose mass is 55kg stands on a spring weighing machine inside a life. When the lift starts to ascent, its acceleration is 2mm2. What will be the reading on the machine? (Take g = 10ms-2)

A. 66kg 4NB. 55kgC. 44kg 6AmD. 22kgE. 11kg

4N8. Two forces each of 4 N act on the opposite

sides of a rectangular plate as shown in the diagram above. Calculate the magnitude of the couple acting on the plate.

A. 6.4NmB. 3.2NmC. 1.6NmD. 0.8NmE. 0.0Nm

9. A force F is applied to a body P as shown in the diagram below. If the body P moves through a distance r, which of the following represents the work done?

A. FxB. F cos xC. Fx tanD. Fx sinE. Fx cos

10. An object R leaves a platform XY with a horizontal velocity of 7ms-1 and lands at O. If it takes the same object 0.3s to fall freely from Y to P, calculate the distance PQ. (Take g = 10ms-2)

A. 7.30mB. 2.55mC. 2.10mD. 1.65mE. 0.45m

11. A simple pendulum makes 50oscillations in one minute. What is the period of oscillation?

A. 0.02sB. 0.20sC. 0.83sD. 1.20sE. 50.00s

12. The body P shown in the diagram above is in equilibrium. If the mass of the body is 10kg, calculate the tension T in the string (Take g = 10ms-2)

A. 20/√3NB. 20NC. 50ND. 200√3NE. 200N

13. An object weighs 10.0N in air and 7.0 in water. What is its weight when immersed in a liquid of relative density 1.5?

A. 4.50NB. 4.67NC. 5.50ND. 6.67NE. 8.50N

14. The absolute zero temperature is defined as the temperature at which

A. thermal motion ceasesB. the temperature of a gas is 273˚CC. ice melts D. the volume of a real gas is maximumE. pressure of a real gas is maximum

15. A cube made of a metal of linear expansivity is warned through a temperature of t. If the initial volume of the cube is V, what is the increase in volume of the cube?

A. 1/3 VtB. ½ VtC. VtD. 2 Vt

E. 3 Vt16. Dry hydrogen is trapped by a pellet of

mercury in a uniform capillary tube closed at one end. If the length of the column of hydrogen at 270˚C is 1.0m, at what temperature will the length be 1.20m?

A. 22.5˚CB. 32.4˚CC. 77.0˚CD. 87.0˚CE. 360˚C

17. Two solids P and Q of equal mass are heated to the same temperature and dropped simultaneously into two identical containers X and Y containing equal volumes of water at room temperature. The temperature of X will rise higher than that of Y only if the

A. volume of P is greater than that of QB. specific heat capacity of P is higher than

that of QC. density of P is greater than that of QD. density of P is lower than that of QE. specific heat capacitor of P is lower than

that of Q

18. If the temperature of a small quantity of water in a closed container gradually increased from 0˚ to 4˚C, then the density of the water within this range,

A. increases for a while and then decreasesB. decreases for a while and then increasesC. increases graduallyD. decreases graduallyE. remains the same

19. How much heat is given out when a piece of iron of mass 50g and specific heat capacitor 460 Jkg-1 K-1 cools from 85˚C to 2˚C?

A. 1.38 x 106JB. 2.53 x 104JC. 7.66 x 103JD. 1.38 x 103JE. 1.27 x 103J

20. Heat transfer by convection in a liquid is due to the

A. translatory motion of the molecules of the liquid

B. increased vibration of the molecules of the liquid about their mean positions

C. expansion of the liquid as it is heatedD. latent heat of vaporization of the liquidE. ability of the liquid to evaporate at all

temperatures

21. Which of the following is not a suitable method for reducing loss of heat from a piece of hot iron?

A. Wrapping it in cotton woolB. painting it blackC. placing it in a vacuumD. placing it on the rubber supportsE. keeping it in a closed wooden box22. When the direction of vibration of the

particles of a medium is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a wave, the wave transmitted is known as

A. sound waveB. transverse waveC. longitudinal waveD. stationary waveE. mechanical wave

23. A bat emits a sound wave at a speed of 1650 ms-1 and received the echoes 0.15s later. Calculate the distance of the bat from the reflector.

A. 8.75mB. 16.50mC. 87.75mD. 123.75mE. 330.00m

24. A tuning fork sounds louder when its stem is pressed against a table top than when held in air because

A. a larger mass of air is set vibrating by the table top

B. the whole table vibrates in resonanceC. the whole table has acquired a larger

frequencyD. the fork and table has acquired a larger

frequencyE. the amplitude of the vibrating fork is

increased

25. Which of the following is/are characteristics of sound?

I. pitchII. LoudnessIII. QualityIV. NoiseA. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. I, II and III onlyE. I, II, III and IV

26. The diagram below represents part of a wave motion in air. If the wave travels with

a speed of 300ms-1, calculate the frequency of the wave

A. 360HzB. 300HzC. 250HzD. 150HzE. 100Hz

27. Which of the following is/are necessary for the production of interference with two wave trains?

I. The sources must be close to each otherII. The waves must have the same frequencyIII. The waves must have the same amplitudeIV. The waves must travel with the speed of

lightA. I, II, III and IVB. I, II and III onlyC. I and II onlyD. II, III and IV onlyE. I, II and IV only

28. A stone is dropped into the middle of a pool of water. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

I. Spherical waves are set up in the waterII. The water moves outwards to the sides of

the poolIII. Energy is transmitted outwards from the

centre of disturbanceA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and III onlyE. II and III only

29. A concave mirror of radius of curvature 20cm has a pin placed at 15cm from its pole. What will be the magnification of the image formed?

A. 4.00B. 2.00C. 1.33D. 1.50E. 0.25

30. Where will the image of the object OB shown in the diagram below be located after reflection from the mirror?

A. At FB. beyond CC. between O and PD. between P and FE. between F and C

31. A parallel beam of light is to be obtained from the headlamp of a car. At hitch of the following positions should the source of light be placed from the pole of its spherical mirror?

A. At the focal pointB. At the centre of curvatureC. Beyond the centre of curvatureD. Between the focal point and the poleE. Between the focal point and the centre of

curvature

32. The diagram beside shows an incident ray AO inclined at an angle of 50˚ to the interface CB. The refracted ray CB is found to like along the surface. What is the refractive index of the medium X with respect to air?

A. Sin 50˚Sin 40˚

B. Sin 40˚ Sin 50˚

C. Sin 90˚Sin 50˚

D. Sin 40˚Sin 90˚

E. Sin 90˚Sin 40˚

33. The eye defect illustrated by the diagram below is

A. astigmatismB. long sightednessC. loss of accommodationD. short sightednessE. colour blindness

34. A simple microscope forms an image twice the size of the object. If the focal length of the lens of the microscope is 20cm, how far is the object from the lens?

A. 10mB. 20mC. 30mD. 40mE. 60m

35. Which of the following pairs of light rays shows the widest separation in the spectrum of white light?

A. Yellow and redB. Orange and green

C. Violet and blueD. Blue and greenE. Red and indigo

36. Given that the gravitational constant is 7 x 10-41 Nm2 kg2, what is the force of attraction between 10˚kg mass of lead hanging one metre away from a 103kg mass of iron?

A. 7 x 10-20NB. 7 x 10-8NC. 7 x 10-2ND. 7 x 103NE. 7 x 108N

37. Calculate the current in the 3Ω resistor shown in the diagram below.

A. 3.0AB. 4.0AC. 4.3AD. 12.0AE. 39.0A

38. What is the electric potential energy between two protons each of charge q and at a distance of r apart? (Permittivity of free space = Σ0)

A. 4 Σ0q2r

B. qr_4 Σ0

C. q _4 Σ0

1

D. q 2 _ 4 Σ0r

E. q 2 _ 4 Σ0r2

39. A work of 30 joules is done in transferring 5 millicuoulombs of charge from a point B to a point A in an electric field. The potential difference between B and A is

A. 1.7 x 10-4VB. 3.4 x 10-4VC. 1.5 x 10-1VD. 6.0 x 103VE. 1.2 x 104V

40. What is the value of R when G shows no deflection in the circuit illustrated beside?

A. 80ΩB. 75ΩC. 45Ω

D. 20ΩE. 10Ω

41. Which of the following field patterns between two unlike charges is correct?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

42. A charge of 1.0 x 10-5 coulombs experiences a force of 40N at a certain point in space. What is the electric field intensity?

A. 8.00 x 106NC-1

B. 4.00 x10-46NC-1

C. 4.00 x 10-4NC-1

D. 2.00 x 10-4NC-1

E. 2.50 x 10-7NC-1

43. If the frequency of the a.c circuit illustrated is 500/ Hz, what would be the reactance in the circuit?

A. 0.0009Ω

B. 400ΩC. 1030ΩD. 1400ΩE. 2500Ω

44. Calculate the resistance of the filament of a lamp rated 240V, 40W

A. 240ΩB. 360ΩC. 720ΩD. 1440ΩE. 2880Ω

45. Birds can perch safely on overhead electric power cables without being electrocuted because

A. birds can withstand high p.d. of the electric power cables

B. any accumulated charge on the birds is quickly dissipated

C. the feet of the birds are well insulated

D. the current is a.c. and has no particular direction

E. there is no p.d. between the birds and the cables

46. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V and internal resistance of 2.5Ω is connected in series with an ammeter of resistance 0.5Ω and a resistor of resistance 7.0Ω. Calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 0.15AB. 0.20AC. 0.60AD. 3.00AE. 6.67A47. A rectangular coil of wire can rotate in a

magnetic field. The ends of the coil are soldered to the two halves of a split ring. Two carbon brushes are made to press lightly against the split ring and when these are connected in circuit with a battery and rheostat, the coil rotates. This is a description of

A. a suspended-coil galvanometerB. a moving-cell ammeterC. a.d.c generatorD. an electric motorE. an induction coil

48. How long will it take to heat 3kg of water from 28˚C to 88˚C in an electric taking a current of 6A from e.m.f. source of 220V?[Take the specific heat capacity of water = 4180J-1K-1]

A. 96sB. 1.20sC. 570sD. 600sE. 1200s

49. Which of the following reduce(s) the effect of the back e.m.f generated in the primary coil of an induction coil?

I. The capacitor in the circuitII. The make and break contact in the circuitIII. The ratio of turns in the secondaryA. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III

50. Which of the following particles conduct electricity through salty water?

A. Atom

B. MoleculesC. ElectronsD. NeutronsE. Ions

51. When the pressure of the gas in a discharge tube in gradually lowered

I. There is a violet glow in the tubeII. The glow in the tube splits into bands which

get further apartIII. The glow and the bands eventually

disappear and there is a green fluorescence in the tube

IV. The tube breaks into piecesWhich of the following are correct?

A. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. I and IV onlyD. I, II and III onlyE. I, II, III and IV only

52. Which of the following statements about the atom is/are correct?

I. Energy is needed to remove electrons from an atom

II. Particles in the nucleus of an atom are bound together by strong forces

III. A large amount of energy is required to separate the particles in the nucleus of an atom

IV. When the nucleus of a uranium atom is split, the energy released accounts for the difference in the masses of the products and the parent nucleus.

A. I onlyB. I and II onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and IV onlyE. I, II, III and IV

53. The nucleon number and the proton number of a neutral atom of an element are 238 and 92 respectively. What is the number of neutrons in the atom?

A. 330B. 165C. 146D. 119E. 7354. Water does not drip through an open

umbrella of silk material unless the inside of the umbrella is touched. Which of the following phenomenon is responsible for this?

A. Surface tensionB. Hydrostatic up thrust

C. ViscosityD. DiffusionE. Osmosis

55. A radioactive substance has a half-life of 20 hours. What fraction of the original radioactive nuclei will remain after 80 hours?

A. 1/32B. 1/16C. `/8D. ¼ E. ½

56. A metal is illuminated with a radiation of energy 6.88cV. If the kinetic energy of the emitted electrons is 1.50cV, calculate the work function of the metal.

A. 0.22cVB. 4.59cVC. 3.38cVD. 8.38cVE. 10.32cV

57. Which of the following is not a crystal?A. Sodium chlorideB. LeadC. Copper (II) tetraoxosulphate (VI)D. GlassE. Germanium

58. Viscosity in a liquid does not depend on theA. Nature of the liquidB. relative velocity between the liquid layersC. area of the surface in contactD. temperature of the liquidE. normal reaction between the liquid layers

59. What is the difference between a crystalline and an amorphous solid? A crystalline solid

A. has cubic structure while amorphous solid has hexagonal structure

B. has regularly-repeating pattern while an amorphous solid has not

C. is white while amorphous solid is yellowD. is always hard while amorphous solid is

always softE. melts on heating while an amorphous solid

sublimates on heating60. Which of the following is not an evidence of

the particle nature of matter?A. DiffusionB. Bronwnian motionC. DiffractionD. Crystal structureE. Photoelectricity


1. (a) Using a suitable diagram, explain how the

Following can be obtained from a velocity-time graph.

(i) Acceleration; (ii) retardation(iii) Total distance covered

(b) Show that the displacements of a body moving with uniform acceleration is given by s = ut + ½ ar2 where u is the velocity of the body at time t = 0.

(c) A particle moving in a straight line with uniform deceleration has a velocity of 40ms-1 at a point P, 20ms-1 at a point Q and comes to rest at a point R where QR = 50m. Calculate the:(i) distance PQ; (ii) time taken to cover PQ (iii) time taken to cover PR

2. (a) Define the boiling point of a liquid(b) Describe an experiment to determine

the boiling point of small quantity of a liquid

(c) A piece of copper of mass 300g at a temperature of 950˚C is quickly transferred to a vessel of neglible thermal capacity containing 250g of water at 25˚C. If the final steady temperature of the mixture is 100˚C, calculate the mass of the water that will boil away.

Specific heat capacity of copper = 4.0x102Jkg-1K-1

Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2x103Jkg-1K-1

Specific latent of vaporization of stream = 2.26x106Jk-1

(d) State four other effects of heat on a substance other than expansion.

3. (a) Define the capacitance of a capacitor(b) State three factors on which the

capacitance of a parallel-plate depends.

(c) Derive a formula for the energy W stored in a charged capacitor C carrying a charge Q on either plate.

(d) Two capacitors of capacitance 4μF and

6μF are connected in series to a 100V d.c. supply. Draw the circuit diagram and calculate the:

(i)charge in either plate of each capacitor;

(ii) p.d. across each capacitor.(iii) energy of the combined capacitors

4. (a) Explain the terms nuclear fission and nuclear fusion

(b) State two advantages of fusion over fission and explain briefly why, in spite of these advantages, fusion is not normally used for the generation of power.

(c) 238U is a long half-life alpha emitter and

92 decays to thorium Th which, in turn, decays by beta emission with a small decay constant to an isotope of protactinium Pa. The protactinium isotope usually decays by beta emission to an element Y. Explain the italicized terms and write down

the decay scheme of 238U as stated above. 92

(d) State three uses of radioisotopes.

1990PAPER I PRACTICALS

1.

You are provided with a pendulum bob, a string retort stand and clamp. Suspend the bob from the retort stand such that the bob just touches the floor. The point of suspension to the floor L = 1.5m should be kept constant throughout the experiment. Reduce the length of the pendulum with h = 20cm as shown in the diagram above. In this position displace the bob and record the time t for 20 oscillations. Hence, determine the period T of oscillation. Record your values of h, t, T and T2. Repeat the

experiment for h = 40, 60, 80 and 100cm. In each case record the corresponding values of t, T and tabulate your results.

Plot a graph of h against T2,. Determine the slope S of the graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis. State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results.

b. (i) In the experiment above, h, T and L are

related by the equation h = L – g T2

42

Using this equation and the value of your slope s, determine the value of g.

(ii) Why is a spherical bob preferred to bob of other shapes for use in this experiment?

(iii) State two examples of simple harmonic motion other than the simple pendulum.

2. (a) You are provided with two illuminated

wires at a fixed distance apart for use as object. Measure and record their separation. Do not alter the distance between the wires throughout the experiment. Place the illuminated object at a distance x – 20cm from the lens to produce a focused image on the screen. Measure and record the distance y of the image from the lens. Also, measure the size of the image which is the distance between the images of the wires. Evaluate m a/a0.

Repeat the experiment for x = 25, 30, 35, and 40cm. In each case, determine the corresponding values of a, y and m. Calculate your readings.

Plot a graph of m against y. Determine the slope S of the graph and the value of y for which m = 0. State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results.

b. (i) If the relation between m and y in the

experiment above is given by m = c + y/k, where c and k are constant, use your graph to determine the value of k.

(ii) What will be the nature and position of

the image formed by the lens above if the object is situated at a distance less than the focal length of the lens?

(iii) An object, place 50cm away from the focus of an emerging lens of focal length 15cm, produces a focused image on a screen. Calculate the distance between the object and the screen.

3. (a)

Connect the circuit as shown above. Close the key K and record the ammeter reading 1o. Remove the plug of the key. Connect the voltmeter across the resistor R = 1Ω and the rheostat in series with the resistor. Connect the voltmeter across the resistor

With the key closed adjust the rheostat to make the ammeter reading I = 0.3A. Record the corresponding voltmeter reading V.

Repeat the experiment for I = 0.6, 0.9, 1.2, 1.5 and 1.8A. In each case determine the corresponding value of V. Tabulate your readings.Plot a graph of 1 against V. Determine the slope s of the graph. Evaluate 1/s. State two precautions you took to ensure accurate results

b. (i) Draw the final circuit diagram of the experiment above.

(ii) Use your graph to determine the value of

V when I – 0.8A. also, state what 1/s represents.

(iii) Explain why the e.m.f of a cell is usually

Greater than the p.d across its terminals when the cell is used to supply current to an external circuit

1991SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVES

1. Which of the following is a fundamental quantity?

A. SpeedB. DensityC. LengthD. ImpulseE. Energy

2. A body moves with a constant speed but has acceleration. This is possible if it

A. moves in a straight lineB. moves in a circleC. is oscillatingD. is in equilibriumE. has a varying acceleration

3. A ball is projected horizontally from the top of a hill with a velocity of 20ms-1, if it reaches the ground 4 seconds later, what is the height of the hill?

A. 20mB. 40mC. 80mD. 160mE. 200m

4. Two forces, whose resultant is 100N are perpendicular to each other. If one of them makes an angle of 60˚ with the resultant, calculate its magnitude (Sin 60˚ = 0.8660, Cos 60˚ = 0.5000)

A. 200.0NB. 172.2NC. 115.5ND. 86.6NE. 50.0N

5. A body moving with uniform acceleration has two points (5, 15 and 20, 60) on the velocity-time graph of its motion Calculate a.

A. 0.25ms-2

B. 3.00ms-2

C. 4.00ms-2

D. 9.00ms-2

E. 16.00ms-2

6. The diagram below shows the position of a simple pendulum set in motion. At which of the motion. At which of the position does the pendulum have maximum kinetic energy.

7. An orange fruit drops to the ground from the top of a tree 4.5m tall. How long does it take to reach the ground? (g = 10ms-2)

A. 3.0sB. 4.5sC. 6.0sD. 7.5sE. 9.0s

8. Power is defined as theA. capacity to exert a forceB. product of force and timeC. product of force and distanceD. ability to do workE. energy expended per unit time

9. The product PV where P is pressure and V is volume has the same unit as

A. powerB. workC. accelerationD. impulseE. force

10. The diagram beside represents a block-and-tackle pulley system on which an effort of 50N is just able to lift a load of weight W. If the efficiency of the machine is 40% find the value of W.

A. 300NB. 200NC. 140ND. 120NE. 20N

11. A boatman facing north wants to cross a flowing river to a point directly opposite its position at the other bank. If the river is flowing eastwards, in what direction he row his boat?

A. WestB. EastC. North-west

D. North-eastE. South-west

12.

The diagram above represents Six’s maximum thermometer. If the temperature of the surrounding falls, which of the following correctly states how the steel indices in the thermometer would respond to the change in temperature?

A. S1 would move upwards but S2, would not move

B. S1 would not move upwards but S2 would move

C. Both S1 and S2 would move upwardD. S1 would move upwards and S2 would move

downwardE. S1 would move downwards but S2 would

move upwards

13. A wire, 20m long, is heated from a temperature of 5˚C to 55˚C. If the change in length is 0.02m, calculate the linear expansibility of the wire

A. 1.0 x 10-3K-1

B. 2.0 x 10-4K-1

C. 2.0 x 10-3K-1

D. 1.0 x 10-3K-1

E. 1.0 x 10-6K-1

14. A waterfall is 420m high. Calculate the difference in temperature of the water between the top and bottom of the waterfall. Neglect heat losses. (g = 10.0ms-

2, specific heat capacity of water = 4.20 x 103 JKg-1K-1)

A. 0.1˚CB. 1.0˚CC. 4.2˚CD. 42.0˚CE. 100.0˚C

15. The set-up illustrated above shows a capillary tube of uniform cross-section area in two different arrangements. Using the

Temperature C0

data in the diagrams calculate the pressure of the atmosphere.

A. 76cm of HgB. 75cm of HgC. 74cm of HgD. 60cm of HgE. 45cm of Hg

16. A fixed mass of gas of volume 600cm3 at a temperature of 27˚C is cooled at constant pressure to a temperature of 0˚C. What is the change in volume?

A. 54cm3

B. 273cm3

C. 300cm3

D. 546cm3

E. 600cm3

17. The boiling point of a liquid depends on the following except the

A. nature of the liquidB. external pressureC. volume of the liquidD. impurities present in the liquidE. degree of its molecular cohesive force

18. A steam trap is a component of the apparatus used in determining the specific latent heat of vaporation of steam. In the steady state, the steam trap

A. stores the steam for future useB. prevents the steam from escapingC. ensures that only dry steam gets into the

calorimeterD. allows condensed steam to go into the

calorimeterE. determines the quantity of steam used

19. A tap supplies water at 26˚C while another supplies water at 82˚C. If a man wishes to bathe with water at 40˚C, the ratio of the mass of hot water to that of cold water required is

A. 1 : 3B. 3 : 1C. 3 : 7D. 7 : 3E. 15 : 8

20. Melting ice cools an orange drink far better than the same mass of ice-cold water because

A. melting ice is at a lower temperature than ice-cold water

B. water has a higher specific heat than iceC. floats and cools the air above the drink

D. ice absorbs latent/heat during meltingE. ice makes better thermal contact than

water

21. The saturation vapour pressure of a liquid depends on its

A. volumeB. temperatureC. massD. densityE. pressure

22. The graph below shows the expansion of water as the temperature increases from 0˚C. Which of the following deductions from the graph are true?

I. Water has its maximum density at QII. The volume of water is greater at 0˚C than

4˚CIII. The volume of water decreases uniformly

when cooled from 100˚C to 0˚CIV. When water solidifies, its volume increasesA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and III onlyD. I, II and III onlyE. I, II and IV only

23. Two mirrors are inclined as shown in the diagram below, a ray of light RO strikes the arrangement at O and emerges along PQ. The emergent ray has been deviated through

A. 230˚B. 180˚C. 120˚D. 60˚E. 30˚

24. An image which can be formed on a screen is said to be

A. virtualB. blurredC. invertedD. erectE. real

25. Calculate the refractive index of a the material of the glass block shown in the diagram below if YZ = 4cm.

A. 0.40B. 0.60C. 1.50D. 1.67E. 2.50

26. A ray of light is incident at an angle of 30˚ on a glass prism of refractive index 1.5. Calculate the angle through which the ray is minimally deviated in the prism. (the medium surrounding the prism is air)

A. 10.5˚B. 19.5˚C. 21.1˚D. 38.9˚E. 40.5˚

27. Which of the following are true of plane-polarised light?

I. Plane polarization of light is the formation of hydrogen bubbles on the particles of light

II. Plane polarization of light is the splitting of light into its spectra components

III. A plane-polarized light vibrates in one planeIV. Polarization of light is characteristics of

transverse vibrationA. I and II onlyB. I and IV onlyC. II and III onlyD. III and IV onlyE. I and III only

28. At which of the following distances from the lens should a slide be placed in a slide projector if f is the focal length of the projection lens?

A. Less than fB. Greater than 2fC. Greater than f but less than 2fD. Equal to fE. Equal to 2f

29. What part of the camera corresponds to the iris of the eye?

A. ShutterB. Film

C. LensD. DiaphragmE. Focusing ring

30. In the arrangement illustrated below, Y and B are yellow and blue transparent light filters respectively. The colour of a white opaque object when viewed through the filters is

A. blueB. yellowC. blackD. redE. green

31. Which of the following is not a mechanical wave

A. Wave propagated in stretched stringB. Waves in closed pipesC. Radio wavesD. Water wavesE. Sound waves

32. Which of the following remain(s) unchanged as light travels from one medium to the other?

I. SpeedII. WavelengthIII. FrequencyA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. II and III only

33. Which of the following statements above wave is/are correct?

I. A wavefront is a line which contains all particles whose vibrations are in phase

II. The direction of propagation of a wave is the line drawn parallel to the wavefront

III. A wavefront is a circle which is common to all particles that are to be in the same state of disturbance

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. II and III only

34. What type of motion does the skin of a talking drum perform when it is being struck with the drum stick

A. RandomB. Rotational

C. VibratoryD. TranslationalE. Circular

35. The sound from a bell in an enclosed jar gradually faints away while the jar is being evacuated. Which of the following explains this observation?

A. The pressure is reducedB. The sound waves are pumped outC. The waves are absorbed in the inner wallsD. There is no more material mediumE. The air is disturbed

36. Which of the following statements is true of the diagram shown below?

A. The two points A and B are in phaseB. Distance AB is half the wavelength of the

waveC. AC and BD are the amplitudes of the waveD. The two points A and B represents the wave

crestsE. The wave has four crests

37. A man standing 300m away from a wall sounds a whistle. The echo from the wall reaches him 1.8s later. Calculate the velocity of sound in air.

A. 540.0ms-1

B. 333.3ms-1

C. 270.0ms-1

D. 166.7ms-1

E. 83.3ms-1

38. In which of the following is a stationary wave produced?

I. A vibrating tuning fork held near the end of a resonate tube close at the end

II. A string tightly stretched between two points and plucked at its middle

III. The prongs of a tuning fork vibrating in airA. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III only

39. Which of the following modes of vibration of a stretched string is the first overtone?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

40. A particle of charge q and mass m moving with a velocity v enters a uniform magnetic field B in the direction of the field. The force on the particle is

A. qvBB. mqvBC. qvB/mD. mvB/qE. O

41.If the frequency of the e.m.f source in the a.c circuit illustrated above is 500/x Hz, what is the reactance of the inductor?

A. /450B. 0.9C. 450/D. 450E. 900

42. Two objects of masses 80kg are separated by a distance of 0.2m. If the gravitational constant is 6.6 x 10-11Nm-2kg-2, calculate the gravitational attraction between them.

A. 4.9 x 10-9NB. 1.3 x 10-8NC. 6.6 x 10-8ND. 6.6 x 10-6NE. 2.6 x 10-5N

43. The capacitors C1 and C2 are connected as shown in the diagram below. The capacitance of C2 is twice C1. When the key is opened, the energy stored up in C1 is W. If the key is later closed and the system is allowed to attain electrical equilibrium, the total energy stored in the system will be

A. ½ WB. 2/3 WC. WD. 2WE. 3W

44. In which of the points labeled A, B, C, D and E on the conductor shown below would electric charge tend to concentrate most?

A.B.C.D.E.

45. Which of the following is stored by a dry Leclanche cell?

A. Chemical energyB. Nuclear energyC. Solar energyD. Heat energyE. Electrical energy

46. Using the data in the circuit illustrated below, calculate the value of R

A. 0.02ΩB. 0.05ΩC. 5.00ΩD. 20.0ΩE. 50.0Ω

47. A 90W immersion heater is used to supply energy for 5 minutes. The energy supplied is used to completely melt 160g of a solid at its melting point. Calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of the solid.

A. 2.81 Jg-1

B. 6.25Jg-1

C. 8.89Jg-1

D. 168.751Jg-1

E. 533.33Jg-1

48. In the circuit shown below, R is the resistor whose resistance increases with increase in temperature. L1 and L2 are identical lamps. If the temperature of R increases

A. L1 becomes brighter and L2 becomes dimmer

B. L1 becomes brighter and L2 does not changeC. L2 becomes dimmer and L1 does not changeD. L1 becomes dimmer and L2 does not changeE. L1 and L2 becomes brighter

49. A house is supplied with a 240V a.c mains. To operate door bell rated at 8V, a

transformer is used. If the number of turns in the primary coil of the transformer is 900, calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil of the transformer.

A. 30B. 240C. 248D. 450E. 1248

50. The diagram below shows a current-carrying wire between the poles of a magnet. In which direction would the wire tend to move?

A. Into the paperB. Out of the paperC. Towards the north pole of the paperD. Towards the south pole of the magnetE. Towards the top of the page

51. A induction coil is generally used toA. rectify an alternating currentB. produce a larges input voltageC. smoothen a pushing directD. modulate an incoming radio signalE. produce a large output voltage

52. The unit of stress isA. NmB. NC. Nm-2

D. Nm2

E. Nm-1

53. Which of the following statements about viscocity are correct?

A. viscocity opposes the gravitational force on that ball

B. viscocity opposes the upthrust on the ballC. viscocity is in the same direction as the

upthrust on the ballD. viscocity is in the same direction as the

upthrust on the ballE. the ball falls faster the more viscuous the

liquid is

54. Which of the following statements is not correct. Isotapes of an element have

A. the same number of electric charges on the nucleus

B. the same chemical properties

C. different nucleon numbersD. different proton numbersE. different atomic masses

55. Which of the following representation is correct for an atom X with 28 electrons and 30 neutrons?

A. 30X 28

B. 28X 30

C. 58X 30

D. 58X 28

E. 30X 2

56. When a metal surface is irradiated, photoelectrons may be ejected from the metal. The kinetic energy of the ejected electrons depends on the e

A. source of the radiationB. intensity of the radiationC. detection device for the electronsD. amplitude of the radiationE. frequency of the radiation

57. An electron of charge 1.6 x 10-19c is accelerated in vacuum from rest at zero volt towards a plate of 40K.v. Calculate the kinetic energy of the electron.

A. 4.0 x 10-25JB. 4.0 x 10-21JC. 6.4 x 10-20JD. 6.4 x 10-15JE. 2.5 x 1020J

58. The half-life of a radioactive substance is 2 second. Calculate the decay constants.

A. 0.035s-1

B. 0.151s-1

C. 0.347s-1

D. 0.576s-1

E. 1.386s-1

59. The work function of a metal is 4.65eV and the metal illuminated with a radiation of 6.86eV. What is the kinetic energy of the electrons ejected from the surface of the metal?

A. 1.48eV

B. 2.21eVC. 4.42eVD. 5.76eVE. 11.51eV

60. Which of the following has the highest surface tension?

A. Cold waterB. Soapy waterC. Warm waterD. Oily waterE. Salt water

1991PART B THEORY

1. (a) Explain the terms uniform acceleration

and average speed.

(b) A body at rest is given an initial uniform acceleration of 8.0ms-2 after which the acceleration is reduced to 5.0ms-2 for the next 20s. The body maintains the speed attained for 60s after which it is brought to rest in 20s. Draw the velocity-time graph of the motion using the information given above.

(c) Using the graph, calculate the:(i) maximum speed attained

during the motion(ii) average retardation as the

body is being brought to rest(iii) total distance traveled during

the first 50s(iv) average speed during the

same interval as in II

2. (a) Distinguish between temperature and

heat. State the units in which they are measured.

(b) (i) Describe with the aid of labeled

diagram, how the upper fixed point is determined for a mercury-in-glass thermometer, State one precaution to ensure accurate results.

(ii) State one advantage which a constant-volume gas

thermometer has over other thermometers and one reason why it is seldom used as an everyday laboratory instrument

(c) Using the kinetic theory of matter, explain why evaporation causes cooling.

3. (a) Explain the terms reactance and impedance in and a.c circuit.

(b) A source of e.m.f 240V and frequency 50Hz is connected to a resistor, an inductor and a capacitor in series. When the current in the capacitor is 10A, the potential difference across the resistor is 140A and that across the inductor is 50V. Draw the vector diagram of the potential differences across the inductor, capacitor and the resistor. Calculate the:(i) potential difference across

the capacitor(ii) capacitance of the capacitor(iii) inductance of the indicator

4. (a) (i) By means of a labeled-diagram,

describe the mode of operation of a modern X-ray tube.

(ii) State the energy information which take place during the operation.

(b) Explain the terms hardness and intensity as applied to X-rays tube.

(c) (i) State three uses of X-rays(ii) State one hazard of over-

exposure to X-rays in a radiological laboratory, indicating two safety precautions.


1. (a) A copper calorimeter contains water of

mass, m = 50g at room temperature, T0. A block of copper

heated of 100˚C is transferred into the calorimeter and the final temperature of the mixture T1 is recorded. The colorimeter is then emptied. The experiment is repeated with water at the initial temperature. T0 and of masses, m = 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100g to obtain the final temperatures. T1 = T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 of the mixtures respectively. The room temperature and the six final temperatures have been drawn to scale in fig.1. Measure the temperature T0 and T1 on the diagram. Calculate (100 – T) and (T1, - T0) and Z = 100 – T1 Tabulate your T1 – T0

readings.

Plot a graph of Z against m, starting both axes from the origin (O, O). Determine from your graph the(i) slope of the graph(ii) value of the final temperature

eof the mixture if water of mass 30g was used in the experiment. State two precautions you would take if you were to perform this experiment in the laboratory

b. (i) 200g of water at 100˚C is poured into 50g of water at 30˚C. Assuming that the heat absorbed by the container is negligible, calculate the final temperature of the mixture (Neglect heat losses to the surrounding).

(ii) Explain how heat loss byconduction is minimized in a vacuum flask

(iii) State two differences between boiling and evaporation of liquid.

2. (a) In the diagram shown below, anilluminated object is placed on the axis of a thin converging lens and its image is produced on a screen. The procedure is repeated by adjusting the object positions to obtain corresponding image positions. Fig. 2 shows the object position 01, 02, 03,

04, 05, and the corresponding image position, 11,12,13,14, and 15

Measure and record the object distances u and the image distances v. Evaluate (u + v) and uv for each case. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph of (u = v) against uv. Determine slope s of the graph. Evaluate I/s. State two precautions you would take if you were to perform this experiment in the laboratory.

b. (i) Draw a ray diagram illustrating how a plane mirror can be used to determine the focal length of a converging lens.

(ii) explain how a converging lens could be used to ignite a piece of carbon paper

(iii) A illuminated object is placed on the axis of a converging lens and a magnified image is obtained on the screen. If the distance of the image from the lens is 45cm and the magnification is 2, calculate the focal length of the lens.

3. (a)

In the circuit diagram shown above, R is a resistance box. X is an unknown resistance. E is a battery. K is a key and A1 and A2 are ammeters. The top of the resistance box is also shown above, where shaded circles indicated that plugs are inserted and unshaded circles indicated that plugs have been removed. With the circuit connected up and key closed, the resistance box is set at a new value to obtain new corresponding values of I1 and I2. The experiment is

repeated four times to obtain values of R, I1 and I2. Fig. 3 shows the resistance R(i) – (v) in the resistance box, and the corresponding values of the currents I1 (I – v) through ammeters A1 and 12, (I – v) through ammeters A2 are respectively shown by fig. 4 and fig.5. Read and record the values of R, I1 and I2. Calculate Z = I2+(I1 – I2) and R-1 for each case. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph R-1 against Z. Determine the slope s of the graph, evaluate I/s. State two precautions you would take if you were to perform this experiment in the laboratory.

b. (i) What is meant by the electromotive force of a cell

(ii) State four factors on which the resistance of a given wire depends.

(iii) With the aid of a diagram below, explain how you would convert a millimeter into a voltmeter.

1992SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following is scalar quantity?A. MomentumB. AccelerationC. DisplacementD. DistanceE. Force

2. The diagram below represents the trajectory of a projectile with an initial velocity U. Calculate the time taken to reach the maximum height. (Take gas acceleration due to gravity)

A. U 2 sin 2 θ g

B. 2Usinθ g

C. U cos θ g

D. U 2 sinθ g

E. U sinθ g

3. What change in velocity would be produced on a body of mass 4kg if a constant force of 16N acts on it for 2s?

A. 0.5ms-1B. 2.0ms-1C. 8.0ms-1D. 32.0ms-1E. 128.0ms-1

4. Which of the following statements about solid friction is/are correct.

I. Friction depends on the nature of the surface in contact

II. Friction depends on the area of the contactIII. Friction always acts in the direction of

motionA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. I, II and III

5. A body accelerates uniformity from rest at the rate of 3ms-2 for 8 seconds. Calculate

the distance covered by the body during the acceleration.

A. 12mB. 24mC. 48mD. 72mE. 96m

6. Which of the following has the same unit as the moment of a force?

A. ForceB. PowerC. WorkD. MomentumE. Impulse

7. Solid weighs 0.040 N in air and 0.024 N when fully immersed in a liquid of density 800kg m-3. What is the volume of the solid? (g = 10 ms-2)

A. 2.0 x 106m3

B. 2.5 x 10-6m3

C. 3.0 x 10-6m3

D. 2.0 x 10-5m3

E. 3.0 x 10-5m3

8. Which of the following will reduce the frequency of oscillation of a simple pendulum?

A. increasing the mass of the bobB. decreasing the mass of the bobC. increasing the length of the stringD. decreasing the length of the stringE. increasing the amplitude of oscillation

9. A force of 20N applied parallel to the surface of a horizontal table, is just sufficient to make a block of mass 4kg move on the table. Calculate the coefficient of friction between the block and the Table (g = 10ms2)

A. 0.05B. 0.20C. 0.50D. 0.80E. 2.00

10. A barometer can be used in determining theI. height of a mountainII. depth of a mineIII. dew point

Which of the following is correct?A. I, II and IIIB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I and II only

E. III only

11. A body of mass 5kg falls from a height of 10m above the ground. What is the kinetic energy of the body just before it strikes the ground? (Neglect energy losses and take g as 10ms2)

A. 5 JB. 25 JC. 250 JD. 500 JE. 625 J

12. Steel bars, each of length 3.0m at 28˚C are to be used for constructing a rail line. If the linear expansivity of steel is 1.0 x 105˚C-1, what is the safety gap that must be left between successive bars if the highest temperature expected is 40˚C?

A. 1.2 x 10-1cmB. 8.4 x 10-2

C. 7.2 x 10-2cmD. 3.6 x 10-2cmE. 1.8 x 10-2cm

13. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

I. Pure water freezes at 0˚C under normal pressure

II. Water has its highest density at 4˚CIII. The volume of a given amount of water at

0˚C is less that its volume at 4˚CA. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. I and III onlyE. II and III only

14. A given mass of gas at a temperature of 30˚C is trapped in a tube of volume V. Calculate the temperature of the gas when the volume is reduced to two-third of its marginal value by applying a pressure twice the original value?

A. -71˚CB. 40˚CC. 131˚CD. 313˚CE. 404˚C

15. Which of the following colours of surfaces will radiate heat energy best?

A. RedB. WhiteC. BlackD. Yellow

E. Blue

16. A gas which obeys Charles’ law exactly has a volume of 283cm3 at 10˚C. what is its volume at 30˚C?

A. 142cm3

B. 293cm3

C. 303cm3

D. 566cm3

E. 849cm3

17. Which of the following best explains why a person suffers a more severe burn when his skin is exposed to steam than when boiling water pours on his skin?

A. Steam is at a higher temperature than boiling water

B. Steam possesses greater heat energy per unit mass than boiling water

C. Steam spreads more easily over a wider area of the skin that boiling water

D. Steam penetrates more deeply into the skin than boiling water

E. The specific latent heat of vaporization is released in changing from boiling water to steam

18. A small circular membrane is 10cm below the surface of a pool of mercury when the marometric height is 76cm of mercury. If the density of mercury is 13,600kg m-3, what is the pressure of the membrane in Nm-3? (g = 10ms2)

A. 1.17 x 107 Nm-2

B. 6.80 x 105 N m-2

C. 1.17 x 105 N m-2

D. 1.03 x 103 N m-2

E. 1.36 x 104 N m-2

19. Which of the following instruments is used to measure relative humidity?

A. HydrometerB. BarometerC. ManometerD. HypsometerE. Hygrometer

20. A metal of mass 1.5kg was heated from 27˚C to 47˚C in 4 minutes by a boiler ring of 75 W rating. Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal. (Neglect heat losses to the surrounding)

A. 2.5 x 10-3 J kg-1˚C-1

B. 6.0 x 102 J kg-1˚C-1

C. 2.5 x 102 J kg-1˚C-1

D. 1.4 x 10-2 J kg-1˚C-1

E. 1.0 x 10J kg-1˚C-1

21. Which of the following diagrams shows the correct images of the letters JP as seen through a plane mirror?

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

22. A ray of light strikes a plane mirror at an angle of incidence i. Determine in terms of I, the angle of deviation of the ray after reflection from the mirror.

A. iB. 2iC. 90˚-iD. 90˚+iE. 180˚ - 2i

23. Images formed by a convex mirror are always

A. inverted, real and diminishedB. inverted, virtual and diminishedC. erect, virtual and diminishedD. erect, real and magnifiedE. erect, virtual and magnified

24. Which of the following statements is not correct for a light ray passing through a rectangular glass block which is surrounded by air? It

A. suffers a displacement at the point of emergence

B. emerges parallel to the incident rayC. is partly reflected at the point of incidenceD. is deviated at the point of emergenceE. is refracted in the block

25. In the experiment to measure the focal length f of a converging lens, object distances u and corresponding image distances v were measured and 1__ plotted 1_ U V obtain the graph illustrated above.How would F be determined from this graph?

A. f = the slope of the graphB. f = the intercept on the 1/u axisC. f = the intercept on the 1/v axisD. f = reciprocal of the slopeE. f = reciprocal of the intercept on either axis

26. The image of a pin formed by a diverging lens of focal length 20cm is 5 cm from the lens. Calculate the distance of the pin from the lens.

A. -3.3cmB. 3.3cmC. 10.0cmD. 15.0cmE. 20.0cm

27. As an object is moved close to the focus of a converging lens from infinity, its image

I. moves closer to the lensII. moves away from the lensIII. remains the same sizeIV. becomes smaller.

Which of the statements above is/are correct?

A. III and IV onlyB. I and III onlyC. IV onlyD. III onlyE. II only

28. A real image of an object formed by a converging lens of focal length 15cm is three times the size of the object. What is the distance of the object from the lens?

A. 30cmB. 25cmC. 20cmD. 15cmE. 10cm

29. The eye defect illustrated in the diagram below can be corrected by a

A. convex mirrorB. concave mirrorC. diverging lensD. converging lensE. plano-converging lens

30. When an astronomical telescope is in normal adjustment, the focal length of the objective is 50 cm and that of the eyepiece is 2.5cm. What is the distance between the lenses?


31. Which of the following is used for controlling the amount of light entering the eye?

A. CorneaB. PupilC. IrisD. Optic NerveE. Ciliary muscle

32. The angle of deviation of light of various colours passing through a glass prism decreases in the order of

A. blue, orange and redB. red, blue and orangeC. blue, red and orangeD. red, orange and blueE. orange, blue and red

33. The change of the direction of a wavefront as a result of a change in the velocity of the wave in another medium is called

A. refractionB. reflectionC. diffractionD. interferenceE. polarization

34. The diagram below shows a wavefrom in which energy is transferred from A to B in a time of 2.5 x 10-3s. Calculate the frequency of the wave.

A. 2.0 x 103HzB. 1.0 x 103HzC. 4.0 x 10-3HzD. 1.0 x 10-3HzE. 5.0 x 10-4Hz

35. Which of the following radiations have the highest frequency?

A. Radio wavesB. Light wavesC. X-raysD. Infra-red raysE. Ultraviolet rays

36. How far from a cliff should a boy stand in order to hear the echo of his clap 0.9s later? (Speed of sound in air – 330ms-s1)

A. 36.67mB. 74.25mC. 148.50mD. 297.00mE. 366.67m

37. Which of the following waves are longitudinal waves?

I. Ripples on the surface of waterII. Waves produced by a tuning fork vibrating

in airIII. Light wavesIV. Waves produced by a fluteA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and III onlyD. II and IV onlyE. III and IV only

38. Which of the following statements is not true?

A. Musical notes consist of the combinations of sound of regular frequency

B. The combinations of overtones produced by an instrument determines the quality of the sound

C. The loudness of sound is determined by its frequency

D. The pitch of a note depends on the frequency of vibration of the source

E. Noise can be produced by a combination of sound of irregular frequency

39. A pipe closed at one end is 1.0m long. The air in the pipe is set into vibration and a fundamental note of frequency 85 Hz is produced. Calculate the velocity of sound in the air. (Neglect end correction)

A. 340.0ms-1

B. 330.0ms-1

C. 170.0ms-1

D. 85.0ms-1

E. 42.5ms-1

40. The diagram below shows the magnetic field around a bar magnet which has its N-

pole pointing north. The neutral points in the field are likely to occur at

A. 1 and 2B. 3 and 4C. 5 and 6D. 7 and 8E. 9 and 10

41. A negatively charged rod is brought near the cap of a gold-leaf electroscope. The cap is earthed momentarily while the rod is near to it. The rod is then removed. Which of the following is correct?

A. The cap will be positively charged and negatively charged leaves will diverge

B. The cap will be negatively charged and positively charges leaves will diverge

C. The cap and the leaves will be positively charge.

D. The cap and the leaves will be negatively charged

E. The leaves will not diverge because the cap has been earthed

42. Calculate the rate at which energy is used up in the circuit illustrated by the diagram below.

A. 0 WB. 2 WC. 4 WD. 8 WE. 16 W

43. Which of the following is not a consequence of hydrogen bubbles covering the copper plate of a primary cell?

A. PolarizationB. Local actionC. Formation of hydrogen electrodeD. Increase in the resistance of the cellE. Generation of less current by the cell

44. Calculate the length of a constant wire of cross-section area 4 x 10- m2 and resistivity 1.1 x 10-6Ωm required to construct a standard deviation resistor of resistance 21Ω. (Take as 22/7).

A. 0.42B. 2.40mC. 6.25mD. 183.75mE. 590.00m

46. Calculate the time in which 4.8kg J of energy would be expended when an electric heater of resistance 1.8 x 103Ω is used on a 240V mains supply. (Neglect heat losses to the surroundings).

A. 150.0sB. 90.0sC. 36.0sD. 20.0sE. 2.7s 47. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction

states that A. electromotive force is induced whenever

there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with the circuit

B. the induced current in a conductor is in such a direction as to oppose the change producing it

C. the induced e.m.f in a circuit is proportional to the rate of change of the number of lines of force linking the circuit

D. a force is exerted on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field

E. the induced e.m.f is proportional to the current producing the magnetic flux


A. a magnetic field is a region where a magnetic force can be detected

B. magnetic fields are scalar quantitiesC. the magnitude of the magnetic force

experienced by a moving charge depends on the speed on the charge

D. the angle between the direction of the earth’s magnetic field and horizontal is called then angle of dip

E. iron fillings can be used to trace out the magnetic around a bar magnet

49. Calculate the energy stored in a 20μF capacitor if the potential difference between the plates is 40V.

A. 3.2 x 10-3 JB. 1.6 x 10-3 JC. 8.0 x 10-4 JD. 4.0 x 10-4 JE. 2.0 x 10-4 J

50. The diagram below show lines in electric fields. In which of the diagrams would a positive test charge experience the least force as it moves from X to Y?

A. I only

Alpha particles

B. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. II and III only

51. What is the electric potential at point distance r from proton of charge q placed in a medium of permittivity 0?`

A. q 2 __ 4 ,r2

B. q__4 ,r

C. q 2 __ 4 0r

D. qr__4 ,

E. 4 ,q2r

52. If the frequency of the a.c circuit illustrated above is 500 Hz. What would be the reactance in the circuit?

A. 0.01ΩB. 190.91ΩC. 200.00ΩD. 795.46ΩE. 1000.00Ω

53. Which of the following statements is correct about cathode rays?. They are fast moving

A. atomsB. ionsC. neutronsD. protonsE. electrons

54. Which of the following gives rise to the line spectra obtained from atoms?

A. Kinetic energy of a moving atomB. Potential energy of an electron inside an

atomC. Change of an electron from a higher to a

lower energy level in the atomD. Disturbed proton in the nucluesE. Excitation of an electron in the atom

55. A stream of alpha particles is projected into an electric field between two plates X and Y as shown in the diagram below. Which of the following is correct? The particles are

A. Accelerated and they continue in a straight line

B. directionally reversed at the end of the plates

C. deflected towards plate YD. attracted by both platesE. deflected towards plate X

56. An element whose half-life is 3 years has N atoms. How many atoms would have decayed after 9 years?

A. 1 N atoms8

B. 1 N atoms3

C. 2 N atoms3

D. 5 N atoms6

E. 7 N atoms8

57. When the nucleus of a uranium atom is split into two fragments of nearly equal mass, the sum of the masses of the fragments is less than the mass of the original nucleus. This difference is a measure of the

A. experimental error in calculating the separate masses

B. change of a momentum of each fragmentC. potential energy lostD. nuclear energy releasedE. kinetic energy lost

58. A sheet of paper is placed in the path of a beam of radiations from a radioactive source. Which of the following radiations will pass through the paper?

I. Alpha raysII. Beta RaysIII. Gamma raysA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III

59. The process by which a metal, heated to a high temperature, gives off electrons from its surface is known as

A. photoelectric emissionB. thermionic emissionC. radiative emissionD. field emissionE. secondary emission

60. An elastic string of length I is elastically stretched through a length e by a force F. The area of cross section of the string is A and its Young’s modulus is E. Which of the following expressions is correct?

A. F = EAe 2 I

B. F = EAI e

C. F = EAe I

D. F = EAe F

E. F = EA eI

1992PART B THEORY

1. (a) Explain what is meant by the following

statements: The specific latent heat of fusion of ice is 3.4 x 102Jkg-1

(b) Describe an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of fusion of ice. State two precautions necessary to obtain an accurate result.

(c) Using the kinetic theory of matter. Explain why ice can change to water of 0oC without any change in temperature.

2. (a) (i) What is meant by resonance?(ii) Outline the necessary steps

taken in a simple experiment to illustrate resonance.

(iii) Explain why a vibrating turning fork sounds louder when its stem is pressed against a table top than when held in air.

(b) Explain with aid of diagrams, how a concave mirror could be used to:(i) ignite a piece of carbon

paper;(ii) produce an exact copy of a

picture on a screen

3. (a) Draw a simple labeled diagram illustrating

the principle of step-down transformer and explain how it works

(b) State three ways by which energy is lost in a transformer and how they can be minimized.

(c) If a transformer is used to light a lamp rated at 60W, 220V from a 4400V a.c supply, calculate the (i) ratio of the number of turns of

the primary coil to the secondary coil in the transformer.

(ii) current taken from the mains circuit if the efficiency of the transformer is 95%.

4. (a) Explain what is meant by photoelectric emission.

(b) Draw a labeled diagram showing the structure of a simple type of a photocell and explain its mode of operation.

(c) State four applications of photoelectric emission.

(d) In a photocell, no electrons are emitted until the threshold frequency of light is reached. Explain what happens to the energy of the light before emission of electrons begins. State one factor that may affect the number of emitted electrons.


1.

(a) Suspend a metre rule horizontally on the knife-edge supplied. Adjust the metre rule carefully until it settles horizontally. Read and record the point of balance G of the metre rule. Keep the knife-edge at the point G throughout the experiment. Suspend the object labeled Q at the 20cm mark of the metre rule. On the other side of G, suspend the mass m= 20g and adjust its position until the metre rule settles horizontally. Read off the position R of the mass m on the metre rule. Record the distance y between G and R. Also, record the value of m. Repeat the procedure keeping edge at G and the object Q at the 20cm mark but using the masses m = 30, 40, 50 and 60g on other side of G. In each case, record the distance y and the corresponding value of m. Determine the values of I/y, and tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of m against I/y. Determine the slope s of the graph. Evaluate s/x. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the centre of gravity of a body. State how this is related to the stability of the body.

(ii) A body of mass 58g is suspended at the 20cm mark of uniform metre rule. The metre rule is adjusted on a pivot until it settles horizontally at the 40cm mark. Determine the mass of the metre rule.

(iii) State the condition of equilibrium for a body acted upon by a number of co-planar parallel forces.

2. (a)

Trace the paths of five rays through the given glass block for angles θ = 65˚, 55˚, 35˚, and 25˚. For each ray, measure and record the angle of incidence I and the corresponding lateral displacement d as shown in

the diagram above. Tabulate your readings.Plot a graph of d against i. Draw a smooth curve through your points. Determine the value of d when I is 90˚. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results [Attach your traces to your answer booklet].

(b) (i) State Snell’s law of refraction and explain why refraction occurs at the boundary between two media.

(ii) Sketch a diagram to show the path of the ray through the glass block when the angle of incidence I = 90˚ in the experiment above.

(iii) A coin lies at the bottom of a tank containing water to a depth of 130cm. If the refractive index of water is 1.3 calculate the apparent displacement of the coin when viewed vertically from above.

3. (a)

Connect the metre bridge as shown in the diagram above. Ab is bare constantan wire. For a length L = 20cm of the wire, connect the circuit and locate a balance point S on the wire PQ. Record the value of y and evaluate y-1. Repeat the experiment with L = 40, 60, 80, and 100cm. In each case, determine and record the corresponding value of y and y-1. Tabulate your readings. Starting both axes from the origin, plot a graph of L against y-1. Determine the slope s of the graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Given that L = 200y-1 – 2 in the

r rexperiment above, use your graph to determine the value of r.

(ii) State two advantages of using a potentiometer over a voltmeter for measuring potential difference.

(iii) State four factors on which the resistance of a wire depends.

001993

SSCE PHYSICSPAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following is not an example of a force?

A. TensionB. WeightC. FrictionD. MassE. Thrust

2. A body moves along circular path with uniform angular speed of 0.6 and s-1 and at a constant speed of 3.0 m s-1. Calculate the acceleration of the body towards the centre of the circle.

A. 25.0ms-2

B. 5.4ms-2

C. 5.0ms-2

D. 1.8ms-2

E. 0.2ms-2

3. Which of the following is a derived unit?A. AmpereB. KilogrammeC. SecondD. OhmE. Kelvin

4. A boy timed 20 oscillations of a certain pendulum three times and obtained 44.3s, 45.5s and 45.7s respectively. Calculate the mean period of oscillation of the pendulum.

A. 0.13sB. 2.22sC. 2.26sD. 44.30sE. 45.17s

5. A boy mass M1 moving with a velocity U collides with a stationary body of mass M2

and both move with a common velocity V. If linear momentum is conserved, which of the following expressions correctly represents V?

A. M1U__

M1 + M2

B. M2U___M1 + M2

C. M1 + M2

M1U

D. M1 + M2

M1U

E. M1U__M1 – M2

6. A body of mass, m = 0.5kg is suspended by a string and pulled by a horizontal force of 12n as shown in the diagram below. Calculate the tension T in the string if the body is in equilibrium. (Take g as 10ms-1)

A. 7.0NB. 10.9C. 12.5D. 13.0E. 17.0N

7. A particles states from rest and moves with a constant acceleration of 0.5ms-2. Calculate the time taken by particle to vocer a distance of 25m.

A. 2.5sB. 7.1sC. 10.0sD. 50.0sE. 100.0s

8. A block of material of volume 2 x 103kg m-3

and density 2.5 x 103 kg m-3 is suspended from a spring balance with half the volume of the block immersed in water. What is the reading of the spring balance? (Density of water 1.0 x 103 kg m-1, g = 10ms-2)

A. 0.10NB. 0.25NC. 0.30ND. 0.40NE. 0.50N

9. An object is projected with velocity of 100 ms-1 from the ground level at an angle 0 to the vertical. If the total time of flight of the projectile is 10s, calculate 0. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 00

B. 300

C. 450

D. 600

E. 900

10. How far will a body move in 4 seconds if uniformly accelerated from rest at the rate of 2m s-3?

A. 32mB. 24mC. 16mD. 12mE. 8m

11. If the temperature of water is gradually increased from 0o to 4oC, the density of the water within this range.

A. increases for a while and then decreasesB. decreases for a while and then increasesC. increases graduallyD. decreases graduallyE. remains the same

12. The expansion of solid can be considered a disadvantage in the

A. fire alarm systemB. thermostatC. riveting of steel platesD. balance wheel of a watchE. fitting of wheels on rims

13. A solid metal cube of side 10cm is heated from 10˚C to 60˚C. If the linear expansivity of the metal is 1.2 x 10-5K-1, calculate the increase in its volume.

A. 0.6cm3

B. 1.2cm3

C. 1.8cm3

D. 3.6cm3

E. 6.0cm3

14. A gas has a volume of 546cm3 at 0˚C. What is the volume of the gas at –100˚C if its pressure remains constant?

A. 346cm3

B. 446cm3

C. 546cm3

D. 646cm3

E. 746cm3

15. Which of the following are correct of plane-polarized light?

I. Plane polarization of light is the formation of hydrogen bubbles on the particles of light

II. Plane-polarization of light is the splitting of light into its spectral components

III. Plane-polarized light vibrates in one plane only

IV. Polarization is characteristics of transverse waves

A. I and II onlyB. I and IV onlyC. II and III onlyD. III and IV onlyE. None of the above

16. An image which cannot be formed on a screen is said to be

A. InvertedB. realC. virtualD. erectE. blurred

17. Longitudinal waves cannot beA. diffractedB. refractedC. polarizedD. reflectedE. superposed

18. The images formed by a diverging lens always

A. diminished, virtual and invertedB. diminished, virtual and realC. diminished, virtual and erectD. magnified, virtual and erectE. magnified, real and inverted

19. In the normal use of simple microscope, a person sees an

A. inverted, virtual and magnified imageB. erect, virtual and magnified imageC. erect, real and magnifiedD. magnified, virtual and erectE. inverted and real image the same size as

the object

20. A lens of focal lengths 15.0 cm forms an upright image four times the size of an object. Calculate the distance of the image from the lens.


21. An object is placed between two mirrors which are inclined at an angle of 12o˚ and facing each other. Determine the number of images observed in the two mirrors.

A. 1B. 2

C. 3D. 4E. 522. In a ripple tank experiment, a vibrating

plate is used to generate ripples in the water. If the distance between two successive throughs is 3.5cm and the wave travels a distance of 31.5cm in 1.5s, calculate the frequency of the vibrator.

A. 3.0HZB. 6.0HzC. 12.0HzD. 97.0HzE. 73.5Hz

23. Which of the following have the longest wave lengths

A. Infra-red raysB. Gamma raysC. X-raysD. Ultra-violet raysE. Radio waves

24. A man stands in front of a tall wall and produces a sound. If he receives the echo of the sound two seconds later, calculate the distance from the wall. (the speed of sound in air is 300ms-1).

A. 600mB. 400mC. 330mD. 328mE. 165m

25. Which of the following is correct about light and sound waves?

A. Both of them are associated with energy transfer

B. Both of them need material media for propagation

C. They are both longitudinal wavesD. Their velocities in air are equalE. Both of their can be polarized

26. The quality of a note produced by a vibrating string is determined by the

A. pitched of the noteB. tension of the stringC. material of the stringsD. presence of overtonesE. thickness of the string

27. Which of the following is a percussion instrument?

A. FluteB. organ

C. BeltD. PianoE. Sonometer

28. A short chain is usually attached to the back of a petrol tanker and trailing behind it so that the

A. petrol tanker is balanced on the roadB. heat generated by friction in the engine can

be conducted to the earthC. charges generated by friction in the tanker

are conducted to the earthD. tanker can move slowly as the chain

touches the road surfaceE. chain can produce sound in resonance with

the noise from the tanker’s engine

29. Which of the following indicates the correct sequence of steps taken in charging a gold-leaf electroscope by indication?

I. Removing the ebonite rodII. Bringing a negatively-charged ebonite rod

close to the capIII. Earthing the capIV. Disconnecting the earthingA. III, II and IVB. II, I, III and IVC. III, IV,II and ID. II, III, IV and IE. III, IV, I and II

30. Which of the following instruments can be used to compare the relative magnitude of similar charges on two given bodies?

A. ElectrophorusB. Ebonite rodC. Proof planeD. Gold-leaf electroscopeE. Capacitor

31. The unit of inductance isA. FaradB. HenryC. HertzD. WeberE. Tesia

32. A household refrigerator consumes electrical energy at the rate of 200W. If electricity cost 5k per k Wh. calculate the cost of operating the appliance for 30 days.

A. N7.20B. N12.00C. N30.00D. N33.33E. N72.00

33. Calculate the escape velocity of a satellite launched from the earth’s surface. (Take g as 10ms-3 and the radius of the earth as 6.4 x 106m).

A. 8.00 x 104ms-1

B. 1.13 x 104ms-1

C. 3.58 x 102ms-1

D. 5.59 x 10-2ms-1

E. 3.95 x 10-2ms-1

34. What is the gravitational potential due to point mass m at a distance r from it? (G = gravitational constant) gravitational)

A. -Gm 2 r2

B. -Gm 2 r

C. -m 2 Gr2

D. -Gm r

E. G 2 m 2 r

35. In a series R – C circuit, the resistance of the resistor is 4Ω and the capacitive reactance is 3Ω. Calculate the impedance of the circuit.

A. 1ΩB. 4ΩC. 5ΩD. 7ΩE. 12Ω

36. The vector diagrams shown below represents the resistance, R, the capacitive reactance, Xc, the inductive reactance, XL and the impedance, Z, in an R – L – C circuit. The current in the circuit will be maximum when

A. XL < Xc

B. XL = Xc

C. Xc <XL

D. R = XL

E. R = Xc

37. In a purely resistive a.c circuit, the current, I = Io sinwt and the voltage, V = Vo sinwt. Calculate the instantaneous power dissipated in the circuit in time t.

A. IoVo

B. 21oVo sinwt

C. IoVo 2

D. IoVo sin2wtE. Io2Vo2

38. A point charge of 1.0 x 10-7C experiences a force of 0.01 N in a uniform electric field. Calculate the magnitude of the strength of the field.

A. 106 Vm-1

B. 105 Vm-1

C. 10-4 Vm-1

D. 10-6 Vm-1

E. 10-9 Vm-1

39. The potential difference between two points A and B situated at a distance d apart is V. Which of the following expresses the magnitude of the electric field intensity between the two points assuming the field is uniform?

A. VdB. dV-1

C. Vd-1

D. V2dE. d2V

40. Which of the following have the greatest penetrating power?

A. Beta raysB. Alpha raysC. Gamma rayD. ElectronsE. Neutrons

41. A particle of charge 5 C moves perpendicularly to a magnetic field of magnitude -.01T. If the velocity of the charge is 1.5ms-1, calculate the magnitude of the force exerted on the particle.

A. 0.050NB. 0.075NC. 0.300ND. 3.300NE. 0.000N

42. The function of the manganese (IV) oxide in a teclanche cell is to

A. decrease the e.m.f of the cellB. prevent local action in the cellC. prevent polarization in the cellD. increase the density of the electrolyteE. increase the resistance of the cell

43.

A.B.C.D.E.

44. Electrical resistance is the property of an electrical conductor that causes electrical energy to be converted into

A. mechanical energyB. solar energyC. heat energyD. magnetic energyE. chemical energy

45. Calculate the current, 1 in the diagram shown below. (Neglect the internal resistance of the cell)

A. 4.0AB. 2.0AC. 1.0AD. 0.5AE. 0.1A

46. Which of the following is not a conductor of electricity?

A. HumanB. GlassC. SilverD. EarthE. Copper

47. In the diagram below, the galvanometer indicates a null-deflection. What is the potential difference between P and Q?

A. o.0VB. 1.5VC. 2.0VD. 3.0VE. 4.0V

48. When a potential difference, V is applied across the ends of a resistor of resistance, R, a current, I passes through the resistor. The heat generated in the resistor in time, T is given by the expression

A. V2ItB. I2tC. I2Rt

D. IR2tE. V2Rt

49. Electric motor primarily convertsA. electrical energy into chemical energyB. electrical energy into heat energyC. kinetic energy into potential energyD. Electrical energy into mechanical energyE. Mechanical energy into light energy

50. What amount of current would pass through a 10Ω coil if it takes 21s for the coil to just melt a lump of ice of mass 10g at 0O if there are no heat losses?

A. 16.00AB. 4.00AC. 0.50AD. 0.25AE. 0.06A

52. 24Na 24 Mg+ + X + Energy11 12

The equation above represents a nuclear decay of sodium isotope. What is X

A. Alpha particleB. Beta particleC. Gamma rayD. X-rayE. Neutron

53. If Einstein’s photoelectric equation is represented by hf = W = O where h is Plank’s constant f, the frequency of incident radiation and W the work function of the material, what does the symbol O stand for?

A. Energy of the photonsB. Maximum kinetic energy of the ejected

electronsC. Threshold frequency of the photonsD. Stopping potential of the electronsE. Velocity of the electrons

54. The phenomenon of radioactivity was first discovered by

A. Marie CurieB. Sir J. J. ThompsonC. Henri BecquerelD. Niels BohrE. Enrico Fermi

55. A radioactive substance has a half-life of 20 hours. What fraction of the original radioactive nuclide will remain after 80 hours

A. 1_32

B. 1_16

C. 1_ 8

D. 1_ 4

E. 1_ 2

56. Which of the following is used in a nuclear reactor to slow down fast moving neutrons?

A. Carbondioxide gasB. Liquid sodium metalC. Concrete shieldD. Graphite rodsE. Boron rods

57. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the collision of the molecules of a gas with the walls of the container is mainly responsible for the

I. temperature of the gasII. viscosity of the gasIII. pressure of the gas

Which of the statement above is/are correct?

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III only

58. Eight - particles and size - particles are emitted from an atom of 238

A. 206B. 234C. 238D. 240E. 252

59. When an atom is in the ground state, it is said to be

A. groundedB. excitedC. stableD. ionizedE. rediating60. Which of the following are emitted from a

radioactive substance without a latering either the nucleon number or the proton number of the substance?

A. Gamma rays

B. Alpha particlesC. Beta particlesD. ProtonsE. Neutrons

1993PART B THEORY

1. (a) (i) Explain what is meant by a machine.

(ii) Define the terms: mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency as applied to a machine. Derive equation connecting the three terms.

(b) Explain why the efficiency of a machine is usually less than 100%

(c) A screw jack whose pitch is 4.4 mm is used to raise a body of mass 8000kg through a height of 20cm. The length of the tommy bar of the jack is 70cm. If the efficiency of the jack is 80%, calculate the:(i) velocity ratio of the jack;(ii) mechanical advantage of the

jack;(iii) effort required in raising the

body;(iv) work done by the effort in

raising the body.(G. = 10ms-1, 2 = 22/7)

2. (a) With the aid of labeled diagram, describe

an experiment to illustrate the relationship between the volume and the temperature of a given mass of air at constant pressure.

(b) A uniform capillary tube of negligible expansivity, sealed at one end, contains air trapped by a pellet of mercury. The trapped air column is 13.7cm long at 0oC and 18.7cm long at 100oC, calculate the cubical expansivity of the air at constant pressure.

(c) Using the kinetic theory of gases, explain why the volume of a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure

increases with increase in temperature.

3. (a) State the laws of electromagnetic induction

(b) Draw a labeled diagram of a simple d.c generator and explain how it works.

(c) State three methods by which high e.m.f could be obtained from the generator.

4. (a) Explain the following, illustrating your

answer with one example in each case:

(i) nuclear fusion (ii) nuclear fission

(iii) radiation hazards.

(b) State two advantages of fusion over and explain briefly why, in spite of these advantages, fusion is not normally used for the generation of power.

(c) The current, I in an a.c circuit is given by the equation: I = 30 sin 100

where t is the time in seconds. Deduce the following from this equation:(i) frequency of the current;(ii) peak value of the current;(iii) r.m.s value of the current.


1. (a)0

Clamp the uniform meter rule supplied to the edge of the bench such that 90cm of the rule projects from the edge and the rule is capable of performing vertical oscillation as shown above. With M = 50g fixed to the free end of the rule, deflect the rule so that it performs

vertical oscillation and determine 1 for 20 oscillations.

Calclulate the period T of oscillation. Evaluate T2. Repeat the experiment for values of M = 100, 150, 200 and 250g. Determine the corresponding values of t, T1 and T2 in each case. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph of T2 against M starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope s and the intercept I of the graph. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Define the moment of a force about a point

(ii) If R is the reaction from the bench, m is the mass of the meter rule and M the mass of the attached load, draw a force diagram of the arrangement when the rule is in equilibrium and write down and equation relating R, m and M together (Take g as the acceleration due to gravity).

(iii) Explain what is meant by stating that a body is in table equilibrium.

2. (a) Use the measuring cylinder provided to

measure 100ml of water and pour it into the tin labeled A supplied. Heat the water in the tin on a cork or wooden stand. Insert the thermometer into the tin and record the temperature of the water every minute until the temperature falls to 60oC. Repeat the experiment with tin labeled B using exactly the same volume of water and recording the temperature every minute until the temperature falls to 60oC. Tabulate your readings.

On the same piece of graph paper and using axis and scales, plot two graphs of temperature against time from the readings obtained using tins A and B. Label your graphs appropriately as A and B to correspond with the tin used. From

each graph, read off the time taken to cool from 80oC to 65oC. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Explain how heat losses by radiation and convection are minimized in a vacuum flask.

(ii) State the factors on which the quantity of heat in a body depends. Write down an equation relating the quantity of the heat to the factors.

(iii) State four factors on which the rate of evaporation of a liquid in an open container depends.

3. (a)

Connect the 2Ω resistor and the object labeled s across the gaps AB and CD respectively in the meter bridge circuit as shown in the diagram above. Also connect one end of the constant wire labeled W to point C in the circuit. By means of a crocodile clip, connect a length L = 20cm of the wire across s. Complete the circuit and close the key K. Determine the balance length X measured along the meter bridge wire.

Evaluate R where R = (200 – 2) x

Determine the values of R-1 and L-1. Repeat the experiment for L = 30, 40 50 and 60cm. In each case, determine the corresponding values of X, R, R-1 and R-1. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of R-1 against L-1 starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope of the graph and its intercept along the vertical axes. State two precautions you took to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Give that R, L, S and K are related by the equation where K and S are constantsI = I + I R KL S deduce from

graphthe values of k and S,.

(ii) In the circuit diagram shown in

3(a) above, b represents the point of contact of the jockey with the bridge wire. What is the potential difference between point a and point b at the balance point? Explain your answer briefly.

(iv) Deduce from your graph theeffective resistance R if a length of Im of the constant wire is connected across the resistance S.

1994SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following is scalar quantity?A. TensionB. WeightC. ImpulseD. UpthrustE. Distance

2. The diagram below represents the velocity time graph of a body-in motion. the total distance traveled by the body is 195m. Calculate the acceleration of the body in section OP of the graph

A. 1.0ms-2

B. 2.5ms-2

C. 7.8ms-2

D. 9.3ms-2

E. 19.5ms-2

3. The density of water is 1gcm-3 while that of ice is 0.9-3. Calculate the change in volume when 90g of ice is completely melted.

A. 0cm3

B. 9cm3

C. 10cm3

D. 90cm3

E. 100cm3

4. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at 2ms-2. Calculate its velocity after traveling 9m.

A. 36.00ms-1

B. 18.00ms-1

C. 6.00ms-1

D. 4.5ms-1

E. 4.24ms-1

5. In which of the following simple machines is the effort applied between the load and the fulcrum?

A. ScissorsB. PliersC. Wheel barrowD. Sugar tongsE. Nutcrackers

6. A ball is dropped from a height of 45m above the ground. Calculate the velocity of the ball just before it strikes the ground (Neglect air resistance and take g as 10ms-

2)A. 21.2ms-1

B. 30.0ms-1

C. 300.0ms-1

D. 450.0ms-1

E. 900.0ms-1

7. What is the moment of the force F about point P in the diagram shown beside?

A. Fy cos θB. FyC. Fy tan θD. Fy sin θE. Fy coses θ

8. The density of a body is 5 x 103kg m-3 and it weighs 1.0 N in air. Calculate the apparent weight of the body when totally immersed in water. (Density of water = 103gm-3, g = I0ms-2)

A. 0.02NB. 0.08NC. 0.20ND. 0.80NE. 1.00N

9. The ice and steam points on a mercury in glass, thermometer are found to be 90.0mm apart. What temperature is recorded in degree. Celsius when the length of the mercury thread is 33.6mm above the ice point mark?

A. 33.6˚C

B. 35.0˚CC. 37.3˚CD. 52.7˚CE. 62.7˚C

10. A metal rod of length 40.00cm at 20˚C is heated to a temperature of 45˚C. If the new length of the rod is 40.05cm, calculate its linear expensivity.

A. 1.2 x 10-3 K-1

B. 2.5 x 10-5 K-1

C. 3.5 x 10-5 K-1

D. 4.5 x 10-5 K-1

E. 5.0 x 10-4 K-1

11. A gas occupies a certain volume at 27˚C. At what temperature will its volume be three times the original volume assuming that its pressure remains constant?

A. 81˚CB. 162˚CC. 354˚CD. 627˚CE. 900˚C

12. 500cm3 of a gas is collected at 0˚C and at a pressure of 72.0cm of mercury. What is the volume of the gas at the same temperature and a pressure of 76.0cm of mercury?

A. 76 x 500 cm3

72

B. 72 x 500 cm3

76

C. 72 x 76 cm3

76 x 500

D. 76c__ cm3

72 x 500

E. 72__ cm3

76 x 500

13. The pressure of air in a tyre is 22.5Nm-2 at 27˚C. If the air in the tyre heats up to 47˚C, calculate the new pressure of the air, assuming that no air leaks out and that the change in volume of the air can be neglected.

A. 21.I0N m-2

B. 24.00N m-2

C. 39.07N m-2

D. 45.00N m-2

E. 97.25N m-2

14. When two objects P and Q are supplied with the same quantity of heat, the temperature change in P is observed to be twice that in Q. If the masses of P and Q are the same. Calculate the ratio of the specific heat capacities of P to Q.

A. 1 : 1B. 1 : 3C. 1 : 4D. 1 : 2E. 4 : 1

15. The instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure is

A. hydrometerB. ratemeterC. barometerD. photometerE. manometer

16. Calculate the heat required to convert 20g of ice at 0˚C to water at 16˚C (Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 336J g-1) (Specific heat capacity of water = 4,2Jg-1k)


17. A tap supplies water at 30˚C while another supplies water at 86˚C. If a man wishes to bath with water at 44˚C, calculate the ratio of the mass of hot water to that of cold water required.

A. 1 : 3B. 3 : 1C. 3 : 7D. 7 : 3E. 15 : 8

18. A steam trap is a component of the apparatus used in determining the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam. In the steady state, the steam trap

A. stores the steam for future useB. prevents the steam from escapingC. ensures that only dry steam gets into the

calorimeterD. allows condensed steam to go into the

calorimeterE. determines the quantity of steam used

19. 500g of water is heated so that its temperature rises from 30˚C to 72˚C in 7

minutes. Calculate the heat supplied per minute. (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200J kg-1 K-1)

A. 9000JB. 12600JC. 21000JD. 25200JE. 88200J

20. A hygrometer is an instrument used to measure

A. dew pointB. temperatureC. relative densityD. relative humidityE. vapour pressure

21. An electric kettle rated at 1500W boils away 0.3kg of a liquid at its boiling point in 300s. Calculate the specific latent heat of vaporization of the liquid.

A. 1.5 x 106J kg-1

B. 1.35 x 106 J kg-1

C. 1.50 x 105 J kg-1

D. 4.50 x 102 J kg-1

E. 3.00 x 102 J kg-1

22. 80% of the heat supplied to a 30g block of ice at 0˚C completely melts it to water at 0˚C. Calculate the total heat energy supplied. (Specific latent heat of ice = 336 J g-1)

A. 26880JB. 12600JC. 10080JD. 8064JE. 4200J

23. Calculate the angle of reflection of the ray of light at mirror m, in diagram shown below.

A. 120˚B. 90˚C. 60˚D. 45˚E. 30˚

24. The image of an object placed at the centre of curvature of a concave mirror is

A. inverted and magnifiedB. at the principal focusC. real and diminishedD. erect and virtualE. at the centre of curvature

25. The diagram below shows a ray of light IK incident on a plane mirror at K. Calculate the angle of deviation of the ray after reflection.

A. 35˚B. 55˚C. 70˚D. 105˚E. 145˚

26. In the diagram below F and C respectively represent the focal point and the optical centre of the lens, what will be the characteristics of the image formed when rays from the object OA are re-fracted through the lens?

A. magnified, virtual and invertedB. real, inverted and magnifiedC. diminished, virtual and invertedD. erect, real and diminishedE. diminished, virtual and erect

27. If the critical angle of a glass-air boundary is c and the refractive index of the glass is n, which of the following relationships is correct?

A. n = 90/sin cB. n = sin c/90C. sin 90 sin c = nD. sin c = I/nE. n = sin c_

sin 4528. A simple magnifying glass is used to view

an object. At what distance from the lens must the object be placed so that an image 5 times the size of the object is produced 20cm from the lens?

A. 2cmB. 4cmC. 15cmD. 25cmE. 100cm

29. Which of the following diagrams correctly illustrates refraction and partial reflection of light traveling from glass to air?

A. B. C.

D. E.

30. The inability of the eye to focus near objects is known as

A. long sightB. astimatismC. presbyopiaD. glaucomaE. short sight

31. A light wave travels from air into a medium of refractive index 1.54. If the wavelength of the light in air is 5.9 x 10-7m, calculate its wavelength in the medium.

A. 2.5 x 10-7mB. 3.8 x 10-7mC. 4.6 x 10-7mD. 5.2 x 10-7mE. 6.1 x 10-7m

32. Which of the following are transverse waves?

I. Ripples on waterII. Sound waves in airIII. Light waves from the sunA. II onlyB. I and II onlyC. II and III onlyD. I and III onlyE. I, II and III

33. A note of frequency 2000Hz has a velocity of 400ms-1. What is the wavelength of the note?

A. 800.0mB. 200.0mC. 5.0mD. 2.0mE. 0.2m

34. Which of the following has the shortest wavelength?

A. infrared rayB. Gamma rayC. Ultraviolet rayD. Radio waveE. Visible light

35. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V and internal resistance 2.5Ω is connected in series with an ammeter of resistance 0.5Ω and a resistor of

resistance 7.0Ω. Calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 0.15AB. 0.20AC. 2.10AD. 3.00AE. 6.60A

36. The electrical energy supplied by a Leclanche cell is obtained from

A. nuclear energyB. magnetic energyC. solar energyD. chemical energyE. mechanical energy

37. A battery of e.m.f E and negligible internal resistance supplies a current 1 to the combination of two resistances R1 and R2 as shown in the diagram below. Calculate the current through R2

A. R11_ R1

B. R21_ R1

C. R21__ R1+R2

D. R11__ R1 + R2

E. R1R21_R1 – R2

38. Which of the following is not part of an a.c generator?

A. Carbon brushesB. slip ringsC. CommutatorD. Field magnetE. Armature

39. Calculate the effective resistance between points X and Y in the diagram beside.

A. 0.5ΩB. 2.0ΩC. 3.0ΩD. 8.0ΩE. 13.8Ω

40. Which of the following scientists postulated that moving particles exhibit wave properties?

A. Niels BohrB. Ernest RutherfoldC. Werner HeinsenbergD. Louis de BroglieE. Erwin Schroedinger

41. A battery of e.m.f. 10V and internal resistance 2Ω is connected to a resistance of 6Ω. Calculate the p.d across the terminals.

A. 8.75 VB. 7.50 VC. 5.00 VD. 2.50 VE. 1.25 V

42. A rectangular coil of wire can rotate in a magnetic field. The two ends of the coil are soldered respectively to the two halves of a commutator. Two carbon brushes are made to press lightly against the commutator and when these are connected in circuit with a battery and rheostat, the coil rotates. This is a description of

A. a moving-coil ammeterB. a.d.c. generatorC. ad.c electric motorD. an induction coilE. an a.c. generator

43. A car fuse is marked 15A and operates normally on a 12V battery. Calculate the resistance of the fuse wire.

A. 180.0ΩB. 27.0ΩC. 3.0ΩD. 1.3ΩE. 0.8Ω

44. A particle of charge q and mass m moving with a velocity v enters a uniform magnetic field of strength B in the direction of the field. The force on the particle is

A. qvBB. mqvBC. qvb/mD. mvB/qE. 0

45. A lamp marked 100W, 250V is lit for 10 hours. If it operates normally and I kWh of electrical energy cost 2k. What is the cost of lighting the lamp?

A. 1kB. 2kC. 5k

D. 10kE. 20k

46. What is the total capacitance in the circuit represented by the diagram beside?

A. C1 + C2 + C3

B. 1 + 1 + 1C1 C2 C3

C. C1 C2 C3__C1 + C2 + C3

D. C2_____ C1 + C3

E. C1 C2 C3

47. Calculate the time taken to heat 2kg of water from 50˚C to 100˚C in an electric kettle taking 5A from a 210 V supply. (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200kg-

1k-1

A. 2.5 minutesB. 5.7 minutesC. 6.7 minutesD. 7.5 minutesE. 9.5 minutes

48. Which of the following diagrams represents the magnetic fields pattern between two isolated unlike poles?

A. B. C.

D. E.

49. Calculate the current I in the diagram below. (Neglect the internal resistance of the cell)

A. I.0AB. 2.0AC. 2.5AD. 4.0AE. 5.0A

50. Which of the following is a stringed instrument?

A. FluteB. TrumpetC. PianoD. DrumE. Organ

51. A transformer with 5500 turns in its primary winding is used between a 240V a.c supply and 120V kettle. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary winding.

A. 11999B. 2750C. 460D. 550E. 232

52. The electric force between two point charges each of magnitude q and at a distance r apart in air of permitivityo is

A. q 2 __ 4 or2

B. q__4 or

C. 4 q__ 0

D. qr 2 __ o

E. q 2 __ 4 0r

53. Beta-particles areA. electronsB. protonsC. neutronsD. helium nucleiE. tritium nuceli

54. Calculate the peak voltage of a mains supply of r.m.s. value of 220V

A. 112VB. 150VC. 222VD. 240VE. 311V

55. Which of the following substances is not an insulator?

A. AluminiumB. GlassC. PlasticD. ClayE. Cork

56. In an a.c. circuit the peak value of the potential difference is 180V. What is the

instantaneous potential difference when the phase angle is 40o?

A. 45 VB. 90 VC. 90 VD. 180 VE. 180 V

57. When atom 0 losses or gains a charge, it becomes

A. an IonsB. an electronC. a neutronD. a protonE. a deuteron

58. In 24 days a radioactive isotope decreases in mass from 64g to 2g. What is the half-life of the radioactive material?

A. 0.75 daysB. 2.58 daysC. 4.00 daysD. 4.80 daysE. 6.00 days

59. The nucleon number and the proton number of a neutral atom of an element are 238 and 92 respectively. What is the number of neutrons in the atom?

A. 330B. 238C. 146D. 119E. 73

60. The work function of a metal 8.6 x 10-19J. Calculate the wavelength of its threshold frequency. (Speed of light in vacuum = 3 x 108ms-1. Plank’s constant = 6.6 x 10-34Js)



1. (a) What is meant by the statement: Thespecific heat capacity of copper is 400 J kg-1 K-1?

(b) (i) Describe an experiment todetermine the specific heat capacity of copper using a copper ball.

(ii) State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate results.

(iii) A piece of copper ball of mass 20g at 200oC is placed in a copper calorimeter of mass 60g containing 50g of water at 30oC. Ignoring heat losses, calculate the final steady temperature of the mixture.

(Specific heat capacity of water – 4.2Jg-1K-1)(Specific heat capacity of copper –0.4Jg-1K-1)

2. (a) Describe an experiment to show how the

frequency of the note emitted by a vibrating string depends on the tension in the string.

(b) Draw diagrams showing a vibrating string

fixed at both ends emitting.(i) fundamental frequency(ii) second overtone. Indicate the

nodes and antinodes on the diagrams.

(c) With the aid of a ray diagram, show how a virtual image of an object is formed by a:(i) concave mirror (ii) converging lens.

3. (a) Explain what is meant by a magnetic field.

(b) Describe an experiment to show that magnetic field exists around a straight wire carrying current.

(iii) Draw a labeled diagram showing the pattern and directions of the magnetic field produced around the wire. (Neglect the earth’s magnetic field)

(c) Sketch the magnetic field due to two straight parallel wire carrying current in the same direction. Indicate the neutral point in the field.

(d) Explain, with the aid labeled diagram, how a delicate magnetic material could be protected from the earth’s magnetic field.

4. (a) State the laws of electromagneticinduction

(b) Explain how one of the laws illustrates the principle of conservation of energy.

(c) (i) Draw a labeled diagram of a simple d.c. electric motor and explain how it works.

(ii) State two reasons why the efficiency of an electric motor is less than 100%.


1. (a)

You are provided with a uniform meter rule, a knife edge and a mass of 50g. Balance the meter rule on the knife edge and record the scale mark C. Corresponding to the distance of its centre of gravity from the end of the rule. Suspend the given mass from the meter rule such that y = 2cm as shown on the diagram above. Balance the meter rule with the hanging mass on the knife edge. Read and record the position of the pivot. Determine the values of d and x. Repeat the experiment with Y = 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12cm respectively. In each case record the position of the pivot and determine the corresponding values of d and x. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of d against x. Determine the slope s of the graph. Evaluate m = 50s. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate

results. Determine the slope s of the graph. Evaluate m=50s. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) A uniform meter rule AB is balanced on a knife edge which is 55cm from B. If a mass of 10g is hung at p, which is 10cm from A. Calculate the mass of the metre rule.

(ii) Explain what is meant by the moment of a force about a point.

(iii) By means of simple diagrams only, distinguish between two classes of levers and give one example of each.

2. (a)

Trace the outline ABC of the equilateral

triangular glass prism as shown in the diagram above. Draw a line RN such that it makes an angle I = 5o

with the normal. Erect two pins at P1

and P2 on the line RN. Replace the prism. Looking through the face BC of the prism, fix one pin at P2 and another pin at P4 such that they appear to be in a straight line with the images at P1 and P2. Remove the prism and the pins. Draw a line to join P4 and P3. Produce the line P4 P3

and that of RN to meet at D. Measure and record angles e and a.

Repeat the experiment for I = 10o, 15o, 20o and 25o respectively using a different outline in each case. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph with a on the vertical axis and (I + e) on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0). Determine the slope of the graph and the intercept on the vertical axis. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(Attach your traces to your answer booklet)

(b) (i) What is meant by the critical angle of a medium?

(ii) Show by a ray diagram how a right-angle glass prism

(iii) Distinguish between dispersion and refraction of a beam of white light as it passes through a triangular glass prism.

3. (a)

Connect the circuit as shown in the diagram above. Close the key, Read and record the ammeter reading, Io, when the crocodile clip is not in contact with the constantan wire. Open the key. With the clip making contact with the constantan wire L = 80cm, close the key. Read and record the ammeter reading L.

Repeat the procedure when L = 70, 60, 50 and 40cm respectively. In each case read and record the ammeter reading I, Evaluate L-1. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph with I on the vertical axis and L-1. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph with I on the vertical axis and L-1I on the horizontal axis. Starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Calculate the scope s of the graph and the intercept K on the vertical axis. Evaluate p = k/s. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the e.m.f of a cell.

(ii) State two effects of electric current and one application of each.

(ii) The resistivity of a given wire of cross sectional area 0.7mm2 is 4.9 x 10-4Ωmm. Calculate the resistance of a 2m length of the wire.

1995SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following is a fundamental quantity?

A. Heat capacityB. Electric currentC. TorqueD. ReactanceE. Density

2. A boy cycles continuously through a distance of 1.0km in 5 minutes. Calculate his average speed.

A. 0.3ms-1

B. 3.3ms-1

C. 16.6ms-1

D. 20.0ms-1

E. 200.0ms-1

3. A student found out from a simple pendulum experiment that 20 oscillations were completed in 38 seconds. What is the period of oscillation of the pendulum?

A. 8.0sB. 3.8sC. 2.0sD. 1.9sE. 0.5s

4. A body of mass 7.5kg is to be pulled up along a plane which is inclined at 30o to the horizontal. If the efficiency of the plane is 75% what is the minimum force required to pull the body up the plane?

A. 5.0NB. 20.0NC. 50.0ND. 75.0NE. 200.0N

5. The angular speed of an object describing a circle of radius 4m with a linear constant speed of 10ms-1 is

A. 40.00rads-1

B. 14.00rads-1

C. 2.50rads-1

D. 1.58rads-1

E. 40rads-1

6. At what angle to the horizontal must the nozzle of a machine gun be kept when firing to obtain a maximum horizontal range for the bullets?

A. 0.0o

B. 22.5o

C. 30.0o

D. 45.0o

E. 90.0o

7. Which of the following will reduce the frequency of oscillation of a simple pendulum?

A. Increasing the mass of the bobB. Decreasing the mass of the bobC. Increasing the length of the stringD. Decreasing the length of the stringE. Decreasing the amplitude of the oscillation

8. A car traveling at a uniform speed of 120km h-1 passes two stations in 4 minutes. Calculate the distance between the two stations.

A. 8kmB. 15kmC. 22kmD. 30kmE. 60km

9. A machine has an efficiency of 60%. If the machine is required to overcome a load of 30N with a force of 20N, calculate its mechanical advantage?

A. 0.7B. 0.9C. 1.5D. 2.5E. 10.0

10. A body weighing 10N in air is partially immersed in water. It displaces water of mass 0.3kg. What is the puthrust on the body? (g = 10ms-2)

A. 13.0NB. 7.0NC. 3.3ND. 3.0NE. 0.3N

11. A mercury-in-glass thermometer reads n – 20o at the ice point and 100o at the steam point. Calculate the Celsius temperature corresponding to 70o on the thermometer

A. 41.0oCB. 50.0oCC. 62.5oCD. 70.0oCE. 75.0oC

12. A brass rod is 2m long at a certain temperature. Calculate the linear expansion of the rod for a temperature change of 100K. (Take the linear expansitivity of brass at 1.8 x 10-5 K-1

A. 0.3600mB. 0.1800mC. 0.360mD. 0.0036mE. 0.0018m

13. A body of specific heat capacity 450J kg-1 K-1

falls to the ground from rest through a vertical height of 20m. Assuming conservation of energy, calculate the change in temperature of the body striking the ground level. (g = 10ms-1)

A. 0oCB. 2/9oCC. 4/9˚CD. 9/4˚CE. 9/2˚C

14. Hot water at temperature of t is added to ice that amount of water at a temperature of 30˚C. If the resulting temperature of the mixture is 50˚C, calculate t.

A. 90˚CB. 80˚CC. 50˚CD. 40˚CE. 30˚C

15. An air bubble of volume 2cm3 is formed 20m under water. What will be its volume when it rises to just below the surface of the water if the atmospheric pressure is equivalent to a height of 10m of water?

A. 6cm3

B. 4cm3

C. 3cm3

D. 2cm3

E. 1cm3

16. The pressure of a given mass of gas changes from 200Nm-2 to 100Nm-2, while its temperature drops from 127˚C to -73˚C. Calculate the ratio of the final volume of the gas to its initial volume

A. 2.4:1B. 2.0:1C. 1.2:1D. 1.0:1E. 1.0:2

17. The temperature of glass vessel containing 100cm3 of mercury is raised from 10˚C to 100˚C. Calculate the apparent cubic expansion of the mercury. (Real cubic expansivity of mercury = 1.82 x 10-4K-1)

A. 0.52cm3

B. 1.42cm3C. 1.87cm3D. 1.87cm3E. 5.22cm3

18. An iron rod of mass 2kg and at a temperature of 280˚C is dropped into some quantity of water initially at a temperature of 30˚C. If the temperature of the mixture is 70˚C, calculate the mass of the water. (Neglect heat looses to the surroundings) (Specific heat capacity of iron = 460 J kg-1 K-

1) (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200J kg-1 K-1)

A. 0.58kgB. 0.77kgC. 1.15kgD. 1.50kgE. 2.04kg

19. How much heat is required to convert 20g of ice at 0˚C to water at the same temperature? [Specific latent heat of ice = 336 J g-1]


20. When two objects P and Q are supplied with the same quantity of heat, the temperature change in P is observed to be twice that in Q. If the masses of P and Q are the same, calculate the ratio of the specific heat capacities of Q to P.

A. 4:1B. 2:1C. 1:1D. 1:2E. 1:4

21. A ray of light is incident on mirror m1 and after reflection is incident on mirror m2 as shown in the diagram below. Calculate the angle of reflection of the ray at mirror m2.

A. 120˚B. 90˚C. 60˚D. 45˚

E. 30˚

22. A ray of light is incident on a body x as shown in the diagram below. What is the refractive index of the body?

A. 1.63B. 1.50C. 1.49D. 1.33E. 1.02

23. Light travels in straight lines. In which of the following is this principle manifested?

I. Pinhole cameraII. Formation of shadowsIII. Diffraction of lightIV. Occurrence of eclipseA. I and III onlyB. II and III onlyC. I, II and III onlyD. I, II and IV onlyE. I, II, III and IV only

24. the image of any real object formed by a diverging lens is always

A. invertedB. magnifiedC. erectD. realE. the same size as the object

25. Which of the following is not self-luminous?A. Incandescent electric bulbB. Incandescent fluorescent tubeC. Lighted candleD. The moonE. The sun

26. An object is placed on the principal axis and at the centre of curvature of a concave mirror. The image of the object formed by the mirror is

A. real, inverted and magnifiedB. at the principal focusC. real and diminishedD. erect and virtualE. at the centre of curvature

27. A wire is stretched between two points, 1m apart, if the speed of the wave generated on plucking the wire is 200ms-1, what is the minimum frequency which will resonate with the wire.

A. 50 HzB. 75Hz

C. 100HzD. 150HzE. 200Hz

28. Sixty complete waves pass a particular point in 4s. If the distance between three successive trouhghs of the waves is 15m, calculate the speed of the waves.

A. 300ms-1

B. 225.0ms-1

C. 112.5ms-1

D. 75.0ms-1

E. 16.0ms-1

29. Which of the following media allow(s) the transmission of sound wave through them?

I. AirII. LiquidIII. SolidA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. I, II and III only

30. Which of the wave characteristics can be used to distinguish a transverse wave from a longitudinal wave?

A. ReflectionB. RefractionC. DiffractionD. PoliarisationE. Interference

31. A sound note of frequency 250Hz and wavelength 1.3m is produced at a point near a hill. If the echo of the sound is received 1 second later at the point, how far away is the hill from the point?

A. 131.3mB. 162.5mC. 248.7mD. 251.3mE. 325.0m

32. The period of a wave is 0.02 second. Calculate its wavelength if its speed is 330ms-1

A. 6.6mB. 5.0mC. 4.mD. 3.nE. 2.m

33. An alternating voltage with a frequency of 50Hz has a period of

A. 0.02sB. 0.05sC. 0.20sD. 0.50sE. 50.00s

34. A listener can detect the instrument from which a noise is being sounded because different instruments produce the same note with different

A. FrequenciesB. pitchesC. loudnessD. intensitiesE. overtones

35. What is the escape velocity of a body on the surface of the earth of radius R if the gravitational constant is G and the mass of the earth is M? (Neglect energy losses to the surroundings) ___

A. √2GR

___B. √2G

R ____C. √2GR2

___D. √2GM

R ____

E. √2GM

36. A charge of 1.6 x 10-10C is placed in a uniform electric field of intensity 2.0 x 102

NC-1. What is the magnitude of the electric force exerted on the charge?

A. 3.2 x 105MB. 1.8 x 105NC. 3.2 x 10-5ND. 1.8 x 10-1NE. 4.0 x 10-6N

37. A balloon containing 546cm3 of air is heated from 0oC to 10oC. If the pressure is kept constant, what will be its volume at 10oC.

A. 526cm3

B. 546cm3

C. 556cm3

D. 566cm3

E. 819cm3

38. Calculate the inductance L of the coil in the circuit shown beside.

A. 14.4HB. 3.8HC. 0.6HD. 0.4HE. 0.2H

39. A series R-L-C circuit is shown in the diagram below. Which of the following vector diagrams correctly represents the phase relationship among I, V, VR, VC and VL

if VC is greater than VL and the symbols have their usual meaning?

A. B. C.

D. E.

40. Calculate the electric potential at a distance of 20.0cm from a point charge of 0.015C placed in air of permittivity [Take 1_ as 9.0 x 10oNm2C-2]

4 0 A. 3.40 x 10oVB. 6.75 x 10RV

C. 6.75 x 10 VD. 3.45 x 105VE. 8.30 x 10-12V

41. Calculate the inductive reactance of the circuit shown beside.

A. 50.00ΩB. 5.00ΩC. 0.50ΩD. 0.05ΩE. 0.02Ω

42. If the current in the resistor R is question 41 is 0.05A, calculate the p.d across the inductor.

A. 2.5VB. 25.0VC. 49.0VD. 50.0VE. 250.0V

43. A capacitor of capacitance 25μF is connected to an a.c power source of frequency 200Hz. Calculate

the reactance of the capacitor.A. 0.01ΩB. 0.02ΩC. 50.00ΩD. 100.00ΩE. 200.00Ω44. The energy stored in a capacitor of

capacitance 5μF is 40J. Calculate the voltage applied across its terminal?

A. 4000VB. 200VC. 16VD. 6VE. 4V

45. The effective capacitance between points X and Y in the diagram beside is 1.0μF. What is the value of the capacitance C, measured in micro-farad?

A. 5.0μB. 4.0μC. 3.0μD. 1.0μE. 0.5μ

46. Calculate the quantity of charge flowing through a conductor if a current of 10A passes through the conductor for 10s.

A. 100CB. 20CC. 15CD. 10CE. 1C

47. An alternating current, having the waveform shown in the diagram beside, is represented by the equation X = Xo, sinwt. Which of the following represent Xo?

A. OSB. ORC. PQD. RTE. OT

48. What is the potential difference between X and Y in the diagram beside if the battery is of negligible internal resistance?

A. 12.5VB. 5.8VC. 5.0VD. 3.0V

E. 2.0V

49. Calculate the current in the 3 resistor in question 48.

A. 0.3AB. 0.4AC. 1.0AD. 1.5AE. 2.5A

50. A given wire of resistance 10Ω has a length of 5m and a cross-sectional area of 4.0 x 10-

3m2. Calculate the conductivity of the wire.A. 0.80 x 107 Ω-1m-1

B. 1.25 x 107 Ω-1m-1

C. 2.02 x 107 Ω-1m-1

D. 2.50 x 107 Ω-1m-1

E. 5.00 x 107 Ω-1m-1

51. Which of the following is a wind instrument.A. GuitarB. OrganC. ViolinD. PianoE. Harp

52. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V and internal resistance 2.5Ω and a load of resistance 7.0Ω. Calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 0.15AB. 0.20AC. 2.10AD. 3.00AE. 6.67A

53. Which of the following statements are not true of a moving-coil millimeter?

I. It can be used to measure alternating current

II. It has a linear scaleIII. It can be adapted to read higher values of

currentsIV. A resistor connected in parallel with the

millimeter would convert it to a volt meterA. I and IV onlyB. II and III onlyC. III and IV onlyD. I, II and III onlyE. I, III and IV only

54. A radioactive nuclide of mass 6.0g has a half-life of 8 days. Calculate the time during which 5.25g of the nuclide would have decayed

A. 1 dayB. 2 days

C. 8 daysD. 24 daysE. 42 days

55. A moving-coil meter with an internal resistance of 100Ω has a full-scale deflection when a current of 10m A flows through it. What value of resistance would convert it to read 10V at full-scale deflection?

A. 20ΩB. 100ΩC. 600ΩD. 900ΩE. 1000Ω

56. Which of the following are emitted from a radioactive substance without altering either the nucleon number or the proton number of the substance?

A. ProtonsB. NeutronsC. Gamma raysD. Beta particlesE. Alpha particles

57. Which of the following is not a product of nuclear fission?

A. Alpha particleB. Beta particleC. Gamma rayD. X-rayE. Neutron

58. Calculate the energy carried by an Ex-ray of wavelength 6.0 x 10-40m. [Plank constant = 6.6 x 10-34 Js, velocity of light = 3.0 x 108ms-

1]A. 3.3 x 10-12JB. 3.3 x 10-16JC. 1.1 x 10-16JD. 3.3 x 10-24JE. 3.3 x 10-32J

59. Which of the following cannot be explained by the molecular theory of matter?

A. ConductionB. RadiationC. ConvectionD. EvaporationE. Expansion

60. Which of the following is used for shielding radioactive fall-outs?

A. PlasticB. Wood

C. TextileD. AluminiumE. Lead


1. (a) Explain what is meant by acceleration of

free fall due to gravity, g.

(b) State two reasons why g varies on the surface of the earth.

(c) A stone is projected upwards at an angle of 30o to the horizontal from the top of a tower of height 100m and it hits the ground at a point Q. If the initial velocity of projection is 100ms-1, calculate the(i) maximum height of the stone

above the ground;(ii) time it takes to reach this

height;(iii) time of flight;(iv) horizontal distance from the

foot of the tower to the point Q (neglect air resistance and take g as 10 ms-2)

2. (a) State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic

inductions.(b) Draw a labeled diagram of an

induction coil and explain how it works.

(c) How is the effect of eddy currents minimized in the coil?

(d) State two reasons why a capacitor should be included in the primary circuit of the coil.

(e) State three uses of an induction coil.

3. (a) What is surface tension? Explain the phenomenon in terms of intermolecular forces.

(b) Describe a simple experiment to demonstrate the surface tension of a liquid.

(c) State three examples to illustrate the effects of surface tension.

(d) Why does water wet a clean glass surface whereas mercury does not?

(e) State two methods by which the surface tension of a liquid may be reduced.

4. (a) Define the boiling point of a liquid.(b) Describe with the aid of a labeled

diagram, an experiment to determine the boiling point of a small quantity of a liquid.

(c) State two factors that may affect the boiling point of a liquid.

(d) using the kinetic theory of matter, explain why pure water changes to steam at S.T.P. without any change in temperature, although heat is being supplied to the water.


1. (a)

Suspend the given spiral spring vertically as shown in the diagram above. Attach a scale pan and note the pointer on the metre rule. Add a mass m = 70g to the scale pan and note the new position of the pointer. Determine the extension produced.

Repeat the experiment for m = 90, 110, 130 and 150g respectively. In each case determine the extension e produced. Ignore the mass of the scale pan and tabulate your readings. If a hanger is used, both the mass of the hanger and the added slotted masses should be equal to 70, 90, 110, 130 and 150g.

Plot a graph with e on the vertical axis and m on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0). Determine the slope of the graph and the intercept on the axis. Also determine the difference in the extension x when the mass increased from 100g to 150g. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results. With the load of 150g on the scale pan/hanger, set the spring into small vertical oscillation and determine the time for 10 complete oscillations. Calculate the period T1 of oscillation.

Repeat the experiment for a load of 100g and determine the corresponding period T2 of oscillation. Evaluate the expression K = 39.5x T1

2 – T22

(b) (i) State Hooke’s law.(ii) Deduce the force constant of

thespiral spring from the graph. (Take g as 10m-2)

(iii) A spiral spring is compressed by 0.03m. Calculate the energy stored in the spring if its force constant is 300Nm-1.

2. (a)

Measure and record the thickness b of the glass block provided. Trace the outline ABCD of the glass on the sheet of paper as shown above. Remove the block and draw a normal at N. Draw an incident ray such that the angle of incidence i = 25o, Fix two pins at points P and Q on the incident ray. Replace the glass block and fix two other pins at points R and Y such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins at P and Q when viewed through the side DC of the glass block. Remove the block and join the points at R and Y, producing the line to meet DC at X. Join NX and measure its length L. Evaluate L-3 and sin2i.

Repeat the experiment for i = 35o, 45o, 55o and 65o. In each case, determine the corresponding values of L, L-2 and sin2i. Tabulate your readings

Plot a graph of L-2 on the vertical axis and sin2i on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slopes of the graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis. Evaluate the expression K = (i/s)1/2. State two precautions

taken to ensure accurate results. [Attach your traces to your answer script].

(i) Using your graph, deduce the value of L when I = 0o

(ii) State Snell’s law of refraction and explain why refraction occurs at the boundary between two media.

(iii) A microscope is focused on a mark on a table. When the mark is covered by a plate of glass 3.00cm thick, the microscope has to be raised 1.18cm for the mark to be once more in focus. Calculate the refractive index of the glass.

3. (a)

Connect the circuit as shown above. Open the key K and record the voltmeter reading E. Set the resistance R in the resistance box equal to 1Ω. Close the key, read and record the potential difference V on the voltmeter. Evaluate R-1 and V-1. Repeat the experiment for R = 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6Ω respectively. In each case, read and record the voltmeter reading V. Also evaluate R-1 and V-1. Tabulate your readings. Plot graph with V-1 on the vertical axis and R-1

on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0). Determine the slopes of the graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis. Evaluate the expression: K = s/1. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) State ohm’s law.(ii) If the p.d across the

resistance box in the circuit is measured, it would be observed that its value is less than the e.m.f. of the cell. Explain the reason for this difference.

(iii) Explain what is meant by the potential difference between

two points in an electric circuit.

1996SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. The diagram below represents a portion of a micrometer screw guage in which the horizontal scale is in millimeter. What is the reading on the instrument.

A. 3.72mm B. 3.50mmC. 3.30mmD. 3.28mmE. 3.22mm

2. A loaded test-tube which floats upright in water is carefully and slightly depressed and then released. Which of the following best describes the subsequent motion of the test tube?

A. CircularB. RotationalC. RandomD. OscillatoryE. Translational

3. The diagram above illustrates the velocity-time graph of the motion of a body. Calculate the total distance covered by the body.

A. 50mB. 65mC. 175mD. 225mE. 300m

4. A ball of mass 5.0kg hits a smooth vertical wall normally with a speed of 2ms-1 and rebounds with the same speed. Determine the impulse experienced by the ball.

A. 20.0kg ms-1

B. 10.0kg ms-1

C. 5.0kg ms-1

D. 1.3kg ms-1

E. 0.0kg ms-1

5. A rocket is launched from the surface of the earth. If the radius of the earth is 4.6 x 106m and the acceleration of free fall due to gravity is 10ms-1, calculate the escape velocity of the rocket.

A. 2.53 x 104Ms-1

B. 1.13 x 104Ms-1

C. 8.00 x 103Ms-1

D. 4.23 x 103Ms-1

E. 6.41 x 102Ms-1

6. The velocity ratio and efficiency of a system of pulleys are 6 and 80% respectively. How much effort is required to lift a load of mass 120Kg with this system.

A. 25NB. 90NC. 96ND. 250NE. 960N

7. Two spanners X and Y of lengths 15cm and 20cm respectively are used in turn to give a screw ff pitch 2mm one complete rotation. If Rx and Ry are the respective velocity rations of the spanners then the ration Rx Ry is

A. 1 : 50B. 3 : 20C. 3 : 4D. 4 : 3E. 20 : 3

8. The magnitude of the force required to make an object of mass M move with speed V in a circular path of radius R is given by the expression

A. mr v

B. (mr) 2 v

C. mv2

r

D. mv r2

E. mv r

9. A body of mass 4.2kg moving with velocity 10ms-1 due east, hits a stationary body of mass 2.8kg. If they stick together after collision and move with velocity V due east, calculate the value of V.

A. 3ms-1

B. 6ms-1

C. 7ms-1

D. 15ms-1

E. 17ms-1

10. A body of mass 2kg is suspended from the ceiling of a lift with a light intensible string. If the lift moves upwards with acceleration of 2ms-2, calculate the magnitude of the tension in the string. (g = 10ms-2)

A. 24NB. 20NC. 16ND. 4NE. 0N

11. A stationary object of mass 4kg is set in motion by a net force of 50N. If the object attains a speed of 5ms-1 in time. Calculate the value of it.

A. 0.20sB. 0.40sC. 0.63sD. 0.80sE. 1.30s

12. Two simple pendula and y make 400 and 500 oscillations respectively in equal time. If the period of oscillations of x is 1.5 seconds, what is the period of oscillation of y?

A. 0.53sB. 0.83sC. 1.20sD. 1.50sE. 1.88s

13. A platinum - resistance thermometer has a resistance of 5Ω at 0o and 9Ω at 100oC. Assuming that resistance changes uniformly with temperature, calculate the resistance of the thermometer when the temperature is 45oC.

A. 13.9ΩB. 8.9ΩC. 6.8ΩD. 3.2ΩE. 1.8Ω

14. The linear expansivity of a metal P is twice that of another metal Q. When these material are heated through the same temperature change, their increase in length is the same. Calculate the ratio of the original length of P to that of Q.

A. 1 : 4B. 1 : 2C. 2 : 1D. 4 : 1E. 6 : 1

15. The pressure of a fixed mass of gas is 2.0 x 105Nm-2 at a known temperature, assuming that the temperature remains constant, what will be the pressure of the gas if its volume is halved?

A. 1.0 x 105Nm-2

B. 2.0 x 105Nm-2

C. 3.0 x 105Nm-2

D. 4.0 x 105Nm-2

E. 5.0 x 105Nm-2


A. Heat energy can be transformed into mechanical energy

B. That total heat content of a body is the sum of the kinetic energies of its molecules

C. If a body is heat, its molecules move fasterD. The total heat content of a body is the

product of its specific heat capacity and its mass

E. If a body is cooled, molecular movement remains constant

17. A 400W immersion heater is used to heat a liquid of mass 0.5kg. if the temperature of the liquid increases by 2.5oC in one second, calculate the specific heat capacity of the liquid. (Neglect heat loses to the surroundings)

A. 80 J kg-1K-1

B. 320 J kg-1K-1

C. 500 J kg-1K-1

D. 1200 J kg-1K-1

E. 2000 J kg-1K-1

18. What is the difference in the amount of heat given out by 4kg of steam and 4kg of water when both are cooled from 100oC to 80oC

A. 336,000JB. 672,000JC. 8,704,000JD. 9,040,000JE. 9,376,000J

19. The heating element in an electric kettle is usually located near the bottom of the kettle because

A. water is a good conductor of heatB. heat can be more quickly radiated to all

parts of the waterC. no heat can be lost to the surroundingsD. the convectional currents which are set up

can carry heat to all parts of the waterE. the molecules of the heating element can

carry heat to all parts of the water

20. The inside of a vacuum flask is usually coated with silver to reduce heat lost by

A. convectionB. conductionC. radiationD. absorptionE. evaporation

21. The saturated vapour pressure of a liquid increases as the

A. volume of the liquid increasesB. volume of the liquid decreasesC. temperature of the liquid increasesD. temperature of the liquid decreasesE. mass of the liquid decreases

22. Cloud formation is the direct result ofA. precipitationB. vaporisationC. FusionD. sublimationE. condensation

23. Water boils at a lower temperature when heated at the top of a mountain than at sea-level because at the top of the mountain the

A. saturation vapour pressure of water is higher than at sea-level

B. sun adds more heat to the waterC. temperature is lower than at sea-levelD. relative humidity of the atmosphere is lowerE. pressure of the atmosphere is lower

24. The main reason why rice cooks faster in a pressure cooker than in cooking pot is that

A. less heat escapes from the cookerB. the vapour pressure in the cooker is

constantC. the rice is not affected by the draught over

the cookerD. the vapour pressure in the cooker decreasesE. the boiling point of water in the cooker is

raised

25. In which of the following media would sound waves travel fastest?

A. KerosineB. AlcoholC. WaterD. IronE. Air

26. A ray of light strikes a plane mirror at a glancing angle of 50o. Calculate the angle between the incident and reflected rays.

A. 20o

B. 40o

C. 50o

D. 80o

E. 100o

27. A boy walks away from a plane mirror at a speed of 3msp1m in a direction normal to the surface of the mirror.

A. 9.0ms-1

B. 6.0ms-1

C. 4.5ms-1

D. 1.5ms-1

E. 0.0ms-1

28. The graph above shows the relationship between sin i and sin r for a ray of light in air incident on a liquid surface. If i and r rare respectively angles of incidence and refraction deduce the refractive index of the liquid from the graph.

A. 1.63B. 1.50C. 1.33D. 1.25E. 0.80

29. When a ray of light is incident normally on an air-glass interface, its angle of refraction is

A. 0o

B. 42o

C. 45o

D. 60o

E. 90o

30. A ray of light is incident on a glass block as shown in the diagram beside. If the reflected and the refractive rays are perpendicular to each other, what is the refractive index of the glass relative to air?

A. 1.65B. 1.58C. 1.52D. 1.50E. 1.48

31. The refractive index of a medium relative to air of 1.8. Calculate the critical angle for the medium to the nearest degree.

A. 18oB. 34oC. 45o

D. 68o

E. 90o

32. A converging lens of focal length 5cm forms a virtual image which is 10cm from the lens. How far from the lens is the object?


33. Which of the following instruments produces sound by the vibration of air column?

A. pianoB. guitarC. fluteD. handbellE. talking drum

34. The walls and ceilings of many standard auditoria are covered with perforated pads to

A. increase the intensity of sound wavesB. increase the loudness of sound wavesC. reduce the effect of reverberations of sound

wavesD. increase the interference effect of sound

wavesE. decrease the frequency of sound waves

35. A string of length 1.0m vibrates in 10 loops. if the total mass of the string is 1.0 x 10-3kg and the tension in it is 10N, calculate the frequency of the vibration


36. A siren has a disc of 64 holes and makes 20 revolutions per second. Calculate the frequency of the sound from the siren.

A. 3.2HzB. 16.0HzC. 20.0HzD. 640.0HzE. 1280.0Hz

37. The distance between two successive cest of a water is 1m. If a particle on the surface of the water makes to complete vertical oscillations in 1 second. Calculate the speed of the wave.

A. 0.5ms-1

B. 1.0ms-1

C. 2.0ms-1

D. 3.0ms-1

E. 4.0ms-1

38. A sound wave of velocity 350ms-1 is directed towards the surface of water. if the ratio of the wavelength of sound in water to that air is 425:100, calculate the velocity of the wave in water.

A. 82.4ms-1

B. 148.8ms-1

C. 350.0ms-1

D. 1487.5ms-1

E. 3500.5ms-1

39. The speed of sound in air is 330ms-1, how far from the centre of a storm is an observer who hears a thunder clap 2s after the lightning flash? (Neglect the time taken by light to travel to the observer)

A. 1320mB. 660mC. 600mD. 330mE. 165m

40. The diagram below illustrates a variation of the displacement y of a wave particle with time t. If the velocity of the wave is 250ms-1, calculate the distance between two successive particles which are in phase.

A. 2.0m B. 2.5mC. 3.0mD. 5.0mE. 50.0m

41. The diagram above represents a stationary wave set up in a string which is fixed at both ends. If the frequency of the wave is 256Hz and the distance N1 N2 equals 1.5m, calculate the speed of the wave.

A. 128ms-1

B. 192ms-1

C. 384ms-1

D. 768ms-1

E. 1536ms-1

42. Calculate the power delivered by a 3-hase line of its voltage and current are 132KV and 60A respectively.

A. 2.38 x 107WB. 7.92 x 106WC. 3.96 x 106WD. 2.64 x 106W

E. 7.92 x 104W

43. The main function of the mouth piece of a telephone is to convert sound energy into

A. heat energyB. light energyC. chemical energyD. electrical energyE. mechanical energy

44. Which of the following is not a component of a.d.c electric motor?

A. commutatorB. field magnetC. slip ringsD. ArmatureE. carbon brushes

45. The diagram below illustrates the conversion of a galvanometer of resistance 2Ω to an ammeter, the galvanometer gives a fill-scale deflection for a current of 10mA. Calculate the value of R.

A. 2.0 x 103Ω B. 2.0 x 102ΩC. 2.0 x 10-1ΩD. 2.0 x 10-2ΩE. 2.0 x 10-3Ω

46. A wire of length 100cm and cross-sectional area 2.0 x 103cm2 has a resistance of 0.10Ω. Calculate its electrical conductivity.

A. 5.0 x 107Ω-1cm-1

B. 5.0 x 106Ω-1cm-1

C. 2.0 x 106Ω-1cm-1

D. 5.0 x 105Ω-1cm-1

E. 5.0 x 10-6Ω-1cm-1

47. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction states that

A. e.m.f is induced in a circuit whenever there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with the circuit

B. the induced current in a conductor is in such a direction as to oppose the change producing it

C. the magnitude of the induced e.m.f in a circuit is proportional to the rate of change of the number of lines of force linking the circuit

D. a force is exerted on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field

E. the induced charge is constant for a fixed change of flux

48. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V is connected in series with a resistor of resistance 3Ω. A high-resistance voltmeter connected across the cell registers only 0.9V. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

A. 1.8ΩB. 2.0ΩC. 2.4ΩD. 4.5ΩE. 5.0Ω

49. Soft iron is used in making the armature of an electric bell because it

A. retains its magnetism for a long timeB. losses its magnetismC. produces permanent magnetsD. is not easily magnetizedE. decreased the magnetic effect of a direct

current

50. The diagram beside illustrates an isolated metal sphere carrying charge W in a medium whose permittivity is so. The magnitude of the electric field intensity P can be expressed as

A. Q 2 ___ 4 or2

B. Q__4 or2

C. Q__4 or

D. Q 2 ___ 4 or

E. Q___(4 or)2

51. The electric potential of a point P in the diagram on Question 50 can be expressed as

A. Q 2 ___ 4 or

B. Q__4 or2

C. Q 2 __ 4 or2

D. Q___4 or

E. Q___4 2or

52. Calculate the amount of heat generated in an external load of resistance 8Ω, if an alternating current of peak value 5A is passed through it for 100s.

A. 20,000JB. 10,000JC. 5,000JD. 4,000JE. 200J

53. In the diagram below the resistor has a resistance of 8Ω while the reactance of the inductor and the capacitor are 10Ω and 16Ω respectively. Calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 3.6A B. 3.8AC. 9.2AD. 10.0AE. 13.0A

54. The resistance in a series R-C circuit is 5Ω. If the impendence of the circuit of 13Ω, calculate the reactance of the capacitor.

A. 65ΩB. 18ΩC. 16ΩD. 14ΩE. 12Ω

55. What is the decay constant of a radioactive element whose half-life is 3 seconds.

A. 0.132s-1

B. 0.23s-1

C. 0.347s-1

D. 0.693s-1

E. 0.924s-1

56. Which of the following substance is most viscous at room temperature?

A. WaterB. AlcoholC. PetrolD. Palm OilE. Kerosine

57. Which of the following is not part of the electromagnetic spectrum?

A. Radio waveB. Gamma rayC. Infra-red rayD. Alpha particle

E. Ex-ray

58. Which of the following is used in a nuclear reactor to slow sown fast-moving neutrons?

A. Carbon dioxide gasB. liquid sodium metalC. concrete shieldD. Graphite rodsE. Boron rods

59. Which of the following particles/rays do not originate from the nucleus of the atom?

A. Alpha particleB. Beta particlesC. NeutronsD. Gamma raysE. X-ray

60. The count rate of an alpha-particle source is 400 per minute. If the half-life of the source is 5 days, what would be the count rate per minute after 15 days?

A. 20B. 25C. 50D. 200E. 400


1. (a) Define the apparent cubic expansibility of

a liquid

(b) (i) Describe with the aid of a labeled

diagram, an experiment to determine the apparent cubic expansibility of a liquid.

(ii) State two precautions that should be taken to ensure accurate result

(c) A density glass bottle contains 44.25g of a liquid at 0oC and 42.02g at 50oC. Calculate the real cubic expansibility of the liquid.(Linear expansivity of glass = 1.0 x 10-5K-1)

2. (a) What is meant by dispersion of white light?(b) State the colours in the spectrum of

white light in ascending order of their wave lengths.

(c) Which colour is deviated(i) least (ii) most?

(d) Explain why white light is dispersed when it passes through a glass prism.

(e) Describe with the aid of a labeled diagram, how a pure spectrum of white light can be produced on a screen.

3. (a) Explain what is meant by the statement

“The capacitance of a parallel-plate capacitor is 2μF”

(b) State:(i) three factors on which its

capacitance depends(ii) three uses of capacitors

(c) Derive a formula for the energy W stored in a changed capacitor of capacitance C carrying a charge Q either plate

(d) Two parallel-plate capacitors of capacitance 2μF and 3μF are connected in parallel and the combinations is connected to a 50V d.c source

Draw the circuit diagram of the arrangement and determine the

(i) charge on either plate of each capacitor

(ii) potential difference across each capacitor

(iii) energy of the combined capacitors

4. (a) Explain the following terms:(i) viscosity(ii) terminal velocity

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to determine the terminal velocity of a steel ball falling through a jar of glycerine.

(ii) State two precautions that should be taken to ensure accurate result.

(c) State two(i) effects of viscosity(ii) applications of viscosity


1. (a)

Use the knife-edged provided to determine and record the centre of gravity G of the metre rule. Push the steel needle firmly into the cork, then clamp the cork on the retort stand so that the needle is horizontal. Measure and record the distance d between G and the small hole at the 5cm mark on the metre rule. Through this hole, suspend the metre rule freely on the needle as shown in the diagram above slightly displace the free end of the metre rule sideways and release to set it into oscillations in the vertical plane. Determine the time t for 20 complete oscillations of the rule. Calculate the period T of oscillation. Evaluate d2

and T2 d.

Repeat the experiment for the holes at the 10, 15, 20 and 25cm marks on the metre rule respectively. In each case, determine the values of t, t,d2

and T2d. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph of T2d on the vertical axis against d2 on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Evaluate (i) C = 4 2 (ii) K =√1

s sState two precautions taken to ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) What is meant by the statement the focal length of a concave mirror is 20cm?

(ii) Draw a array diagram showing how a concave mirror is used as a shaving mirror.

(iii) If the illuminated object in the experiment is placed at a distance 20cm from the pole of the mirror, state two characteristics of its image formed on the screen.

3. (a)

Set up the circuit as shown in the diagram above. Close the key K, use the jockey to make contact with the potentiometer wire PC such that PB = L = 10cm. Record the ammeter reading I. Evaluate I-1, repeat the experiment for L = 0, 30, 40, 50 and 60cm respectively. In each case,

determine and record the corresponding values of I and I-1. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of L on the vertical axis against I-1 on the horizontal axis starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope of the graph and the intercept on the vertical axis. Read and record the value of I-1 when L = 0. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) Deduce from your graph, the value of the current I in the circuit when the jockey makes contact with the potentiometer wire at C.

(ii) State two reasons why the key in the circuit should be opened when readings are not taken.

(iii) State two sources of e.m.f other than the chemical cell.

1997SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. An object of mass 0.40kg attached to the end of a string is whirled round in a horizontal circle of radius 2.0m with a constant speed of 8ms-1. Calculate the angular velocity of the object.

A. 0.8rads-1

B. 2.0rads-1

C. 4.0rads-1

D. 8.0rads-1E. 16.0rads-1

2. An object falls freely from a height of 25m unto the roof of a building 5m high. Calculate the velocity with which the object strikes the object. [g = 10ms-1]

A. 17.3ms-1

B. 20.0ms-1

C. 24.5ms-1

D. 125.0ms-1

E. 200.0ms-1

3. A body of mass 20kg is set in motion by two forces 3N and 4N, acting at right angles to each other. Determine the magnitude of its acceleration.

A. 400ms-2

B. 2.89ms-2

C. 0.35ms-2

D. 0.25ms-2

E. 0.05ms-2

4. A ball of man 0.1kg approaching a tennis player with a velocity of 10ms-1, is hit back in the direction opposite with a velocity of 15ms-1, if the time of impact between the racked and the ball is 0.01s, calculate the magnitude of the force with which the ball is hit.

A. 5000NB. 500NC. 250ND. 50NE. 25N

5. Two blocks of the same dimension, one steel and the other wooden are dropped simultaneously from the same height. If they fall freely, neglecting air resistance, the

A. two blocks hit the ground simultaneously because they have the same acceleration

B. two blocks reach the ground at the same time because their dimensions are the same

C. wooden block, being lighter than the steel block, reaches the ground first

D. Steel block reaches the ground first because it is denser than the wooden block

E. steel block takes half as much time as the wooden block to reach the ground because it is more massive than the wooden block

6. Two forces 3 N and 4 N act on a body in directions due north and due east respectively. Calculate their equilibrant.

A. 5 N,53o east of northB. 5 N,53o west of south

C. 5 N,37o north of eastD. 7 N,37o west of northE. 7 N,37o south of west

7. A missile weighing 400 N on the earth’s surface is shot into the atmosphere to an altitude of 6.40 x 106m. Taking the earth as a sphere of radius 6.40 x 606m and assuming the inverse-square law of universal gravitation, what would be the weight of the missile at the altitude?

A. 100 NB. 200 NC. 400 ND. 800 NE. 1600 N

8. In the diagram below XY represents a plank used to lift a load from a point X on the ground onto a horizontal platform YP. What is the velocity ratio of the plank?

A. XY/ZYB. XY/XZC. ZY/XZD. XZ/XYE. ZY/XY

9. A uniform bar 15m long, is balanced on a pivot placed at its mid-point. A boy of mass 55kg sits on one arm of the bar at a point 5m away from the pivot. What mass can be placed 2m away from the end of the bar to keep the bar horizontal?

A. 5.0kgB. 6.9kgC. 50.0kgD. 55.0kgE. 70.0kg

10. A solid plastic cube of side 0.2m is submerged in a liquid of density 0.8kgm-3. Calculate the upthrust of the liquid on the cube. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 0.064NB. 0.025NC. 0.016ND. 0.008NE. 0.003N

11. A piece of copper of mass 30g loses 60J of heat energy. If the specific heat capacity of copper is 400 J kg-1 K-1. Calculate the change in temperature of the copper.

A. 0.2KB. 0.8KC. 2.0K

D. 4.5KE. 5.0K

12. Steel bars, each of length 3m at 28oC, are to be used for constructing a rail line. if the linear expansivity of steel is 1.0 x 10-3K-1, what is the safety gap that must be left between successive bars if the highest temperature expected is 40oC?

A. 1.2 x 10-1cmB. 7.2 x 10-2cmC. 6.0 x 10-2cmD. 3.6 x 10-2cmE. 1.8 x 10-2cm

13. Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the variation of the volume V of a fixed mass of water with temperature T?

A. B. C.

D. E.

14. In which of the following diagram is the pressure of the entrapped air equal to the atmospheric pressure?

A.B.C.D.E.

15. A solid material of volume 100cm3 is heated through a temperature difference of 40oC. Calculate the increase in the volume of the material if its linear expansivity is 2.0 x 10-

6K-1.A. 2.4 x 10-2cm3

B. 1.6 x 10-2cm3

C. 8.0 x 10-3cm3

D. 5.0 x 10-6cm-3

E. 4.0 x 10-6cm3

16. Which of the following explains why a thick glass cup cracks when boiling water is poured into it?

A. Large increase in the heat capacity of the cup

B. High density of water

C. Unequal expansion of the interior and exterior walls of the cup

D. Anomalous expansion fo waterE. Greater specific heat capacity of water

compared with that of glass

17. Calculate the quantity of heat released when 100g of steam at 100oC condenses to water. [Take the specific latent heat of vaporization of water as 2.3 x 106 J kg-1]

A. 2.3 x 101 JB. 2.3 x 102JC. 2.3 x 104JD. 2.3 x 105JE. 3.3 x 107J

18. A fixed mass of gas occupies a volume of 20cm3 at a pressure of 700mm Hg. Assuming that the temperature remains constant, what will be the volume of the gas at 750mm Hg?

A. 2.5cm3

B. 15.5cm3

C. 18.7cm3

D. 2.14cm3

E. 72.5cm3

19. A cup containing 100g of pure water at 20oC is placed in a refrigerator. If the refrigerator extracts heat at the rate of 840 J per minute calculate the time taken for the water to freeze.[Neglect the heat capacity of the materials of the cup][Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2J g-1K-1][Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 336Jg-

1]A. 15 minutesB. 20 minutesC. 42 minutesD. 50 minutesE. 84 minutes

20. When white light is incident on a glass prism the spectrum produced on a screen placed beyond the prism is due to

A. diffractionB. reflectionC. refractionD. polarizationE. interference

21. Two rays from a very distant object in the diagram below P, F and C represents respectively the pole, focus and centre of curvature of a concave mirror. If two rays from a very distant object strike the mirror as shown, where will the image of the object be located?

A. Between P and FB. Between F and CC. Beyond CD. At FE. At C

22. A conveying lens of focal length 15cm is used to obtain a real image magnified 1½ times. Calculate the distance of the image from the lens


23. At what distance from a simple microscope must an object be placed so that an image 5 times the size of the object is produced 20cm from the lens?


24. What is the frequency of a radio wave of wavelength 150m if the velocity of radio waves in free space is 3 x 108ms-1?

A. 4.5 x 1010HzB. 5.0 x 109HzC. 4.5 x 108HzD. 2.0 x 107HzE. 2.0 x 106Hz

25. Whenever light waves are restricted to a specific plane, they are said to be

A. diffractedB. refractedC. diffusedD. regularly reflectedE. plane-polarized

26. The magnification produced with a converging lens is 5. If the object is a square wire gauze of side 2cm, calculate the area of the image.

A. 100cm2

B. 40cm2

C. 20cm2

D. 01cm2

E. 4cm2

27. Which of the following is not true of the similarities between a camera and the human eye?

A. Both the camera and the eye have light-proof interiors

B. Both the camera and the eye, have light sensitive screens

C. Inverted images are formed on the screen in both

D. The distance between the lens and the screen is fixed in both

E. The amount of light entering both the eye and camera can be adjusted

28. The diagram below shows waves passing through a slit S. Which wave phenomenon is illustrated by the diagram?

A. ReflectionB. RefractionC. PolarizationD. DiffractionE. Dispersion

29. A sound note is produced by a ringing bell and the echo of the note from a nearby wall is received 0.5s later. If the frequency of the note is 400Hz and its wavelength 1m, calculate the distance between the bell and the wall.

A. 400mB. 200mC. 125mD. 100mE. 50m

30. The diagram below represents the profile of transverse wave. Which of the following points are in phase?

A. O and PB. O and QC. O and RD. O and SE. O and T

31. The diagram below illustrates the profile of a progressive wave in which energy is transferred from P to Q in 3.0 x 10-3s. Calculate the frequency of the wave.

A. 2.0 x 103HzB. 1.3 x 103Hz

C. 1.0 x 103Hz

D. 6.7 x 102HzE. 3.3 x 102Hz32. Two identical waves traveling in the same

direction are superimposed, what should be the phase difference between the waves for maximum destructive interference to occur?

A. 20o

B. 45o

C. 180o

D. 225o

E. 270o

33. A pipe, open at both ends, produces a fundamental note. If the velocity of sound in air is V and L the length of the pipe, which of the following expresses the frequency of the note? [Neglect end-correction]

A. 2V/L

B. V/2L

C. V/3L

D. V/4L

E. V/5L


A. The pitch of a note depends on the frequency of the vibrating source

B. The loudness of a note depends on its intensity

C. The velocity of sound in air does not depend on the intensity of the note producing it

D. The overtones present in a note determine its quality

E. Wind speed has no effect on the speed of sound in air

35. A progressive wave has a wavelength of 50cm. Calculate the phase difference between the points at a distance of 20cm apart.

A. 10/3

B. 5/2

C. 4/3

D. 2/3

E. /3

36. An alternating current with a peak value of 5 A passes through a resistor of resistance 10.0Ω. Calculate the rate at which energy is dissipated in the resistor.

A. 250.0WB. 125.0WC. 50.0WD. 35.4WE. 12.5W

37. The invisible part of the spectrum of white light consists of the following colours:

A. red, orange and yellow onlyB. infra-red, ultra-violet and blue onlyC. indigo and green onlyD. violet and red onlyE. ultra-violet and infra-red only

38. A charge of 1.0 x 10-5C experiences a force of 40N at a certain point in space. What is the magnitude of the electric field intensity at the point in Newton per coulomb?

A. 8.0 x 106

B. 4.0 x 10-6

C. 3.0 x 10-4

D. 2.0 x 10-4

E. 5.0 x 10-7

39. An atom radiates 1.5 x 10-19J of energy when an electron from jumps from one energy level to another. What is the wavelength of the emitted radiation? [Plank’s constant = 6.6 x 10-34 Js; Speed of light in air = 3 x 108ms-1]

A. 1.32 x 10-6mB. 2.98 x 10-6mC. 3.32 x 106mD. 6.82 x 10-6mE. 8.01 x 10-6m

40. A capacitor of capacitance 25μF is connected to an a.c. power source of frequency 200 Hz. Calculate

reactance of the capacitor.

A. 0.01ΩB. 0.02ΩC. 50.00ΩD. 100.00ΩE. 150.00Ω

41. The current in a series R-L-C circuit attains its maximum value when the

A. impedance is greater than the capacitive reactance

B. inductive reactance is equal to the capacitive reactance

C. inductive reactance is greater than the resistance

D. capacitive reactance is less than the resistance

E. inductive reactance is greater than the capacitive reactance

42. In a photocell, light energy is converted to

A. electrical energyB. chemical energyC. heat energyD. mechanical energyE. kinetic energy

43. When a resistor of resistance R is connected across a cell the terminal p.d. of the cell is reduced to three-quarters of its e.m.f. [The internal resistance of the cell is expressed as]

A. R/4

B. R/3

C. R/2

D. 3R/4

E. 3R

44. A magnet is placed successively near rings made of the materials indicated in the diagrams below. The polarity of the magnet in each case is also indicated. Inside which of the rings will a magnetic field be observed?

A. I onlyB. III onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and III onlyE. I, II and III only

45. Calculate the terminal potential difference across a 20Ω resistor connected to a battery of e.m.f. 15V, and internal resistance 5Ω

A. 60.0V B. 15.0VC. 12.0VD. 6.3VE. 0.5V

46. A magnet is being inserted into a coil of wire. On which of the following factors does the induced e.m.f. in the coil depend?

I. Numbers of turns in the coilII. Strength of the magnetIII. Speed with which the magnet is inserted

into the coilA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and II onlyE. I, II and III

47. During the electrolysis of copper (11) tetraoxosulphate (VI) solution, an ammeter shows a steady current reading of 1.0A for 30 minutes while 6.6 x 10-4kg of copper is

liberated. Calculate the error in the ammeter reading. [The electrochemical equivalent of copper is 3.30 x 10kg C-1]

A. 0.001AB. 0.011AC. 0.111AD. 1.000AE. 1.100A

48. The relationship between the directions of the magnetic field, the current and the motion of a current-carrying wire in the field is easily remembered using

A. octet ruleB. right-hand grip ruleC. Maxwell’s screw ruleD. Ampere’s swimming ruleE. Fleming’s left-hand rule

49. The current in the primary coil of a transformer is 2.5A. If the coil has 50 turns and the secondary 250 turns, calculate the current in the secondary coil. (Neglect energy losses in the transformer)

A. 0.2AB. 0.5AC. 2.5AD. 5.0AE. 12.5A

50. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction is essentially a statement of

A. inverse-square law of gravitationB. inverse-square law of magnetismC. inverse-square law of electrostaticsD. law of conservation of momentumE. law of conservation of energy

51. The odour of a leaking gas is perceived at a distance from the source. This is made possible by the process of

A. sublimationB. diffusionC. osmosisD. evaporationE. capillarity

52. The half-life of a radioactive material is 6 hours. What quantity of 1kg of the material would decay in 24 hours?

A. 15/16kgB. 1/2kgC. 1/4kgD. 1/8kgE. 1/16kg

53. When a paint brush is removed from clean water, the bristles of the brush are pulled together because of

A. the viscosity of the surrounding airB. the low density of waterC. surface tension forcesD. the weight of the brush bristlesE. the mass of the brush bristles

54. Which of the following is a pair of isotopes?

A. 35 Ar and 35 S18 16

B. 35 CI and 37 CI17 17

C. 15 N and 16 O 7 8

D. 30 Si and 30 P14 15

E. 24 mg and 24 Na12 11

55. Which of the following statements is not true of nuclear fission?

A. A mother nucleus is broken into two daughter nuclei roughly of equal parts

B. Neutron is normally used in bombarding heavy nucleus

C. Two light nuclei are made to combine to form a heavy nucleus

D. very enormous energy is releasedE. There is an apparent loss in mass

56. A nucleus has a proton number of 84. It emits an -particle and then a -particle to achieve stability. What is the proton number of the product?

A. 81B. 82C. 53D. 86E. 89

57. In a nuclear reaction, the mass defect is 2.0 x 10-6 g. Calculate the energy released, given that the velocity of light is 3.0 x 108ms-1


58. The ratio of tensile stress to tensile strain is known as

A. modulus of rigidityB. modulus of elasticityC. shear modulusD. bulk modulusE. Young’s modulus

59. Which of the following is not correct about Rutherford’s model of the atom?

A. the mass of an atom is concentrated in the nucleus

B. The nucleus of an atom is positively chargedC. The nucleus is surrounded by electron cloudD. The model is applicable to atoms with only

one electron in the outer shellE. the diameter of the nucleus is of the order

of 10-15 m

60. Which of the following statements about kinetic theory of matter is not correct?

A. The molecules of matter are always in motion

B. When a body is heated, the average kinetic energy of its molecules decreases

C. Molecules of a liquid move more freely than those of a solid

D. Matter is made up of very tiny particles called molecules

E. the molecules of a gas move more freely than those of a liquid


1. (a) Explain the term work(b) Draw a diagram of a pulley system

with a velocity ratio of 5.(c) A man pulls up a box of mass 70kg

using an inclined plane of a effective length 5m onto a platform 2.5m high at uniform speed. If the frictional force between the box and plane is 100N, draw the diagram of all the forces acting on the box when in motion and calculate the(i) minimum effort applied in

pulling up the box

(ii) velocity ratio of the plane(iii) mechanical advantage of the

plane(iv) efficiency of the plane(v) energy lost in the system

(vi) work output of the man(vii) total power developed by

man given that the time taken to raise the box onto the platform is 50s. [g = 10ms-2]

2. (a) Explain the term resonance and give two

examples(b) (i) Describe with the aid of a labeled

diagram, an experiment to show how the frequency of the note emitted by a vibrating string depends on the length of the string.

(ii) State two precaution necessary to obtain an accurate result.

(c) A sonometer wire is plucked and it vibrates emitting a fundamental note. State the effect on the frequency of the note if the(i) tension in the wire were made

nine times as large with no change in the length of the wire;

(ii) length of the wire were doubled with no change in the tension. [Show clearly how you arrive at your answer]

3. (a) Sketch the form of the magnetic fluxpattern due to a current flowing(i) in a long solenoid(ii) through two long straight

parallel wires when the directions of the current are opposite. [Neglect the earth’s magnetic field]

(b) Draw a labeled diagram of an electric bell and explain how it works.

(c) An electric bell takes a current of 0.2A from a battery of two dry cells connected in series. Each cell has an e.m.f. of 1.5V and an internal resistance of 1.0Ω.(i) Calculate the effective

resistance of the bell(ii) What current would the bell

take if the cells were arranged in parallel?

4. (a) Briefly explain what would happen to a

stable element if it is bombarded by -particles.

(b) Explain how the bombardment of Uranium with neutrons could lead to nuclear fission chain reaction and hence nuclear explosion.

(c) State three characteristics of nuclear activity

(d) State three applications of atomic energy

(e) State two postulates of Bohr’s model of the atom and two limitation of such a model.


1. (a)

Pivot the meter rule, which has been drilled t the 50cm mark. Suspend the object marked m at the 10cm mark of the metre rule. On the other side of the pivot, suspend the known mass m1 = 100g and adjust its position until the rule balanceshorizontally. Read and record the distances d and d1 of m and m1

respectively from the pivot. Repeat the experiment with m suspended at the 15, 20, 25 and 30cm marks respectively. In each case, adjust the position of m and determine d and d1. Also, repeat the entire experiment with m completely immersed in a beaker of water and at 10, 15, 25 and 30cm marks respectively. In each case, read and record the new distance d2 of mass m1 from the pivot. Evaluate d1 – d2. Tabulate your values d1 d2 and d1 – d2, on the horizontal axis. Determine the slope s of the graph. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) State two differences between

the density and relative density of a body.

(ii) State Archimedes’ principle(iii) An object weighs 2.7N in air

and 1.2N when completely immersed in water. Calculate its relative density.

2. (a)

Trace the outline ABC of the equilateral triangular glass prism as shown above. Remove the prism. Draw a line RN such that it makes an angle i=20o with the normal. Erect two pins at Q1 and Q2 on the line RN. Replace the prism. Place the reflecting surface of the plane mirror in contact with the face AC of the prism. Looking through the face BC at the prism, fix one pin at Q3 and another pin at Q4 such that they appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins at Q1 and Q2. Remove the prism, the mirror and the pins. Draw a line to join points Q4 and Q3 Produce the line Q4 Q3 and that of RN to meet at T. Measure and record angles e and θ

Repeat the experiment for i=25o, 30o, 40o and 50o respectively, using a different outline in each case. Determine and record the corresponding values of e and θ for each tracing. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph of θ on the vertical axis and e on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope s of the graph and the intercept on the vertical axis. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results. [Attach your tracing to your answer booklet].

(b) (i) State the conditions under which

total internal reflection of light occurs

(ii) Draw a ray diagram showing how a right angled isosceles

glass prism may be used to invert a beam of light.

(iii) With the plane mirror removed in the experiment above, a ray of light is incident normally on the face AB of the prism. Draw a labeled ray diagram showing the path of the ray as it passes through and out of the prism.

3.

(a) You are provided with a standard resistor of resistance R = 1Ω and a closed loop of bare constants wire. W. Without straightening out the loop, connect a length 1 = 25cm measured along the loop, between the points A and B of the metre bridge. Connect other components of the circuit as shown in the diagram above. Now obtain a balance at Q on the metre bridge wire PS with the jockey. Read and record the lengths PQ and QS.Calculate the effective resistance r of the loop of the wire W given that r = PO R

QSRepeat the experiment for I = 35, 45, 55, 65 and 75 respectively. In each case determine the corresponding values of PQ, QS and r. Tabulate your readings. Now straighten out the loop. Measure and record its total length L. Plot a graph of r on the vertical axis and I on the horizontal axis. Draw a smooth curve through your points. Determine the value of I for which r is maximum from your graph. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) From the experiment above, it can

be shown that ‘max = 1/4KL. Using your graph and value of L deduce the value of K.

(ii) In the circuit diagram shown in question 3(a) above, Q

represents the point of contact of the jockey with the bridge wire when the galvanometer shows null deflection. What is the potential difference between points T and Q? Explain your answer

(iii) Two equal lengths of wire made of the same material but of different diameters have an effective resistance of 0.8Ω when they are connected in parallel. If the cross-sectional are of one is four times the other, calculate the resistance of the thicker wire.

1998SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following pairs of physical quantities comprises vectors?

A. Capacitance and inductanceB. Force ratio and velocity ratioC. Friction and momentumD. Energy and powerE. Electric field potential and electric field

intensity

2. During the same time interval, it is observed that a train travels the same distance as does a lorry. The two vehicles therefore have the same

A. uniform accelerationB. instantaneous velocityC. initial velocityD. average velocityE. average speed

3. A piece of stone attached to one end of a string is whirled round in a horizontal circle. When the string is suddenly cut, the stone will

A. move towards the centre of the circleB. stop moving immediatelyC. move along a circular path of smaller radiusD. fly off in a direction tangential to the circular

pathE. acquire greater centripetal force

4. The term torque meansA. the moment of a couple about an axis

B. the resultant of several forces acting on a body in equilibrium

C. two equal and opposite forces whose lines of action do not coincide

D. two coplanar forces at right angles to each other

E. the equilibrant of two concurrent forces

5. A rectangular block of wood floats in water with two-thirds of its volume immersed. When placed in another liquid, it floats with half of its volume immersed. Calculate the relative density of the liquid

A. 1.43B. 1.33C. 1.00D. 0.83E. 0.75

The diagram below shows a box X of weight W resting on a plank PQ that has its lower end P hinged to a horizontal floor PR. The plank makes an angle θ with the floor. Use this information to answer questions 6 to 8.

6. As the end Q of the plank is raised, the component of W, normal to the plank will

A. increaseB. decreaseC. remain the sameD. be slightly greater than WE. be independent of W

7. If θ is equal to at the time the box is just about to slide down the plank, the coefficient of static friction between the plank and the box is

A. sin B. cos C. tan D. sec E. cot

8. If the box X is pulled up from P to Q, which of the following expresses the velocity ratio of the inclined plane?

A. PR/PQB. QR/PQC. QR/PRD. PQ/PRE. PQ/QR

9. A pilot records the atmosphere pressure outside his plan as 63cm of Hg while a ground observer records a reading of 75cm of Hg with his barometer. Assuming that the density of air is constant, calculate the height of the plane above the ground. (Take the relative densities of air and mercury as 0.00136 and 13.6 respectively.

A. 120mB. 138mC. 274mD. 1,200mE. 12,000m

10. An object is projected with a velocity of 100ms-1 at an angle of 60o to the vertical. Calculate the time taken by the object to reach the highest point. (Take g as 10ms-2)

A. 5.0sB. 8.7sC. 10.0sD. 17.3sE. 20.0s

11. The earth is not a perfect sphere because its equatorial axis is longer than the polar axis. Where on the earth’s surface would an object have its greatest weight?

A. Halfway between the equator and the north pole

B. Near the equatorC. Halfway between the equator and the south

poleD. At either poleE. At the equator

12. A ball of man 5.0kg hits a smooth vertical wall normally with a speed of 2 ms-1 and rebounds with the same speed. Determine the impulse experienced by the ball.

A. 20.0 kg ms-1

B. 10.0 kg ms-1

C. 5.0 kg ms-1

D. 1.3 kg ms-1

E. 0.0 kg ms-1

13. An object is heated from 30oC. The increase in its temperature on the Kelvin scale is

A. 17KB. 27KC. 81KD. 246KE. 300K

14. The Lower and upper fixed points of a mercury-in-glass thermometer are marked Y

and 180mm respectively. On a particular day the mercury meniscus in the thermometer rises to 45mm. If the corresponding reading on a Celsius scale is 10oC, calculate the value of Y.

A. 4mmB. 18mmC. 30mmD. 135mmE. 450mm

15. A piece of brass of mass 170kg has its temperature raised from OoC to 30oC. Calculate its increase in volume, given the density of brass at OoC as 8.5 x 103kgm-3

and its cubic expansivity as 5.7 x 10-5 K-1.A. 3.4 x 10-5m3

B. 4.3 x 10-5m3

C. 3.4 x 10-4m3

D. 3.4 x 10-3m3

E. 3.4 x 10-2m3

16. the average kinetic energy of the molecules of a perfect gas is directly proportional to the

A. pressure exerted by the gasB. volume of the gas moleculesC. Kelvin temperature of the gasD. volume of the gas containerE. Celsius temperature of the gas

17. How much heat is emitted when a body of mass 200g cools from 37oC to 31oC? (Specific heat capacity of the body = 0.4 J g-

1K-1)A. 4800 JB. 1200 JC. 480 JD. 202 JE. 90 J

18. If the cubic expansivity of brass between 27oC and 100oC is 5.7 x 10-5K-1, what is its linear expansivity?

A. 2.85 x 10-5K-1,B. 1.90 x 10-5K-1

C. 1.86 x 10-5K-1

D. 1.70 x 10-5K-1

E. 1.62 x 10-5K-1

19. Air at temperature 527oC and pressure 30 atmospheres is admitted into the cylinder of an engine. Calculate the pressure of the gas when it has expanded to 5 times its volume and cooled to 127oC as it leaves the engine.

A. 1.5 atmospheres

B. 2.5 atmospheresC. 3.0 atmospheresD. 12.8 atmospheresE. 15.0 atmospheres

20. The inside of a vacuum flask is usually coasted with silver to reduce heat lost by

A. evaporationB. condensationC. radiationD. conductionE. convection

21. Dry oxygen is trapped by a pellet of mercury in a uniform capillary tube which is sealed at one end. The length of the column of oxygen at 27oC is 50cm. If the pressure of the oxygen is constant, at what temperature will the length be 60cm?

A. 360.0oCB. 240.6˚CC. 237.0˚CD. 87.0˚CE. 36.0˚C

22. A waterfall is 1,260m high. Calculate the change in temperature of a quantity of water that falls from the top to the bottom of the waterfall. (Neglect heat losses to the surroundings, take g as 10ms-2 and specific heat capacity of water as 4200 J kg-1 K-1)

A. 0.3˚CB. 3.0˚CC. 33.3˚CD. 42.0˚CE. 100.0˚C

23. A piece of metal is heated until it becomes red-hot. It is then quickly transferred into a beaker containing boiling water. What effect would this have on the boiling water?

A. The boiling point rises slightlyB. The boiling point rises sharplyC. The rate of vaporization of the boiling water

increasesD. the boiling point first rises and then fallsE. Neither the boiling point nor the rate of

vaporization increases

24. A 90-W immersion heater is used to supply energy for five minutes. The energy supplied is used to completely melt 180g of a solid at its melting point. Neglecting energy losses to the surroundings, calculate the specific latent heat effusion of the solid.

A. 0.5 J g-1

B. 2.5 J g-1

C. 15.0Jg-1

D. 150,0 J g-1

E. 450.0 J g-1

25. If an ebonite rod is rubbed with furA. both the ebonite rod and fur will be

negatively chargedB. the ebonite rod will be positively charged

while the fur will have no chargeC. there will be electron transfer only if the

ebonite rods is earthedD. the ebonite rod will be negatively charged

while the fur will be positively chargedE. the ebonite rod will be positively charged

while the fur will be negatively charged

26. An eclipse of the sun by the moon occurs when the sun, the moon and the earth are all in a straight line and the

A. earth casts a shadow on the moonB. moon casts a shadow on the sunC. moon is between the sun and the earthD. sun is between the moon and the earthE. earth is between the sun and the moon

27. The phenomenon which occurs when light changes direction as it passes from one medium to another is called

A. reflectionB. polarisationC. interferenceD. diffractionE. refraction

28. What is the image distance of an object placed at a distance of 2f from a converging lens of focal length f?

A. f/4B. f/2C. fD. 2fE. 4f

29. A converging lens of focal length 5cm is used as a magnifying glass by a man whose near-point is 35cm. Calculate the magnification given by the lens.

A. 8B. 7C. 6D. 5E. 4

30. the images formed by diverging lenses are always

A. diminished, virtual and invertedB. diminished, virtual and erectC. diminished, inverted and realD. magnified, virtual and erectE. magnified, real and inverted

31. An astronomical telescope, having an objective of focal length 100cm and an eyepiece of focal length 10cm, is used in normal adjustment. Calculate the separation of the lenses.

A. 0.10cmB. 0.90cmC. 1.10mD. 1.80mE. 2.20m

32. A lantern gives an image 3m square of a slide 7.62cm square on a screen. If the screen is 10m from the projection lens of the lantern, calculate the focal length of the lens.


33. The intensity of light falling on the film in a camera depends on the

I. brightness of the objectII. diameter of the aperture stopIII. speed of the shutter


A. I, II and IIIB. I and II onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and III onlyE. III only

34. The shortest length of the air column in a resonance tube at resonance is 0.12m and the next resonant length is 0.37m. Calculate the frequency of vibration given that the speed of sound in air is 340ms-1.


35. A sonometer wire under a tension of 10 N, produces a frequency of 250Hz when plucked. Keeping the length of the wire constant, the tension is adjusted to produce

a new frequency of 350Hz. Calculate the new tension.

A. 39.2 NB. 19.6 NC. 14.2 ND. 7.4 NE. 5.1 N

36. Which of the following instruments produces sound by the vibration of air column?

A. DrumB. ViolonC. GuitarD. PianoE. Flute

37. Calculate the wavelength of a note which is one octave lower than a note of 256Hz in a medium in which the speed of sound is 352 ms-1.

A. 0.69mB. 1.38mC. 2.75mD. 5.50mE. 9.30m

38. Which of the following are both mechanical and transverse?

A. Infra-red raysB. Gamma raysC. Sound wavesD. Water wavesE. Micro waves

39. An electromagnetic wave of frequency 5.0 x 1014Hz, is incident on the surface of water of reflactive index. Taking the speed of the wave in air as 3.0 x 108ms-1, calculate the wave length of the wave in water.


40. The gravitational force of the moon is one-sixth that of the earth. If a body weighs 6.0 N on the moon, calculate its weight on the earth.

A. 36.0 NB. 12.0 NC. 6.0 ND. 2.0 NE. 1.0 N

41. in the electrical method of magnetization, the polarity of the magnet depends on the

A. amount of current passedB. direction of currentC. magnetic material usedD. size of the magnetic materialE. orientation of the magnetic material in

space

42. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V is connected in series with a resistor of resistance 3.2. A high resistance voltmeter connected across the cell registers only 0.9V. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

A. 240ΩB. 4.5ΩC. 2.4ΩD. 2.0ΩE. 1.8Ω

43. Calculate the resistance of the filament of a lamp rated at 240 V 60W.

A. 240ΩB. 360ΩC. 960ΩD. 11440ΩE. 2880Ω

44. The diagram below illustrates a freely suspended bar magnet NS hanging from a point in a horizontal ceiling. The thread used for suspending the magnet and the axis of the magnet are as indicated on the diagram. The angle marked θ is called the angle of

A. depressionB. declinationC. variationD. elevationE. dip


A. the induced charge is constant for a fixed change of flux

B. a force is exerted on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

C. the magnitude of the induced e.m.f. in a circuit is proportional to the rate of change of the number of lines of force linking the circuit

D. the induced current in a conductor is in such a direction as to oppose the change producing it

E. e.m.f. is induced in a circuit whenever there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with the circuit

46. A proton of charge 1.6 x 10-19C is projected into a uniform magnetic field of flux density 5.0 x 10-5T. If the proton moves parallel to the field with a constant speed of 1.6 x 106ms-1, calculate the magnitude of the force exerted on it by the field.

A. o.0 NB. 2.O x 10-21 NC. 1.3 x 10-17 ND. 5.1 x 10-14 NE. 2.3 x 10-13 N

47. the direction of the magnetic field at a point in the vicinity of a bar magnet is

A. along the line joining the point to a neutral point

B. always away from the south pole of the magnet

C. opposite the direction of the resultant field at that point

D. always towards the north pole of the magnet

E. the direction towards which the north pole of a compass needle would point

48. In a series L – C circuit, the inductance and the capacitance are 0.5 Hand 20μL, respectively. Calculate the resonant frequency of the circuit.

A. 24.2 HzB. 36.7 HzC. 50.3 HzD. 60.5 HzE. 80.0 Hz

49. the diagram below illustrates an a.c. source of 50V (r.m.s.), Hz connected in series with an inductor of inductance L and a resistor of resistance R. The current in the circuit is 2A and the p.d. across L and R are 30V and 40V respectively. Use this information to answer questions 49 and 50.

Calculate the power of the circuit.A. 1.33B. 1.25C. 0.80

D. 0.75E. 0.60

50. Calculate the average power dissipated in the circuit.

A. 100 WB. 80 WC. 60 WD. 20 WE. 10 W

51. use the following data to determine the length L of a wire when a force of 30N is applied, assuming Hooke’s law is obeyed

Force applied/N 0 5 10 30Length of Wire/mm 500.

0500.

5510.

0L

A. 3.0mmB. 3.5mmC. 503.0mmD. 503.5mmE. 506.0mm

52. Which of the following explains the concave meniscus of water in a clean glass tube? The

A. adhesion between water and glass molecules is greater than the cohesion between water molecules

B. cohesion between water molecules is greater than the adhesion between glass and water molecules

C. molecules of water near the glass move faster than the molecules at the centre of the tube

D. molecules of water at the water-air boundary are often attracted to the centre of the tube

E. weight of the water pulls the central part of the surface down

53. An electron is accelerated from rest through a potential difference of 70kV in a vacuum. Calculate the maximum speed acquired by the electron. (Electronic charge = -1.6 x 10-

19C; mass of an electron = 9.1 x 10-31 kg)A. 3.00 x 108ms-1

B. 2.46 x 108ms-1

C. 1.57 x 108ms-1

D. 1.32 x 108ms-1

E. 1.11 x 108ms-1

54. When light from a source is sent through a gas

I. certain wavelengths are absorbedII. an emission line spectrum resultsIII. a dark line is left

Which of the following is/are correct?A. I onlyB. III onlyC. I and II onlyD. I and III onlyE. II and III only

55. Calculate the value of the half-life of a radioactive element whose decay constant is 0.077s-1.

A. 0.5sB. 3.0sC. 5.1sD. 9.0sE. 12.5s

56. The process of increasing the energy of an atom via inelastic collision with an electron is known as

A. ionizationB. excitationC. field emissionD. photoemissionE. thermionic emission

57. A radioactive nuclide of proton number X emits a particle to form a new nuclide of proton number Y. The correct equation relating X and Y is

A. X = Y – 1 B. X = Y + 1C. X = 1 – Y D. X = 1/y

E. X = Y

58. The frictional effect between the layers of a moving fluid is called

A. capillarityB. turbulenceC. diffusionD. osmosisE. viscosity

59. Two radioactive elements X and Y have half-lives of 100 and 50 years respectively. Samples of X and Y initially contain equal number of atoms. What is the ratio of the number of the remaining atoms of X to that of Y after 200 years?

A. 4: 1B. 3: 1C. 1: 1D. 1: 2

E. 1: 4

60. It is always not possible to determine exactly and simultaneously the position and momentum of a particle. This statement is known as the

A. De Broglie’s lawB. Heisenberg’s uncertainty principleC. Compton effectD. Frank-Hertz experimental lawE. Wave-particle paradox


1. (a) Explain the term uniform acceleration

(b) (i) Sketch and describe the velocity-

time graph for the motion of a ball from the time it is projected vertically upwards until it returns to the point of projection.

(ii) Neglecting air resistance and using your sketch, explain how the acceleration of free fall due to gravity, g, and the maximum height attained when the ball is projected vertically upwards can be determined.

(c) A stone is projected vertically upwards with a velocity of 20ms-1. Two seconds later, a second stone is similarly projected with the same velocity. When the two stones meet, the second one is rising at a velocity of 10ms-1. Neglecting air resistance, calculate the:(i) length of time the second

stone is in motion before they meet.

(ii) velocity of the first stone when they meet (Take g as 10ms-2)

2. (a) Distinguish between heat and temperature.

(b) State two physical properties of substances which may be used to measure temperature

(c) State two reasons why mercury is preferred to alcohol as a thermometric liquid.

3. (a) (i) Describe, with the aid of a circuit

diagram, an experiment to measure the resistance of a wire given an ammeter of low resistance, a battery, a key, a rheostat, a high-resistance voltmeter and some connecting wires

(ii) State two precautions necessary to obtain an accurate result.

(b) Using the experimental result and any necessary measurements, explain how the resistivity of the wire may be determined.

(c) Two cells each of e.m.f. 2V and internal resistance o.5Ω are connected in series. They are made to supply current to a combination of three resistors, one of resistance 2Ω connected in series to a parallel combination of two other resistors each of resistance 3Ω.Draw the circuit diagram and calculate the:(i) current in the circuit(ii) potential difference across

the parallel combination of the resistors,

(iii) lost volts of the battery.

4. (a) Explain the term photoelectric effect.

(b) The diagram above represents a photocell with its associated electric circuit. Identify each of the physical quantities represented by the letters A, B, C, D, E and F.

(c) What factor determines the:(i) current produced by the

photocell,

(ii) maximum kinetic energy of the photo electrons?

(d) State one similarity and one difference between photoemission and evaporation.

(e) Name two methods by which a beam of free electrons may be produced other than photoemission.

(f) State two application to photoelectric effect.

(g) a light of wavelength 5.0 x 10-7m is incident on a metal resulting in photoemission of electrons if the work function of the metal is 3.04 x 10-19J, calculate the:(i) frequency of the light(ii) energy of the incident photon(iii) maximum kinetic energy of

the photoelectronsSpeed of light – 3.00 x 108ms-

1

Plank’s constant – 6.6 x 10-34Js1998

PAPER I PRACTICAL

1. (a)

You are provided with a uniform metre rule, a knife edge and a body m of mass 50g. Suspend the given body M by means of a thread from 1.00cm mark of the metre rule. Balance the loaded metre rule on the knife edge as shown in the diagram above. Determine and record the value of X when the metre rule is in horizontal equilibrium. Evaluate 1/x. Repeat the experiment for the value of m = 70, 90, 110, 130 and 150g respectively. In each case determine and record the corresponding values of X and 1/x. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of m on the vertical axis and 1/x on the horizontal axis; starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope of the graph and the value of m for which 1/x = 0. State two precautions taken to ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) Using your graph, determine the

value of x for which m = 0(ii) State two conditions

necessary to maintain the metre rule in the experiment above in equilibrium.

(iii) Using your graph, determine the value of h for which m = 100g.

2. (a)

Trace the outline PQRS of the glass block on a sheet paper as shown above. Remove the block. Mark a position O very close to P. Draw the normal NOG. From the point G, measure and mark out points B1, B2, B3, B4, and B5, along the GR at distances 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5m respectively from G. replace the glass block on the outline PQRS. Erect a pin at O and another at B1. Now fix a pin at T1 such that the pin at T1 and B1 are in line with the pin at O when viewed through the side SR of the glass block. Remove the glass block. Join the line OB1 and B1 T1. Measure and record that angles x and y. Evaluate sin x and cos y. Repeat the experiment with the pin at B1 now fixed at B2, B3, B4, and B5

respectively while the pin at 0 remains unaltered. In each ‘case, measure and record the values of x, y, sin x and cos y. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of sin x on the vertical axis and cos y on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Calculate slope s of the graph. Evaluate K = 1/s, state two precautions taken to ensure accurate result. [attach your tracings to your answer booklet].

(b) (i) State Snell’s law of refraction and explain why refraction occurs at the boundary between two media

(ii) Differentiate refraction from diffraction

(iii) State two conditions necessary for total internal reflection to occur in a medium.

3. (a)

Connect the circuit as shown above. Set

the value of R = 30Ω. Close the key and obtain a balance at point T on the potentiometer wire PQ. Read and record the length TQ = L. Evaluate L-

1 and R-1. Repeat the experiment for R = 20, 10, 5, 3 and 1Ω respectively. In each case, determine and record the corresponding values of L, L-1 and R-1. Remove the resistance box from the circuit and then determine the length Lo corresponding to R = O. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of R-1 on the vertical axis and L-1 on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0, 0). Determine the slope s of the graph and its intercept 1 on the vertical axis.

Evaluate: (i) K = 1-1 (ii) C = Lo/s State two precautions taken to ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) using your graph, determine the value of L for which R = 15Ω

(ii) If the intercept 1 = 0.5 + y1, use your graph to determine the value of y.

(iii) Explain what is meant by the e.m.f of a cell.

1999SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. The force between molecules of the same substance is termed.

A. elastic forceB. repulsive forceC. cohersiveD. adhesive force

2. A net force of magnitude 0.6N acts on a body of mass 40g, initially at rest. Calculate the magnitude of the resulting acceleration

A. 90ms-2

B. 60ms-2

C. 30ms-2

D. 15ms-2

3. Palm oil from a bottle flows out more easily after it has been heated because the

A. Molecules are given potential energy during the heating

B. friction between oil layers is reducedC. oil molecules force each other outD. adhesion between the oil molecules and

those of the bottle is increased

4. A body weighing 100N moves with a speed of 5ms-1 in a horizontal circular part of radius 5m. Calculate the magnitude of the centripetal force acting on the body. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 10NB. 50NC. 75ND. 100N

5. A motor-cyclist, passing a road junction, moves due west for 8s at a uniform speed of 5ms-1. He then moves due north for another 6s with the same speed. At the end of the 6s his displacement from the road junction is 50m in the direction of

A. N53oEB. N37oEC. N53oWD. N37oW

6. The time rate of change of displacement is known as

A. speedB. velocityC. impulseD. acceleration

7. A store of mass 0.7kg is projected vertically upwards with a speed of 5ms-1. Calculate the maximum height reached. [Take g as 10ms-1 and neglect air resistance]

A. 1.00mB. 1.25mC. 1.50mD. 3.75m

8. If the force of attraction between the sun and the planets is removed, the planets will

A. fall towards the sunB. scatter and stop movingC. continue to move at tangent to their original

orbitD. continue to move perpendicular to their

original orbits

9. A 15kg mass suspended from a ceiling is pulled aside with a horizontal force, F as

shown in the diagram beside. Calculate the value of the tension T, [g = 10ms-1]

A. 300.0NB. 173.2NC. 30.0ND. 17.3N

10. A pendulum bob executing simple harmonic motion has 2cm and 12Hz as amplitude and frequency respectively. Calculate the period of the motion.

A. 2.00sB. 0.83sC. 0.08sD. 0.06s

11. A trolley of mass 4kg moving on a smooth horizontal platform with a speed of 1.0ms-1 collides perfectly with a stationary trolley of the same mass on the same plat form. Calculate the total momentum of the two trolleys immediately after the collision.

A. 0.5NsB. 1.0NsC. 4.0NsD. 8.0Ns

12. The ice point of an ungraduated mercury-in-glass thermometer is X, while its steam point is 90o. This thermometer reads 60o

when the true temperature is 40oC. Calculate the value of X.

A. 60˚B. 48˚C. 40˚D. 30˚

13. Iron at 30˚C feels cooler to the hand than wood at 28˚C because

A. their linear expansivities are not equalB. the temperature of the iron higher than that

of the woodC. iron is a better radiator of heat than woodD. iron conducts heat more quickly from the

hand than wood

14. An iron rod of length 50m and at a temperature of 60˚C is heated to 70˚C. Calculate its new length [Linear expansivity of iron = 1.2 x 10-5K1]

A. 50.006mB. 50.060mC. 51.600mD. 51.200m

15. The heat capacity of a substance is the energy

A. required to raise the temperature of a unit mass of the substance by one degree

B. required to raise the temperature of the substance by one degree

C. absorbed by the substance at constant temperature

D. lost by a unit mass of the substance

16. The temperature of a piece of metal of mass 9g is raided from 10˚C to 110˚C when it absorbs 108J of heat energy. Determine the specific heat capacity of the metal in J kg-1K-

1.A. 1.2B. 12.0C. 120.2D. 1200.0


A. A sea breeze is due to convection in airB. Cotton materials are better than woolen

ones for use in both weatherC. Convectional currents play an important

role in the cooling of the engine of a motor car

D. the vacuum space in a flask helps to reduce heat loss by radiation

18. Calculate the heat energy required to change 0.1kg of ice at 0˚C to water boiling at 100˚C. [Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg`k1] [Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 336.000J kg-1]

A. 75,600 JB. 336,000 JC. 340,200 JD. 378,000 J

19. Which of the following statements about evaporation is not correct?

A. The rate of evaporation of a liquid varies with temperature

B. The molecules of an evaporating liquid have an average speed

C. Evaporation occurs when faster molecules escape from the surface of a liquid

D. Evaporation takes place inside a liquid

20. Calculate the power rating of an immersion heater used for 10 minutes to increase the temperature of 10kg of water by 15K. [Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg-

1 k-1]

A. 1,050WB. 16,800WC. 18,060WD. 20,160W

21. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror at an angle of 20˚C. This mirror is rotated through, twice this angle. In this new position, the angle between the incident ray and the reflected ray is

A. 20˚B. 40˚C. 80˚D. 120˚

22. The air column in a resonance tube is set into resonance by a vibrating turning fork. The resultant waves in the air column will be

A. Mechanical and transverseB. progressive and longitudinalC. stationary and transverseD. stationary and longitudinal

23. The image of an object is located 6cm behind a convex mirror. If its magnification is 0.6, calculate the focal length of the mirror

A. 3.75cmB. 6.60cmC. 10.00cmD. 15.00cm

24. The refractive index of glass for yellow light is greater than that for red light because yellow light

A. has a greater amplitude than red lightB. is more intense than red lightC. travels more slowly than red lightD. deviates less than red light

25. The real image of an object formed by a converging lens of focal length 15cm is three times the size of the object. Calculate the object distance

A. 60cmB. 30cmC. 20cmD. 15cm

26. Which of the following statements is not correct about long sight?

A. A long-sighted person can see distant objects clearly

B. light from a nearby object is focused behind the retina

C. The eyeball is too shortD. The defect is corrected by using a diverging

lens

27. The amplitude of a wave is theA. distance between two successive through of

the waveB. separation of two adjacent particles

vibrating in phaseC. maximum displacement of the wave particle

from the equilibrium positionD. distance travelled by a wave in a complete

cycle of its motion

28. In order to obtain a sound note of a high pitch from a wire stretched by a constant tension, the wire must be

A. short and thickB. short and thinC. long and thickD. long and thin

29. If the position of resonance in a resonance tube is 16.50cm from the open end of the tube, calculate the distance from the open end to the next position where resonance occurs. [Neglect end-correction]

A. 24.7cmB. 33.00cmC. 41.25cmD. 49.50cm

30. Thunder is usually heard some seconds after lighting is observed because

A. the human eye is more sensitive to light than the ear to sound

B. sound and light travel in different mediaC. thunder occurs after lightning D. light travels faster than sound

31. Using the diagram beside, calculate the effective capacitance of the circuit.

A. 1.56µFB. 3.00µFC. 3.7µFD. 9.00µF

32. Using the data on the diagram beside, calculate the potential difference across the 20Ω resistor. [Neglect the internal resistance of the cell]

A. 5VB. 10VC. 20VD. 60V

33. The Parts of a bar magnet at which the magnetic effect is strongest are called the

A. polesB. neutral pointsC. magnetic declinationD. magnetic meridians

34. A resistance wire of length 2m and of uniform cross sectional area 5.0 x 107m2 has a resistance of 2-2Ω. Calculate its resistivity.

A. 1.8 x 10-7ΩmB. 5.5 x 10-7ΩmC. 1.8 x 107ΩmD. 5.5 x 107Ωm

35. Magnetic flux density is defined as theA. total number of magnetic lines of force

surrounding a magnetB. number of magnetic lines of force per unit

area normal to the magnetic fieldC. strength of the magnetic field surrounding a

current carrying conductorD. magnetic force exerted on a unit magnetic

pole

36. The voltage and current in the primary of a transformer are 200Y and 2V respectively. If the transformer is used to light ten 12V, 20W bulbs, calculate its efficiency.

A. 100%B. 90%C. 75%D. 50%

37. In a uniform electric field, the magnitude of the force on a charge of 0.2C is 4N. Calculate the electric field intensity.

A. 20Nc-1

B. 8NC-1

C. 5NC-1

D. 2NC-1

38. A rocket of mass m is fired from the Earth’s surface such that it just escapes from the Earth’s gravitational field. If R is the radius of the Earth and g the acceleration of free fall due to gravity, the escape velocity of the rocket is expressed as

A.

B.

C.

D.

39. A 10-Ω coil takes 21s to melt 10g of ice at 0oC. Assuming no heat losses, determine the current in the coil. [Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 336 Jg-1]

A. 16AB. 5AC. 4AD. 3A

40. A point charge of magnitude 2C is moved through a distance of 0.20m against a uniform field of intensity 25Vm-1. Calculate the work done on the charge.

A. 5.0 x 10-6 JB. 1.0 x 10-5 JC. 5.0 x 10-6 JD. 1.0 x 10-2 J

41. Bohr’s atomic model proves most successful for the explanation of the:

I. structure of the hydrogen atomII. line spectra of the hydrogen atomIII. multi-electron atoms

Which of the following statement is/are correct?

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. I and III only

Use the diagram above to answer Questions 42 and 43.

42. The diagram above illustrates the energy transitions of five electrons of an atom. Which of the transitions will produce the emission of longest wave length?

A. IB. IIC. IIID. IV

43. Which of the transitions will produce emission of highest frequency?

A. VB. IVC. IIID. II

44. The following statements relate to atomic spectrum

I. All elements emit and absorb characteristic spectra

II. Spectral analysis is an important method of identifying environmental pollutants

III. The chemical composition of stars could be determined using spectral analysisWhich of the following statements above are correct?

A. I, II and IIIB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I and II only

45. A metal has a work function of 4.375eV. Calculate its threshold frequency. [h = 6.6 x 10-34Js, leV = 1.6 x 10-19J]

A. 2.01 x 1015HzB. 1.06 x 1015HzC. 6.30 x 1014HzD. 1.60 x 1014Hz

46. The half-life of a radioactive substance isA. its average life timeB. one-half the value of its decay constantC. the length of time needed by the substance

to decay completelyD. the length of time during which the activity

of the substance reduces by 50%

47. The half-life of a radioactive element is 5s. Calculate its decay constant

A. 0.113s-1

B. 0.136s-1

C. 0.139s-1

D. 0.193s-1

48. A sheet of paper is placed in the path of the following radiations

I. Alpha particlesII. Beta particlesIII. Gamma rays

Which of the radiations will pass through the sheet of paper

A. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and II onlyD. II and III only

49. Which Of the following are the essential parts of an atomic bomb?

A. Uranium and neutronsB. Radium and poloniumC. Nitrogen and neutrons

D. Uranium and a-particles

50. Which of the following is not a safety precaution in a nuclear station?

A. Radioactive materials are stored in gas casings

B. Radioactive materials are handled with remote controlled tongs

C. Technicians in nuclear stations wear radio sensitive badges which are checked regularly

D. Radioactive materials are kept in thick-walled lead container

1999SECTION B THEORY PART I

1. Explain plane polarization of light.

2. A stone is projected horizontally from the top of a tower with a speed of 5ms-1. It lands on the ground level at a horizontal distance of 20m from the foot of the tower. Calculate the height of the tower. [g = 10 ms-2].

3. In an electrolysis experiment, the ammeter records a steady current of 1A. The mass of copper deposited is 0.66g in 30 minutes. Calculate the error in the ammeter reading. [Electrochemical equivalent of copper = 0.00033gC-1]

4. (a) What is surface tension?

(b) State two methods by which the surface tension of a liquid can be reduced.

5. (a) Define Young’s modulus(b) State the physical quantities one has

to measure in order to determine the Young’s modulus of a wire.

6. (a) What is the principle upon which the lighting in a fluorescent tube

operate?(b) State two factors on which the colour

of light from a fluorescent tube depends.

7. (a) List two types of waves, apart from light

that can be plane polarized.(b) State two applications of plane

polarized light

8. (a) State Hooke’s law of elasticity.(b) A spiral spring, loaded with a piece of

metal, extends by 10.5cm in air, when the metal is fully submerged in water, the spring extends by 6.8cm. Calculate the relative density of the metal. [Assume Hooke’s law is obeyed]

9. (a) Explain electrolysis(b) Classify the following substances as

electrolytes and non-electrolytes, Sugar solution, paraffin, salt solution and grape juice

10. (a) State Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle

(b) Mention two phenomena that can only be explained terms of the particulate nature of light.

PART II

1. (a) State the conditions for the equilibrium of

a rigid body acted upon by parallel forces

(b) (i) Describe an experiment, using the

Principle of moments to determine the mass of a metre rule.

(ii) State two precautions necessary to ensure accurate results

(c) A bullet of mass 120g is fired horizontally into a fixed wooden block with a-speed of 20ms-1. The bullet is brought to rest in the block-in, 0.1 s by a constant resistance. Calculate the:(i) magnitude of the resistance(ii) distance, moved by the bullet in

the wood

2. (a) Explain (i) Work (ii) power(b) Show that the efficiency E, the force

ratio M.A and the velocity ratio V.R of a machine are related by the equation: M.A x 100%VR

(c) An inclined plane of angle 10o is used to raise a load of 4500N through a height of 2m. If the plane is 75% efficient, calculate(i) velocity ratio of the plane(ii) work done on the load(iii) Explain Charles’ law using the

kinetic theory of matter.

3. (a) State three properties of waves(b) (i) Describe with the aid of a

labeled diagram, an experiment to show how the frequency of the note emitted by a vibrating string depends on the tension in the string.

(ii) State two precautions necessary to ensure accurate results.

(c) Draw a ray diagram showing how a virtual image of an object is formed by a concave mirror.

4. (a) Sketch the magnetic flux pattern around a

long, straight, current carrying wire.(b) State two methods by which the

sensitivity of a moving coil galvanometer can be increased.

(c) A series RLC circuit comprises a 100-Ω resistor a 3-H inductor and a 4-µF capacitor. The a.c source of the circuit has an e.m.f of 100V and frequency of 160 Hz

(i) Draw the circuit diagram of

the arrangement.Calculate the:(ii) Capacitance reactance(iii) Inductive reactance(iv) Impedance of the, circuit(v) Current in the circuit(vi) Average power dissipated in

the circuit

5. (a) Explain(i) fusion (ii) fission

(b) State three advantages of fusion over fission in the generation of power.

(c) Calculate, in joules, the binding energy for 59 Co. 27[Atomic mass of 59 Co = 58.9332u]

27[Mass of proton = 1.00783u][Mass of neutron = 1.00867u[Unified atomic mass unit, U = 931 M ev][1 eV = 1.6 x 10-19J]


1. (a) In the diagram above, a thread AC, fixed

at pulley A passes over pulley C on a force board and carries an unknown mass mo. Retain this mass mo

throughout the experiment.

Draw a line along the direction of AC on the paper held behind the thread. Locate the mid-point B of AC and mark its position on this line.

Draw PB at right angles to AC.

By means of a loop of thread, suspend a mass M = 50g from AC and adjust the position of the loop so that the line of action of the weight of M lies along BP. Ensure that M and mo hang off the force board. Measure BO = y and AO. Evaluate y/AO.

Repeat the experiment for M = 70, 90, 110 and 130g respectively. In each case, determine the corresponding values of y, AO and y/AO. Tabulate your readings.

Plot a graph of y/AO on the vertical axis and M on the horizontal axis. Determine the slope s of the graph.

State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Distinguish between the resultant and the equilibrant of forces.

(ii) State two conditions necessary for

the equilibrium of three non-parallel co-planar forces.

2. (a)

Trace the outline ABCD of the glass block on the sheet of paper as shown above. Remove the block and draw the normal at O. Draw an incident

ray such that the angle of incidence i = 30o. Fix two pins at points P and Q on the incident ray.Replace the block and fix two other pins at points U and V such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with V such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins at P and Q when viewed through the block. Remove the block and join the points at V and U, producing the line to meet DC at T. Join OT with O as centre and using any convenient radius, draw a circle to cut the incident and refracted rays at R and S respectively. Draw the perpendiculars RN and MS. Measure and record RN and MS.Repeat the experiment for i = 40o, 50o, 60o and 70o respectively. In each case; determine and record the corresponding values of RN and MS. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph of RN on the vertical axis and MS on the horizontal axis. Determine the slope s of the graph.

State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Explain refraction.(ii) Draw a diagram showing why

a metre rule, partly immersed in water and place obliquely to the surface, appears bent at the surface.

3. (a)

Measure and record the e.m.f of the accumulator provided. Connect the circuit as shown in the diagram above. With zero resistance in the resistance box, adjust the rheostat to obtain the maximum possible reading on the ammeter. Do not adjust the rheostat again throughout the experiment. Open the key.

With R = 1Ω, close the key, read and record the reading of the ammeter IA. Calculate I-1

A.

Repeat the experiment for R = 2, 3, 4 and 5Ω respectively. In each case, read and record the value of IA, and calculate the corresponding value of I-1

A.

Now connect the resistor Q in series into the circuit and without altering the setting of the rheostat, record the new ammeter readings IB for R = 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5Ω.Calculate the corresponding value of I-1

B, in each case. Tabulate your readings.On the same graph and using the same axes and scales, plot a graph of:(i) IA

-1 on the vertical axis and R on the horizontal axis;

(ii) IB-1 on the vertical axis and R

on the horizontal axis.

(b) Calculate the slopes SA in (i) and SB

in (ii) above. Determine the difference D between the intercepts of the graphs on the vertical axis.

State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.(i) Explain why a battery of eight

dry Leclanche cells, each of e.m.f 1.5V, is not normally used in place of a motor-car battery of 12 V to start a car.

(ii) State two sources of e.m.f other than the chemical cell.

2000SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. When the surface of a piece of chalk is scrapped the tiny particles that flake off are known as

A. matterB. moleculesC. elementsD. atom

2. The diagram below represents a section of a pair of vernier calipers. The reading on the instrument is

A. 5.22cmB. 5.24cmC. 5.25cmD. 5.26cm

3. An iron rod is moved from the earth to the moon. Which of the following properties of the rod would remain unchanged?

I. MassII. WeightIII. Relative densityA. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and III only

4. A uniform cylindrical hydrometer of mass 20g and cross sectional area 0.54cm2 floats upright in a liquid. If 25cm of its length is submerged, calculate the relative density of the liquid. [Density of water = 1 gcm-3]

A. 1.54B. 1.48C. 1.25D. 0.80

5. The apparent weight of a body wholly immersed in water is 32 N and its weight in air is 96 N. Calculate the volume of the body. [Density of water = 1000kgm-3 g = 10ms-2]

A. 8.9 x 10-3m3

B. 6.4 x 103m3

C. 3.2 x 10-3m3

D. 3.0 x 103m3

6. A wooden block of mass 1.6kg rests on a rough horizontal surface. If the limiting frictional force between the block and the surface is 8N. Calculate the coefficient of friction. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 0.6B. 0.5C. 0.3D. 0.2

7. A ball bearing is gently released from rest and allowed to fall through a viscous fluid. Which of the following statements about the motion is correct?

A. Its acceleration decreases before terminal velocity is attained

B. When terminal velocity is attained the acceleration of the fluid becomes zero

C. Its velocity increases before terminal velocity is attained

D. There is no resultant force on the ball before it attains terminal velocity

8. The driver of a car moving with a uniform speed of 40ms-1 observes a truck approaching in the opposite direction with a speed of 20ms-1. Calculate the speed of the car relative to that of the truck.

A. 0.5ms-1

B. 2.0ms-1

C. 20.0ms-1

D. 60.0ms-1

9. A bus traveling at 15ms-1 accelerates uniformly at 4ms-2. What is the distance covered in 10s?

A. 150mB. 170mC. 350mD. 600m

10. Which of the following sketches represents the velocity-time graph of the motion of a stone projected vertically upwards and allowed to return to the point of projection?

A. V B. V C. V

t t t

D. V

t11. The diagram above illustrates three forces

T1 T2 and 100N in equilibrium. Determine the magnitude of T1.

A. 100 tan 30o

B. 100__Cos 30o

C. 200 sin 30o

D. 200__Tan 30o

12. A uniform metre rule of mass 90g is pivoted at the 40cm mark. If the rule is in equilibrium with an unknown mass m placed at the 10cm mark and a 72g mass at the 70cm mark, determine m

A. 72gB. 1012gC. 198gD. 504g

13. The resultant of two forces acting on an object is maximum when the angle between them is

A. 180o

B. 90o

C. 45o

D. 0o

14. The bob of a simple pendulum takes 0.25s to swing from its equilibrium position to one extreme end. Calculate its period.

A. 0.25sB. 0.50sC. 0.75sD. 1.00s

15. The period of oscillation of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is 4 seconds. If the amplitude of oscillation is 30.0m. Calculate the maximum speed of the particle.

A. 1.5ms-1

B. 3.0ms-1

C. 4.5ms-1

D. 6.0ms-1

16. An inelastic collision takes place between balls of known masses. Just before the collision, one of the balls is moving with a known velocity while the other is stationary. Which of the following physical quantities

can be determined from the information given

A. Speed of each of the ball after collisionB. Kinetic energy of each ball after collisionC. Total momentum of the two balls after

collisionD. Mutual forces exerted by the balls

17. Using the forces-displacement diagram shown below, calculate the work done.

A. 2000JB. 1000JC. 20JD. 5J

18. A machine of efficiency 80% is used to raise a body of mass 75kg through a vertical height of 3m in 30s. Calculate the power input. [g = 10ms2]

A. 9.4WB. 60.0WC. 75.0WD. 93.8W

19. Two bodies, P and Q are in thermal equilibrium. Which of the following statements about the bodies is correct?

A. The temperature of Q is higher than that of P

B. P and Q have the same heat capacityC. P and Q have the same massD. P and Q are the same temperature

20. The cubic expansivity of mercury is 1.8 x 10-

4 k-1 and the linear expansivity of glass is 8.0 x 10-6 k-1, calculate the apparent expansivity of mercury in a glass container.

A. 1.00 x 10-4 k-1

B. 1.56 x 10-4 k-1

C. 1.72 x 10-4 k-1

D. 2.04 x 10-4 k-1

21. The diagram below shows the variation of volume V of a glass with temperature in a Charle’s law experiment. The value of the temperature at the point x.

A. –32oC B. –100oC C. –273oC D. –373oC

22. The volume and pressure of a given mass of gas at 27oC are 76cm3 and 80cm of mecury respectively. Calculate its volume at s.t.p

A. 36.2cm3

B. 72.8cm3

C. 100.0cm3

D. 808.9cm3

23. A piece of metal of mass 50g is cooled from 80oC to 20oC. Calculate the amount of heat lost. [Specific heat capacity of the material of metal = 450 Jkg-1 k-1]

A. 4.50 x 103 JB. 2.25 x 103 JC. 1.80 x 103 JD. 1.35 x 103 J

24. The mass of water vapour in a given volume of air is 0.05g at 20oC, while the mass of water vapour required to saturate it at the same temperature is 0.15g. Calculate the relative humidity of the air.

A. 3.33%B. 5.55%C. 33.33%D. 55.55%

25. The temperature at which the saturated vapour pressure of a liquid is equal to the external atmospheric pressure is known as its

A. dew pointB. boiling pointC. lower fixed pointD. triple point

26. A periodic pulse travels a distance of 20.0m in 1.00s. If the frequency is 2.0 x 102 Hz. Calculate the wave length

A. 1.0 x 10-3mB. 1.0 x 10-2mC. 2.0 x 10-2mD. 1.0 x 102m

27. A wave has an amplitude equal to 4.0m, angular speed 1/3 rad. The displacement y of the wave particle is given as

A. y = 4 sin /3 (t+2)B. y = 4 sin /3 (t+2/3)C. y = 4 sin /3 (2t + 1)D. y = 4 sin /3 (t+2)

28. In the diagram below, an incident ray AY makes an angle anticlockwise about Y through an angle of 200, while AY is fixed, what angle will the reflected ray now make with the incident ray?

A. 70o

B. 80o

C. 100o

D. 120o

29. A concave mirror can be used to produce a parallel beam of light if a lighted bulb is placed.

A. between its focus and the poleB. at its focusC. at its centre of curvatureD. between its focus and centre of curvature

30. A simple microscope forms an image 10cm from an eye close to the lens. If the object is 6cm from the eye, calculate the focal length of the lens.

A. 3.75cmB. 4.00cmC. 15.00cmD. 16.00cm

31. When white light passes through a triangular glass prism, there is dispersion because of

A. diffraction of lightB. polarization of lightC. the difference in speed of the components

of lightD. the interference of light waves in glass

32. In which of the following media does sound travel faster?

A. WaterB. BrassC. AirD. Wood

33. A tuning fork off frequency 600Hz is sounded over a closed resonance tube. If the first and second resonant positions are 0.130m and 0.413m respectively, calculate the speed of sound in air.

A. 509.4ms-1

B. 480.0ms-1

C. 339.6ms-1

D. 169.8ms-1

34. Loudness increases as a vibrating tuning fork is brought=nearer the end of a pipe containing air column due to

A. resonanceB. echoC. reverberationD. difraction

35. The factor which enables the ear to distinguish between a note played on different instruments is the

A. pitchB. soundC. harmonicsD. loudness

36. An object is situated within the earth’s gravitational field. Which of the following factors does not affect the acceleration of free fall g?

A. The distance of the object from the centre of the Earth

B. The Latitude of the Earth on which the object is situated

C. the mass of the objectD. The rotation of the Earth

37. The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is increased by making the area of the plates

A. small and their separation largeB. large and their separation smallC. and their separation smallD. and their separation equal

Use the diagram below to answer Questions 38 and 39

38. In the diagram above the current passing through the 6Ω resistor is 1.5A. Calculate the current in the 3Ω resistor.

A. 1.30AB. 0.90AC. 0.75AD. 0.60A

39. Calculate the terminal p.d of the battery in the diagram

A. 7.50VB. 9.00VC. 10.80VD. 11.25V

40. An immersion heater is rated 120W. How long does it take the heater to raise the temperature of 1.2kg water by 15oC. [Assume heat lost to the surrounding is negligible. Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J Kg-1 K-1]

A. 65.0 minutes

B. 60.0 minutesC. 52.5 minutesD. 10.5 minutes

41. The region around magnet in which the magnetic influence is experienced is called

A. magnetic fluxB. magnetic fieldC. magnetic meridianD. magnetic declination

42. If a bar magnet is accidentally broken into three pieces as shown in the diagram below the polarities of P and Q respectively are

A. S and SB. N and SC. N and ND. S and N

43. A device used to prevent wearing away of the make-and-break contacts of an induction coil is called a/an

A. fuseB. electroscopeC. resistorD. capacitor

44. An inductor of inductance 10H carries a current of 0.2A. Calculate the energy stored in the inductor.

A. 0.11B. 0.2JC. 1.10JD. 2.0J

45. Calculate the inductance of an inductor whose reactance is one ohm at 50 Hz

A. 2.00 x 10-2HB. 6.36 x 10-3HC. 3.18 x 10-3HD. 4.55 x 10-4H

46. Bohr’s theory provides evidence for theA. structure of the atomB. positive charge of an electionC. existence of energy level in the atomD. positive charge on a proton

47. A nuclide20284Y emits in succession an –

particle and -particle. The atomic number of the resulting nuclide is

A. 198B. 83

C. 82D. 80

48. The half-life of radioactive substance is 14 days. If 48g of this substance is stored, after how many days will 1.5g of the original substance remain?

A. 84 daysB. 70 daysC. 56 daysD. 40 days

49. A material of mass 1.0 x 10-3kg undergoes a fission process which decreases its mass by 0.02 percent. Calculate the amount of energy released in the process. [c = 3.0 x 108 ms-1]

A. 1.8 x 1020JB. 1.8 x 1013JC. 1.8 x 1011JD. 1.8 x 1010J

50. Absorption line spectra exhibited by atoms is a result of

A. change in the kinetic energy of a moving atom

B. instability of the nucleonsC. excitation of an electron in the atomD. transition of an electron from a higher to a

lower energy level


1. A body of mass 0.6kg is thrown vertically upward from the ground with a speed of 20ms-1. Calculate its (i) potential energy at the maximum

height reached(ii) kinetic energy just before it hits the

ground

2. What is a projectile?(a) Define the term surface tension(b) Calculate the force required to lift a

needle 4cm long off the surface tension of water is 7.3 x 10-2 Nm-1

4. State any three properties of matter which are common to all substances

5. Define (i) Elasticity (ii) Young’s modulus (iii) Force constant

6. A force of 40 N is applied at the end of a wire 4m long and produces an extension of 0.24mm. If the diameter of the wire is 2.00mm, calculate the(i) stress on the wire (ii) strain in the wire

7. (a) Differentiate between interference and

polarization as applied to waves.(b) Mention two uses of polaroids

8. (a) Define angle of contact(b) Draw sketches to show angles of contact

for a capillary tube dipped vertically in (i) water (ii) mercury

9. During the electrolysis of copper (II) teraoxosulphate (VI) solutions, a steady current of 4.0 x 102 A flowing for one hour liberated 0.48g of copper. Calculate the mass of copper liberated by one coulomb of charge

10. An electron of mass 9.1 x 10-41kg moves with a velocity of 4.2 x 107ms-1 between the cathode and anode of an x-ray tube. Calculate the wavelength. [Take plank-s constant h = 6.6 x 1034 Js]

PART II

11. (a) (i) Define the term linear momentum

(ii) State the law of conservation of linear momentum

(b) A ball P of mass 0.25kg losses one-third of its velocity when it makes a head on collision with an identical ball Q at rest. After the collision, Q moves off with a speed of 2 ms-1 in the original direction of P. Calculate the initial velocity of P.

(c) (i) State Newton’s second law of motion

(ii) Show that F = ma where F is the magnitude of the force acting on a body of mass m to give it an acceleration of magnitude a.

(iii) the engine of a vehicle moves it forward with a force of 9600 N against a resistive force of 2200 N. If the mass of the vehicle 3400kg, calculate the acceleration produced

12. (a) (i) Mention two modes of heat transfer other than

convection.(ii) Explain land and sea breezes.

(b) An iron rod of length 30cm is heated through 50 kelvin. Calculate its increase in length.[Linear expansivity of iron = 1.2 x

105 k1J(c) An electric heater immersed in some

water raises the temperature of the water from 40oC to 100oC in 6 minutes. After another 25 minutes, it is noticed that half the water had boiled away. Neglecting heat losses to the surrounding. Calculate the specific latent heat of vaporization of water.

13. (a) (i) State the laws of refraction of light

(ii) Describe an experiment to determine the refractive index, n, of the material of an equilateral triangular glass prism using the minimum deviation method.

(b) A rectangular glass prism of thickness 12cm is placed on a mark on a piece of paper resting on a horizontal bench;(i) Draw a ray diagram to show

the apparent position of the mark in the glass prism.

(ii) If the refractive index of the material of the prism is 1.5, calculate the apparent displacement of the mark.

14. (a) Define the following terms:(i) Electric field intensity; (ii) Electric potential

(b) The diagram below illustrates two collinear electric charges of magnitudes + Q and – Q. The charges are equidistant from a point P at which a rest charge is placed.

Copy the diagram and use arrows to indicate, from the point P, the direction of the (i) electric force F1

due to + Q (ii) electric force f2 due to – Q; (iii) electric field intensity E

(c) (i) What is meant by dielectric substance?

(ii) List the factors which determine the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor and state the effect each of them has on the capacitance.

(iii) The diagram below represents a section of a circuit. Calculate the effective capacitance in the section.

15. (a) (i) State the energy transformations

which take place during the operation of a modern x-ray tube.

(ii) Distinguish between hard and soft x-rays.

(iii) State three uses of x-rays(iv) Mention one hazard of over

exposure to x-rays in a radiological laboratory, and indicate any two safety precautions.

(b) A possible fusion reaction is2H + 2H 3H + 1H + Q1 1 1 1where Q is the energy released as a result of the reaction.

If Q = 4.03 Me V, calculate the atomic mass of 3H in atomic mass units. 1[2H = 2.01410 U; 1H = 1.00783 U; 1 1 1U = 931 MeV]

2001SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following physical processes cannot be explained by the molecular theory of matter.

A. EvaporationB. Thermal conductionC. Radiation of heatD. Convectional currents in fluids

2. A spring balance, which is suspended from the roof of a lift carries a mass of 1 kg at its free end. If the lift acceleration upwards at 2.5ms-2, determine the reading on the spring balance. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 25.0 NB. 12.5 NC. 7.5 ND. 4.0 N

3. An object of weight 10N immersed in a liquid displaces a quantity of the liquid. If the liquid displaced weighs 6N, determine the upthrust on the object

A. 20 NB. 10 NC. 6 ND. 4 N

4. Which of the following statements about pressure is not correct? Pressure.

A. increases with an increase in surface areaB. decreases with an increase in surface areaC. increases with a decrease in surface areaD. increases with an increase in the applied

force

5. The apparent weight of a body fully immersed in water is 32N and its weight in air is 96 N. Calculate the volume of the body [Density of water = 1000 kg m-3, g = 10ms-

2]A. 8.9 x 10-3m3

B. 6.4 x 10-3m3

C. 3.2 x 10-3m3

D. 3.0 x 10-3m3

6. A block weighing 15 N rests on a flat surface and a horizontal force of 3 N is exerted on it. Determine the frictional force on the block.

A. 0.3 NB. 0.5 NC. 3.0 ND. 5.0 N

7. which of the following equations represents the distance x, traveled by a body moving on a straight road with a constant speed? [The other symbols have their usual meanings]

A. x = ut + ½ at2B. x = utC. x = v2 – u2

2aD. x = ½ at2

8. The amplitude of the motion of a body performing simple harmonic motion decreases with time because

A. frictional forces dissipate the energy of motion

B. the frequency of oscillation varies with timeC. the period of oscillation varies with timeD. energy is supplied by some external

agencies

9. The amplitude of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is 5cm while its angular frequency is 10 rad S-1. Calculate the magnitude of the maximum acceleration of the particle

A. 0.25m s-2

B. 0.50m s-2

C. 2.00m s-2

D. 5.00m s-2

10. The time rate of change of momentum isA. impulseB. forceC. powerD. pressure

11. Which of the following statements about elastic collision is correct?

A. Momentum is lost due to the sound produced

B. Loss in momentum is equal to loss in kinetic energy

C. Both kinetic energy and momentum are conserved

D. Kinetic energy is lost while momentum is conserved

12. Electrical resistance is a property of an electrical conductor that causes electrical energy to be converted into

A. mechanical energyB. heat energyC. magnetic energyD. chemical energy

13. A simple machine with an efficiency of 75% lifts a load of 5000 N when a force of 500 N is applied to it. Calculate the velocity ratio of the machine.

A. 10.0B. 13.3C. 17.5D. 25.0

14. A screw jack with a tommy bar of length 12cm is used to raise a car through a vertical height of 25cm by turning the tommy bar through 50 revolutions. Calculate the approximate velocity ratio of the jack [ = 3.14].

A. 21B. 38C. 48D. 151

15. A beam PQ pivoted at P carries a load of 80 N as shown below. Calculate the effort, E, required to keep it horizontal. [Neglect the weight of beam]

A. 32.0NB. 26.7NC. 16.0ND. 13.3N

16. A resistance thermometer has a resistance of 20Ω at 0oC and 85Ω at 100oC. If its resistance is 52Ω in a medium, calculate the corresponding temperature

A. 21.0NB. 60.6oCC. 80.0oCD. 84.7oC

17. A given mass of an ideal gas has a pressure of 500 Nm-2 at –13oC. If its volume remains constant, calculate its pressure at 247oC.

A. 25 N m-2B. 50 N m-2

C. 500 N m-2

D. 1000 N m-2

18. The volume of heat given out or absorbed when a substance changes its state at a constant temperature is known as

A. 411.5cm-3

B. 267.1cm-3

C. 254.2cm-3

D. 112.7cm-3

19. The amount of heat given out or absorbed when a substance changes its state at a constant temperature is known as0

A. latent heatB. heat capacityC. specific latent heatD. specific heat capacity

20. Which of the following physical quantities affects the saturated vapour pressure of a liquid?

A. TemperatureB. VolumeC. MassD. Density

21. Humidity is used to describe the amount ofA. air in water vapourB. cloud available in the atmosphereC. air in equal volumes of cloudD. water vapour in the atmosphere

22. Surface waves traveling in deep water at 15 ms-1 are incident at a shallow water boundary. If the angles of incidence and refraction are 45o and 30o respectively, calculate the speed of the waves in shallow water.

A. 8.1 m s-1

B. 10.0 m s-1

C. 10.6 m s-1

D. 22.5 m s-1

23. An incident ray is reflected normally by a plane mirror on to a screen where it forms a

bright spot. The mirror and screen are parallel and 1 m apart. If the mirror is rotated through 5o, calculate the displacement of the spot

A. 8.7 cmB. 10.0cmC. 15.4cmD. 17.6cm

24. Convex spherical mirrors are preferred to plane mirrors as driving mirrors because

A. the image produced is upright and clearly visible

B. it provides a wider field of viewC. the image produced is erect and diminishedD. the image produced is not laterally inverted

25. An object is placed 20cm from a lens. If an image is formed on a screen 260cm away from the lens, calculate the magnification of the image.

A. 28B. 26C. 24D. 13

26. A piece of cloth appears green in sunlight. When held in red light, it will appear

A. greenB. blueC. redD. black

27. dispersion of white light by a glass prism occurs because

A. white light consists of a mixture of seven different colours

B. the refractive index of glass is different for each constituent colour of white light

C. the speed of each colour of light in the glass is proportional to the refractive index of glass for each colour

D. the speed of each colour of light in the glass is proportional to the angle of retraction in the prism

28. Which of the following statements about sound is correct?

A. When sound travels from air to a denser medium, it is refracted away from the normal at the point of incidence

B. Sound travels faster in air than in waterC. The wavelength of sound changes when it

travels from air to waterD. The frequency of sound changes when it

travels from air to water

Use the information below to answer Questions 29 and 31.

The diagram above shows the wire of a sonometer box set into resonance by a vibrating tuning fork of frequency, f, when the wire is stretched by a tension. T. The resonating length of the wire is l while the wave length of the sound produced is .

29. Which of the following statements is not correct? The wave produced on the wire is

A. stationary and longitudinalB. stationary and mechanicalC. mechanical and longitudinalD. progressive and transverse

30. Which of the following statements about the frequency of vibration of the wire is not correct? It is

A. proportional to the mass per unit length of the wire

B. equal to the frequency of the tuning forkC. inversely proportional to the length of the

wireD. proportional to the square root of the

tension

31. If the frequency of the tuning fork at resonance is 256 Hz, calculate the frequency of vibration of the wire when the tension in the wire is increased to 196N

A. 130.6 HzB. 182.9 HzC. 358.4 HzD. 501.8 Hz

32. the magnitude of the gravitational force between two particles 0.10m apart is 10N. If the distance between them is increased to 0.20m, calculate the magnitude of the new force.

A. 40.0 NB. 5.0 NC. 20.0 ND. 2.5 N

33. As the plates of a charge variable capacitor are moved closer together, the potential difference between them

A. increasesB. decreasesC. remains the sameD. is doubled

Use the diagram shown beside to answer Questions 34 and 35

34. What is the effective capacitance in the circuit

A. 2µFB. 6FC. 18µFD. 216µF

35. What is the total energy stored by the capacitors

A. 2.0 x 10-4JB. 1.0 x 10-4JC. 9.0 x 10-2JD. 1.0 x 10-2J

36. Three identical lamps each of power 100W, are connected in parallel across a potential difference of 250V: calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 7.5 AB. 2.5 AC. 1.2 AD. 0.8 A

37. An electric bulb is rated 60W, 220V. Calculate the resistance of its filament when it is operating normally.

A. 296.7ΩB. 400.0ΩC. 512.2ΩD. 806.7Ω

38. The Earth’s magnetic equator passes through Jos in Nigeria. At Jos, the

A. angle of variation is zeroB. magnetic declination is 90o

C. angle of dip is zeroD. horizontal component of the Earth’s

magnetic field is zero

39. Which of the following statements about magnetic lines of force is not correct?

A. A magnetic line of force is an imaginary line which the north pole of a magnet would describe if it is free to move

B. Magnetic lines of force do not cross one another

C. The presence of magnetic lines of force in a region indicates the presence of a magnetic field

D. Magnetic lines of force are closely-packed together at neutral points

40. The material used for constructing the core of an electromagnet is

A. ironB. carbonC. copperD. steel

41. In the circuit diagram below, calculate the energy stored in the inductor at resonance

A. 0.100 JB. 0.05 JC. 0.010 JD. 0.005 J

42. Calculate the reactance of the inductor in the circuit diagram shown [ = 22/7]

A. 132ΩB. 214ΩC. 264ΩD. 269Ω

43. In which of the following transitions is the largest quantum of energy liberated by an hydrogen atom when the electron changes energy levels?[ n is the quantum number]

A. n = 2 to n = 1B. n = 1 to n = 2C. n = 2 to n =3D. n = 3 to n = 2

44. A photon of wavelength 0 is emitted when an electron in an atom makes a transition atom a level of energy 2Ek to that of energy Ek. If the electron transits from 2Ek to Ek

level, determine the wavelength of the photon that would be emitted

A. 3 o

B. 2 o

C. ¾ o

D. 1/3 o

45. Production of x-rays in an x-ry tube begins with

A. photo electric emissionB. collision of electronsC. thermionic emissionD. field emission of electrons

46. The nucleon number and the proton number of a neutral atom of an element are 23 and 11 respectively. How many neutrons are present in the atom?

A. 11B. 12C. 23D. 34

47. A nitrogen nucleus bombarded with an alpha particle produces an oxygen nucleus and a proton. The nuclear reaction for this process is 4He + 14N 17O + 1H + Q2 7 8 1Which of the following statements about the reaction is not correct?

A. the bombardment results into a nucleus with greater proton number

B. It is an induced nuclear reactionC. It is a natural radioactive decayD. The sum of the initial nucleon numbers is

equal to the sum of the final nucleon numbers

48. In a nuclear reactor, electricity can be generated through the following processes. Arrange the processes in the correct order.

I. The steam is used to drive turbinesII. The heat energy released is removed by

passing water through the reactorIII. The turbines in turn generate electricityIV. The water then passes through some form

of heat exchanger to produce steamA. II, IV, I and IIIB. I, II, III and IVC. III, I, IV and IID. IV, I, III and II

49. Electrons passing through crystals are diffracted because they

A. are repelled by the atoms in the crystalB. are attracted by the atoms in the crystalC. possess wave propertiesD. are particles

50. The duality of matter implies that matterA. exists as a particle of dual compositionB. has momentum and energyC. has both wave and particle propertiesD. is made up of dual materials


1. A ball thrown vertically upward reaches a maximum height of 50 m above the level of projection. Calculate the

(i) time taken to reach the maximum height

(ii) speed of the throw [g = 10 ms-2]

2. A lead shot is projected from the ground level with a velocity u at an angle to the horizontal. Given the time, for the lead shot to reach its maximum height as t = u 2 sin 2

g where “g” is the

acceleration of free fall due to gravity, show that the greatest height reached by the body is h max = u2 sin2

2g

3. (a) What is electrolysis?(b) A current of 2A is passed through a

copper volta-meter for 5 minutes. If the electrochemical equivalent of copper is 3.27 x 10-7 kg C-1, determine the mass of the copper deposited.

4. The value of the e.m.f of a voltaic cell which has dilute tetraoxosulphate (VI) acid as its electrolyte and copper and zinc as its electrode becomes less with use, “Explain this observation and state how it can be corrected.

5. (a) What is meant by a beam of palarised

light?(b) with the aid of well labeled diagrams,

illustrate the action of a Polaroid spectacle on a beam of sunlight.

6. (a) Explain how a gas can be made to Conduct electricity

(b) name the electric charge carriers in gases.

7. (a) State two properties of cathode rays(b) Explain how the intensity and energy

of cathode rays may be increased

8. The mass and wavelength of a moving electron are 9.0 x 10-31kg and 1.0 x 10-10m respectively. Calculate the kinetic energy of the electron[h = 6.6 x 10-34 J s]

9. The diagram below represents the graph of electron energy against the frequency of the radiation incident on a metal surface. Interpret the(i) slope of the graph;(ii) intercept, OC;(iii) intercept, OK.

10. (a) distinguish between stress and strain as

used in elasticity(b) when a force of 40N is applied to the

free end of an elastic cord, an extension of 5cm is produced in the cord. Calculate the work done on the cord.

PART II

11. (a) In his first attempt, a long jumper took off

From the spring board with a speed of 8 ms-1 at 30o to the horizontal. He makes a second attempt with the same speed at 45o to the horizontal. Given that the expression for the horizontal range of a project tile is v 2

sin 0 g where all the symbols have their usual meanings, show that he gains a distance of 0.8576 m in his second attempt

(b) (i) State Hooke’s law of elasticity(ii) Describe an experiment to

verify Hooke’s law(iii) State two precautions you

would take if you were to perform this experiment in the laboratory

(c) A spiral spring of natural length 20.00cm has a scale pan hanging freely in its lower end. When an object of mass 40g is placed in the pan, its length becomes 21.80cm. When another object of mass 60g is placed in the pan, the length becomes 22.05cm. Calculate the mass of the scale pan. [g = 10 ms-1]

12. (a) Define specific heat capacity.(b) (i) With the aid of a labeled

diagram, Describe an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity of copper using a copper ball.

(ii) State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate results.

(c) A piece of copper block of mass 24g at 230oC is placed in a copper calorimeter of mass 60g containing 54g of water at 31oC. Assuming heat losses are negligible, calculate the final steady temperature of the mixture.[specific heat capacity of water =4200J kg-1 K-1][specific heat capacity of copper =400 J kg-1 K-1]

13. (a) (i) What is an echo?(ii) State two useful applications

of echoes(iii) Why are the walls, floors and

ceilings of a recording studio heavily padded?

(b) (i) Explain timbre and overtones(ii) What is reasonance?

(c) As a ship approaches a cliff, its siren is sounded and echo was heard 8 seconds later. If the speed of sound in air is 340 ms-1, calculate the velocity at which the ship was approaching the cliff.

14. (a) Explain the statement ‘the capacitance of

a capacitor is 5µF’(b) (i) State the factors upon which

the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor depend.

(ii) State how the capacitance depends on each of these factors state in (b)(i)

(d) A series arrangement of three capacitors of values 8µF, 12µF and 24µF is connected in series with a 90-V battery.(iii) Draw an open-circuit diagram

for this arrangement.(iv) Determine the p.d across 8µF

capacitor.

15. (a) When nitrogen (atomic mass = 14, atomic

Number = 7) is bombarded with neutrons, the collisions result in disintegrations in which alpha particles are produced. Represent this transmutation in a symbolic equation.

(b) (i) How does a radioactive atom differ from a stable one?

(ii) Explain ‘half life’(iii) A sample of radioactive

material has a half life of 35 days. Calculate the fraction of the original quantity that will remain after 105 days.

(c) Light of wavelength 5.00 x 10-7m is incident on a material of work function 1.90 eV. Calculate the(i) photon energy(ii) kinetic energy of the most

energetic photo electron.(iv) Stopping potential

[plancks constant h = 6.6x1-34

Js][c = 3.0 x 108 ms-2, JeV = 1.6 x 1019 J]


1. (a)

(i) Fix the 100g mass, marked P, at B, the 80cm mark of the uniform metre rule, using an adhesive.

(ii) Suspend another 100g mass marked Q at A, a distance V –

10.0cm from the 0 cm mark of the meter rule.

(iii) Balance the whole arrangement horizontally on a knife edge as shown in the diagram above.

(iv) Measure and record the distance, U, of K from the 0cm mark of the metre rule.

(v) Repeat the procedure for five other values of V = 15.0; 20.0, 25.0, 30.0 and 35.0cm.

(vi) In each case, measure and record the corresponding values of U. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of U on the vertical axis against V on the horizontal axis.

(viii) Determine the:(i) slope; s, of the graph(ii) intercept c, on the

vertical axis.(ix) Evaluate (i) K1 = I – 2s 100

s

(ii) K2 = 26/s – 160.

(x) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) State two conditions under which

a rigid body at rest remains in equilibrium when acted upon by three non-parallel coplanar forces.

(ii) Explain how the position of the centre of gravity of a body affects the equilibrium of the body.

2. (a) Using the diagram besideas a guide, carry outthe following instructions(i) Place the pin, O, horizontally

inside the cylinder provided. Pour some water on the pin in the cylinder such that the length of the water column, l = SO = 10.0cm, where S represents the water meniscus.

(ii) Insert another pin, P, in the cork held by the boss of the retort stand.

(iii) Adjust the position of P vertically upward or downward until it coincides with the image I of O formed by refraction at S.

(iv) Read and record the distance h = PO

(v) Repeat the procedure for four other values of l= 15, 20, 25 and 30 cm

(vi) In each case measure and record the corresponding value of h. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of h on the vertical axis against l on the horizontal axis.

(viii) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

(b) Explain total internal reflection of light.

(ii) A rectangular glass prism of thickness 6cm and refractive index 1.5 is placed on the page of a book. The prints on the book are viewed vertically down wards from above. Determine the apparent upward displacement of the prints.

3. (a) You are provided with two wires marked P

and Q, a resistor Rs = 1Ω and other necessary apparatus.

(i) connect Rs in the left hand gap of the metre bridge, a length L = 100cm of wire P in the right hand gap and the other apparatus as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Determine the balance point, B, on the bridge wire AC

(iii) Measure and record AB = ls and BC = lp

(iv) Evaluate R1 = (lp/h)Rs.(v) Repeat the procedure for four

other values of L = 90, 80, 70 and 60cm. In each case, obtain and record the values

of ls and lp and evaluate R1 = (lp/h)Rs.

(vi) Repeat the experiment with the second wire, Q. Obtain values of Is and Ig for equal lengths of wire as used in wire P.

(vii) Evaluate R2 = l0 Rs in each case.

lsTabulate your readings.

(viii) Plot a graph of R2 on the vertical axis against R1 on the horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

(x) Evaluate k =

(xi) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Define resistivity of the material of

a wire.(ii) A galvanometer with a full-

scale-deflection of 1.5 x 10-3. A has a resistance of 50Ω. Determine the resistance required to convert it into a voltmeter, reading up to 1.5V.

2002SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. One common characteristics of solids, liquids and gases is that

A. all the three have fixed volume

B. their molecules have the same sizeC. their molecules are always in motionD. all the three have the same inter molecular

forces

2. The force between the molecules of a liquid in contact with that of a solid is

A. adhesiveB. cohesiveC. magneticD. repulsive

3. The energy needed to separate the nucleons against the forces which hold them together is

A. nuclear energyB. mechanical energyC. ionization energyD. binding energy

4. A reservoir is filled with a liquid of density 2000 kgm-1. Calculates the depth at which the pressure in the liquid will be equal to 9100Nm-2. [g=10ms-2]

A. 0.262mB. 0.455mC. 0.664mD. 0.819m

5. A solid weighs 45 N and 15 N respectively in air and water. Determine the relative density of the solid.

A. 0.33B. 0.50C. 1.50D. 3.00

6. A boy travels 8km eastward to a point B and then 6km northward to another point C. Determine the difference between the magnitude of displacement of the boy and distance traveled by him.

A. 2.0kmB. 4.0kmC. 10.0kmD. 14.0km

7. The magnitude of the force required to make an object of mass, m move with speed, v in a circular path of radius, r is given by the expression.

A. mr v

B. mr2

v

C. mv2

r

D. mv R2

8. A man was moving round a circular path continuously for 4 minutes and covered the following distances in the times stated below:Distance (in metres); 200 400 600 800Time (in minutes); 1 2 3 4Which of the following statements is correct about the motion of the man?

A. The man was moving with uniform speed but non-uniform velocity

B. The speed was changing constantlyC. The velocity was uniformD. It was an instance of motion in which both

speed and velocity are the same

9. A car takes off from rest and covers a distance of 80m on a straight road in 10s. Calculate the magnitude of its acceleration.

A. 1.25 ms-2

B. 1.60 ms-2

C. 4.00 ms-2

D. 8.00 ms-2

10. An object is released from rest at a height of 25m. Calculate the time it takes to fall to the ground. [g = 10 ms-2]

A. 25.00sB. 10.00sC. 2.50sD. 2.24s

11. An object is acted upon by a system of parallel forces causing the object to be in static equilibrium. Which of the following statements is not correct?

A. The resultant of the parallel forces is zeroB. The algebraic sum of all the moments of the

forces is zeroC. All the parallel forces must be equal in

magnitude and directionD. The sum of the forces in one direction must

be equal to the sum of the forces in opposite direction

12. An object, A, is held in equilibrium as illustrated in the diagram below. Using the data on the diagram, determine the magnitude, W, of the weight of A.

A. 23 NB. 17 NC. 7 ND. 5 N

13. A spiral spring of natural length 30.0cm and force constant of 20 Nm-1 is compressed to 20.0cm. Calculate the energy stored in the spring.

A. 0.1 JB. 1.0 JC. 10.0 JD. 100.0 J

14. In the diagram below, AB represents a uniform rod of length 1.50m which is in equilibrium on a pivot at P. If AP = 40cm, calculate the mass of the rod. [g = 10 ms-2]

A. -.280 kgB. 0.400 kgC. 0.613 kgD. 0.800 kg

15. Which of the following statements correctly defines quantitatively, the work done by a force? The product of the force and the distance moved.

A. parallel to the line of action of the force from a reference point

B. perpendicular to the line of action of the force from a reference point

C. on a line through the reference pointD. by the object

16. A load of mass 120kg is raised vertically through a height of 2m in 20s by a machine whose efficiency is 100%. Calculate the power generated by the machine. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 60 WB. 80 WC. 100 WD. 120 W17. A block and tackle system has 6 pulleys. If

the efficiency of the machine is 60%, determine its mechanical advantage.

A. 12.0B. 10.0C. 3.6D. 1.8

18. Which of the following actions will improve the efficiency of a pulley system?

A. Reducing the mass of the pulleyB. Increasing the frictional force between the

string and the pulleyC. Increasing the mass per unit length of the

string of the pulleyD. Increasing the mass of the pulley

19. The ice and steam points of a certain thermometer are 20o and 100o respectively. Calculate the Celsius temperature corresponding to 70o on the thermometers.

A. 84.0oCB. 75.0oCC. 64.0oCD. 58.0oC

20. the silver coating on the inside of a vacuum flask reduces heat loss by

A. conductionB. radiationC. condensationD. convection

21. Water of mass 120g at 50oC is add to 200g of water at 10oC and the mixture is well stirred. Calculate the temperature of the mixture. [Neglect heat losses to the surrounding]

A. 60oCB. 40oCC. 25oCD. 10oC

22. Calculate the energy required to vaporize 50g of water initially at 80oC.[specific heat capacity of water = 4.2-1 k-1][specific latent heat of vaporization of water = 2260 Jg-1]

A. 113,000JB. 117,200JC. 234,400JD. 420,000J

23. What type of motion does the skin of a ‘talking’ drum perform when it is struck with a drum stick?

A. RandomB. Rotational

C. TranslationalD. Vibratory

24. A slinky spring fixed at one end is placed horizontally on a table. The free end is displaced parallel to the table and then released. The resulting wave form is

A. transverseB. longitudinalC. stationaryD. electromagnetic

25. A radio wave has a wavelength of 150m. If the velocity of radio waves in free space is 3x108ms-1, calculate the frequency of the radio wave.

A. 4.5 x 1010HzB. 5.0 x 109HzC. 4.5 x 109HzD. 2.0 x 106Hz

26. In the wave equation y=E0sin(200t – x), E0

represents theA. amplitudeB. frequencyC. periodD. wavelength

27. The size of the hole of a pin hole camera is increased. The resultant image formed becomes

A. sharperB. reduced in sizeC. enlargedD. blurred

28. The refractive index of a medium relative to air 1s 1.8, calculate, to the nearest degree, the critical angle for the medium.

A. 68ºB. 56ºC. 34ºD. 18º

29. A converging lens of focal length 15cm forms a virtual image at a point 10cm from the lens. Calculate the distance of the object from the lens.

A. 10.00cmB. 6.00cmC. 5.00cmD. 1.50cm

30. In a compound microscope, the image formed by the objective lens is at a distance of 3.0cm from the eye lens. If the final

image is at 25.0cm from the eye lens, calculate the focal length of the eyes lens.

A. 0.3cmB. 2.7cmC. 3.4cmD. 8.3cm

31. A pulse of a sound is transmitted from a ship and the reflection from the sea bed is recorded after 0.2s. Calculate the depth of the sea.

A. 312.0mB. 156.0mC. 78.0mD. 31.2m

32. When two notes of nearly equal frequencies are sounded together, a periodic rise and fall in sound intensity can be heard. This phenomenon is called

A. beatsB. diffractionC. overtonesD. resonance

33. Which of the following instruments is not a wind instrument?

A. ClarinetB. SaxophoneC. TrumpetD. Xylophone

34. Which of the following actions will not cause an increase in the frequency of a vibrating string?

A. increasing the tension in the stringB. Decreasing the mass per unit length of the

stringC. Decreasing the length of the stringD. Increasing the cross sectional area of the

string

35. Which of the following items can be used to compare the relative magnitudes of electric charges on two bodies?

A. Ebonite rodB. Gold leaf electroscopeC. Proof planesD. The electrophorus

36. Three capacitors each of capacitance 18µF are connected in series. Calculate the effective capacitance of the capacitors.

A. 54.00 µFB. 18.00 µFC. 6.00 µF

D. 0.17 µF

37. Two spheres of masses 100kg and 90kg respectively have their centres separated by a distance of 1.0m. Calculate the magnitude of the force of attraction between them. [G =6.70x10-11 Nm2 kg-2]

A. 6.70 x 10-11 NB. 6.70 x 10-10 NC. 6.03 x 10-10 ND. 6.03 x 10-7 N

38. The magnitude of the gravitational attraction between the earth and a particle is 40 N. If the mass of the particle is 4kg, calculate the magnitude of the gravitational field intensity of the earth on the particle.

A. 10.0 N kg-1

B. 12.6 N kg-1

C. 25.0 N kg-1

D. 160.0 N kg-1

39. Local action is normally prevented in a simple electric cell by

A. introducing an oxidizing agent in the acidB. not drawing current continuously for long

periodsC. amalgamating the surface of the zinc plateD. using a porous pot to isolate the zinc from

the acid

40. The lead-acid accumulator consists ofA. lead as the positive electrodeB. lead oxide as the negative electrodeC. hydrochloric acid as the electrolyteD. tetraoxosulphate (VI) acid as the electrolyte

41. Which of the following actions will not led to an increase in the induced e.m.f. in a coil of wire rotating between the poles of a magnet? Increasing the

A. strength of the magnet B. number of turns in the coilC. speed of rotation of the coilD. gap between the poles of the magnet

42. A transformer has 400 turns and 200 turns in the primary and secondary windings respectively. If the current in the primary and secondary windings are 3A and 5A respectively, calculate the efficiency of the transformer.

A. 85.0%B. 83.3%C. 37.5%D. 30.0%

43. A freely-suspended magnet swinging in a horizontal plane comes to rest with its axis pointing approximately.

A. north – south B. south – west C. north – east D. south – east

44. Calculate the inductance, L, of the coil in the circuit diagram shown below.

A. 3.8 HB. 0.6 HC. 0.4 HD. 0.2 H

45. In a model of the hydrogen atom, the energy levels Wn are given by the formula Wn = –R

n2 Where n is an integer and R is a constant. Determine the energy released in the transition from n = 3 t0 n = 2.

A. R5

B. –R 4

C. 5R36

D. –5R 36

46. If a radioactive atom emits a beta particle, its mass number

A. increases by oneB. remains the sameC. decreases by oneD. increases by two

47. When light falls on a metallic surface, the number of electrons that may be emitted would depend solely on the

A. area of the metallic surfaceB. frequency of the lightC. intensity of the lightD. time of exposure of the metallic to light

48. Which of the following materials is used to control the rate of neutron production in a nuclear reactor?

A. Boron rodsB. Concrete shieldC. Graphite rodsD. Uranium rods

49. Which of the following is usually used to cause fission in an atomic reactor?

A. Alpha particlesB. Beta particlesC. ElectronsD. Neutrons

50. A nuclide X is produced by bombarding a nitrogen (N) nucleus with an alpha ( ) particle with the release of heavy hydrogen (D) nucleus as shown by the following nuclear equation.

+ 14N Px + 2D

7 q 1Determine the values of p and q in the equation.

A. 12 and 6B. 14 and 7C. 16 and 8D. 19 and 8


1. Explain The rise of water in a glass capillary tube the kinetic theory.

2. (a) What is diffusion?(b) State two factors which affect the

rate of diffusion.

3. (a) Explain elasticity of a substance.(b) Define elastic constant.

4. A wire is gradually stretched until it snaps. Sketch a load-extension graph for the wire and on the graph indicate the(a) elastic limit;(b) yield point;(c) maximum load;(d) breaking point.

5. (a) Define horizontal range of a projectile.(b) The horizontal range, R, of a

projectile is given by the equation R = u 2 sin 2Θ

g(i) What does Θ in the equation

represent?(ii) For what value of Θ would R

be maximum?

6. Explain the action of direct electric current in an electrolytic process with a dilute solution of sodium chloride as electrolyte.

7. (a) What is meant by(i) anode;(ii) cathode; as used in

electrolysis?(b) List the ions involved in an

electrolytic process with dilute tetraoxoosulphate (VI) acid as electrolyte.

8. (a) Explain how neon sings can be produced.(b) State two factors on which the colour

of light from a fluorescent tube depend.

9. (a) State Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle.(b) Mention two phenomena that can

only be explained in term of the particulate nature of light.

10. Explain why a direct electric current is used instead of an alternating current in electroplating.

PART II

11. (a) (i) What is meant by a machine?(ii) List two examples of a simple

machine.(iii) Explain the statement the

velocity ratio of a machine is 5,

(b) (i) Define the efficiency of a machine

(ii) Explain why a machine can never be 100% efficient.

(c) A screw jack, 25% efficient and having a screw of pitch 0.4cm is used to raise a load through a certain height. If in the process, the handle turns through a circle of radius 40.0cm, calculate the(i) velocity ratio of the machine;(ii) mechanical advantage of the

Machine;(iii) effort required to raise a load

of 1000 N with the machine. [Take = 3.14].

12. (a) (i) Define relative density.(ii) List three characteristics of

pressure in a liquid(b) The horizontal door of a submarine

at a depth of 500m has an area of 0.4m-2. Calculate the force exerted by the sea water on the door at this depth. [Relative density of sea water = 1.03][Atmospheric pressure = 1.01x105 Nm-2][Density of pure water = 1000 kg m-

3][g = 10 ms-2]

(c) (i) List three effects of heat other

than expansion.(ii) Explain saturated vapour

pressure(iii) A heating coil of resistance

20Ω Connected to a 220V source is used to boil a certain quantity of water in a container of heat capacity

100 J kg-1 for 2 minutes. If the initial temperature of the water is 40oC, calculate the mass of the water in the container.[specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 x 103 J kg-1 K-1][assume boiling point of water = 100oC

13. (a) Define the following terms as applied to a

convex mirror:(i) principal focus;(ii) pole;(iii) radius of curvature.

(b) State one advantage and one disadvantage of using a convex mirror as a driving mirror

(c) Draw a clearly labeled diagram to illustrate how two converging lenses may be arranged to form a compound microscope.

(d) An object 2.5mm long is viewed through a converging lens of focal length 10.0cm held close to the eye. A magnified image of the object is formed 30.0cm from the lens. Calculate the:(i) distance of the object from

the Lens;

(ii) size of the image;(iii) power of the lens.

14. (a) Define:(i) reactance;(ii) impedance.

(b) (i) Explain reasonant frequency of an

RLC circuit.(ii) Explain the statement the

power supply voltage of a source is 230V.

(c) A source of e.m.f. 240V and frequency 50 Hz is connected to a series arrangement of a resistor; an inductor and a capacitor. When the current in the capacitor is 10A, the potential difference across the resistor is 140V and that across the inductor is 50V. Calculate the:(i) potential difference across

the capacitor;(ii) capacitance of the capacitor;(iii) inductance of the inductor.

(d) Draw and label one vector diagram for the potential differences across the inductor, the capacitor and the resistor in (c) above.

15. (a) Explain:(i) nuclear fission;(ii) nuclear fusion.

(b) (i) State three applications of atomic

energy.(ii) Define half life.(iii) Give the expression that

relates the half life, T, and the decay constant, , of a radioactive material.

(c) A radioactive element X with atomic number 88 and mass number 226 emits in succession:(i) an alpha particle,(ii) a beta particle and(iii) gamma radiation.

Explain, using equations where necessary, the changes that take place in the atomic structure of the element at each stage.


1. Using the diagrams below as a guide, carry out the following instructions.

(i) Pivot the metre rule, which has

been drilled at the 50cm mark, horizontally on the knife edge.

Ia.

II.

(ii) Suspend the object marked m at the 10cm mark of the centre rule.

(iii) Suspend a 100g mass on the other side of the knife edge and adjust the position of the mass until the metre rule balances horizontally as shown in diagram 1 above.

(vi) Read and record the distances, x; of m from the pivot and y1, of the 100g mass from the pivot.

(v) Repeat the procedure for four other positions of m at the 15, 20, 25 and 30cm

marks. In each case kept he position of the knife edge fixed and adjust the position of the 100g mass until the metre rule balances horizontally.

(vi) Also repeat the procedure with m completely immersed in water contained in a beaker and suspended at the 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30cm marks of the metre rule respectively. In each case, adjust the position of the 100g mass until the metre rule balances horizontally, then read and record the new distance y2 of the 100g mass from the pivot.

(vii) Evaluate y1 – y2 in each case. Tabulate your readings.

(viii) Plot a graph of y1 on the vertical axis against y1 – y2 on the horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope of the graph.


(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the centre of gravity of a body and state how it is related to the stability of the body.

(ii) State the conditions of equilibrium for a body acted upon by a number of co-planar parallel forces.

2. (a)

Using the diagram above as a guide, carry out the following instructions.(i) Fix a plane sheet of paper on

the drawing board.

(ii) Place the rectangular glass prism on the paper and trace its outline, ABCD. Remove the prism.

(iii) Draw a normal NMP to meet AB and DC at M and P

respectively such that |AM| = |DP| = 2.0CM.

(iv) Trace the ray PQ with two pins, P1 and P2, at P and Q respectively such that angle MPQ = i = 5o.

(v) Replace the prism on its outline. Trace the emergent ray with two other pins P3 and P4 such that they lie in a straight line with P2 and the image of P1 viewed through the glass prism.

(vi) Measure and record , the angle between the emergent ray and face AB of the glass prism.

(vii) Evaluate cos and sin i.(viii) Repeat the procedure for four

other values of i = 10o, 15o, 20o and 25o. Tabulated your readings.

(ix) Plot a graph of cos on the vertical axis against sin c on the horizontal axis.

(x) Determine the slope of the graph.

(xi) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results. [Attach your traces to your answer booklet].

(b) (i) State the laws of refraction oflight.

(ii) Explain what is meant by the statement the refractive index of a material is 1.65.

3. (a)

(i) Measure and record the length XY

of the resistance wire provided.(ii) Connect the circuit shown in

the diagram above.(iii) With R = 0Ω, close the key, K.

Read and record current, I and the corresponding voltage drop, V across the wire.

(iv) Setting R = 1Ω, close the key. Read and record the current, I and the corresponding voltage drop, V across the wire.

(v) Repeat the procedure for five other values of R = 5, 10, 20, 40 and 60Ω. Tabulate your readings.

(vi) Plot a graph of V on the vertical axis against I on the horizontal axis.

(vii) Determine the slope of the graph.

(viii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Mention and state the law on which the experiment in 3(a) is based.

(ii) A piece of resistance wire of diameter 0.2mm and resistance 7Ω has resistivity of 8.8 x 10-7Ω m, calculate the length of the wire [ = 22/7]

2003SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. A tuber of cassava can be processed into powder. This explains the fact that

A. matter can change spontaneously from one state to another

B. matter cannot be destroyedC. force is required to change matter from one

state to anotherD. matter is made up of tiny particles

2. A piece of metal of relative density 5.0 weighs 60 N in air. Calculate its weight when fully immersed in water.

A. 4 NB. 5 NC. 48 ND. 60 N

3. A net force of 15 N acts upon a body of mass 3kg for 5s, calculate the change in the speed of the body.

A. 25.0ms-1

B. 9.0ms-1

C. 2.5ms-1

D. 1.0ms-1

4. The tendency of a body to remain at rest when a force is applied to it is called

A. impulseB. momentumC. inertiaD. friction

5. A force acts on a body for 0.5s changing its momentum from 16.0kgms-1 to 21.0kgms-1

calculate the magnitude of the force.A. 42.0 NB. 37.0 NC. 32.0 ND. 10.0 N

6. Which of the graphs below shows the motion of a body with uniform retardation?

A. Vel B. Vel m/s m/s

0 0 Time Time

C. Vel D. Vel m/s m/s

0 Time 0 Time

7. A moving object is said to have uniform acceleration if its

A. displacement decreases at a constant rateB. speed is directly proportional to timeC. velocity increases by equal amount in equal

time intervalsD. velocity varies inversely with time

8. the period of an oscillatory motion is defined as the

A. average of the times used in completing different numbers of oscillations

B. time to complete a number of oscillationsC. time to complete one oscillationD. time taken to move from one extreme

position to the other

9. The mass on a loaded spiral spring oscillates vertically between two extreme positions P and R equidistant from the equilibrium

position Q. Which of the following statements about the system is not correct?

A. The momentum of the mass is maximum at Q

B. The elastic potential energy of the spring is maximum at Q

C. The kinetic energy of the mass is maximum at P

D. The total energy of the system is always constant

10. A ball of mass 5.0kg hits a smooth vertical wall normally with a speed of 2 ms-1. Determine the magnitude of the resulting impulse.

A. 20.0kg ms-1

B. 10.0kg ms-1

C. 5.0kg ms-1

D. 2.5kg ms-1

11. Which of the following statements correctly defines a simple machine? A device

A. that can provide electric currentB. which can only carry people from one place

to anotherC. with which work can be done easilyD. which changes the state of rest or of

uniform motion of an object along a straight line

12. A platinum resistance thermometer has a resistance of 4Ω at 0ºC and 10Ω at 100ºC. Assuming the resistance changes uniformly with temperature, calculate the resistance of the thermometer when the temperature is 45oC.

A. 14.0 ΩB. 6.7 ΩC. 3.2 ΩD. 2.7 Ω

13. A metal rod of length 100cm is heated through 100oC, calculate the change in length of the rod. [linear expansitivity of the material of the rod is 3 x 10-5 K-1]

A. 4 mmB. 3 mmC. 2 mmD. 1 mm

14. The heat capacity of a calorimeter is the amount of energy required to

A. change the temperature of 1kg of the calorimeter by IK

B. change 1kg mass of the calorimeter to liquid at the same temperature

C. change the temperature of the calorimeter by IK

D. melt the calorimeter into liquid at a constant temperature

15. Which of the following statements about latent heat of vaporization is correct. It

A. weakens the adhesive forces between molecules of a liquid and those of its container

B. breaks completely the force of attraction between the molecules of a liquid

C. adds to the heat content of a liquidD. increases the cohesive forces between

liquid molecules

16. When the pressure of a fixed mass of gas is doubled at constant temperature, the volume of the gas is

A. increased four timesB. doubledC. unchangedD. halved

17. The volume of a given mass of an ideal gas at 327K and 9.52 x 104 Pa is 40cm3. Calculate the volume of the gas at 273 K and 1.034 x 105 Pa.

A. 68.23cm3

B. 47.91cm3

C. 44.60cm3

D. 30.75cm3

18.

The diagram above represents the displacement D versus time, t, graph of a progressive wave. Deduce the frequency of the wave.

A. 20 HzB. 10 HzC. 5 HzD. 4 Hz

19. A wave of wavelength 0.30m travels 900m in 3.0s, calculate its frequency.

A. 68.0 HzB. 225.0 HzC. 270.0 HzD. 750.0 Hz

20. Which of the following conditions is necessary for the occurrence of total internal reflection of light?

A. Light must travel from an optically less dense to a denser medium

B. The angle of incidence must be equal to the critical angle

C. The angle of incidence must be greater than the critical angle

D. The angle of refraction must be 90o

21. The image which cannot be formed on a screen is said to be

A. invertedB. erectC. realD. virtual

22. An object is placed in the principal axis and at the centre of curvature of a concave mirror, the image of the object formed by the mirror is

A. real and magnifiedB. real and invertedC. erect and magnifiedD. erect and virtual

23. A converging lens produces an image four times as large as an object placed 25cm from the lens. Calculate its focal length.


24. The horizontal floor of a water reservoir appears to be 1.0m deep when viewed vertically from above. If the refractive index of water is 1.35, calculate the real depth of the reservoir.

A. 2.35mB. 1.35mC. 1.00mD. 0.35m

25. A converging lens has a focal length of 5cm. Determine its power.

A. + 20.0DB. + 0.2 DC. - 20.0 DD. -0.2 D

26. Which of the following pairs of light rays shows the widest separation in the spectrum of white light?

A. Green and blueB. Orange and indigoC. Blue and violetD. Red and yellow

27. Which of the following statements about the human eye and the camera is correct?

A. Both form virtual images of objectsB. The image formed by the eye is upright in

the retina while that formed by the camera is inverted on the film

C. The inside of both of them is blackened to absorb unwanted light

D. The focal length of both the eye lens and the camera lens can be varied

28. The speed of sound in air is directly proportional to

A. its temperature on the Celsius scaleB. its temperature on the thermodynamic scaleC. the cube root of its temperature on the

Celsius scaleD. the square root of its temperature on the

absolute scale

29. Which of the following statements about the characteristics of sound waves is correct?

A. Loudness decreases with increase in intensity

B. The pitch of a note is determined by its amplitude

C. The intensity of a sound wave is proportional to its amplitude

D. The quality of a note depends on its overtones

30. A sonometer wire of liner density 0.08kg m-1 subjected to a tension of 800 N is plucked. Calculate the speed of a pulse which moves from one end of the wire to the other.

A. 179.0 ms-1

B. 100.0 ms-1

C. 15.8 ms-1

D. 8.0 ms-1

31. Which of the following instruments gives a pure note when sounded?

A. Talking drumB. SirenC. Tuning forkD. Guitar

32. Which of the following features of an electrostatic line of force is not correct?

A. It is n imaginary line which a positive charge would describe if it is free to move

B. The tangent drawn at any point on a curved line of force shows the direction of the electric field intensity at that point

C. It is sometimes curvedD. It can cross another line of force in a region

of intense electric field

33. Which of the following statements about a force field is correct?

A. Electrostatic, gravitational and magnetic forces are always attractive

B. Electric, gravitational and magnetic fields obey inverse square laws

C. Field lines are real but their corresponding fields are imaginary

D. Field lines and their corresponding fields are both real

34. A positively charged glass rod is placed near the cap of a positively charge electroscope. The divergence of the leaf is observed to

A. decreaseB. increaseC. remain the sameD. increase and collapse immediately

35. Two identical cells each of emf 2 V and internal resistance 1.0Ω are connected in parallel. The combination is connected to an external load of 1.5Ω. Calculate the current in the circuit.

A. 0.57 AB. 1.00 AC. 1.14 AD. 2.00 A

36. Which of the following factors does not affect the electric resistance of a wire?

A. LengthB. MassC. TemperatureD. Cross sectional area

37. A current of 10 A passes through a conductor for 10s, calculate the charge flowing through the conductor

A. 100.0 CB. 10.0 CC. 1.0 CD. 0.1 C

38. A lamp is rated 240 V 60 W, calculate the resistance of its filament.

A. 240 ΩB. 360 ΩC. 960 Ω

D. 1440 Ω

39. The maximum power dissipated by a 100 Ω resistor in a circuit is 4 W, calculate the voltage across the resistor.

A. 10 VB. 20 VC. 25 VD. 400 V

40. One difference between a reactance and a resistance in an alternating current circuit is

A. resistance is larger than reactanceB. energy is not dissipated in a reactanceC. energy is stored in a resistance but not in a

reactanceD. the current in a reactance is lower than in

the resistance

41.

The diagram above shows the resultant electric field pattern due to two electric point charges P and S. Which of the following statements is correct?

A. P is negatively charged while S is positively charged

B. P is positively charged while S is negatively charged

C. Both P and S are positively chargedD. Both P and S are negatively charged

42.

The bar magnet illustrated in the diagram above picks up an unmagnetised steel nail X. In turn, X picks up a similar nail Y and so on. The nails are said to be magnetized by

A. conductionB. single touchC. inductionD. divided touch

43. The direction of induced current in a straight wire placed in a magnetic field is determined by using

A. Fleming’s right hand ruleB. Maxwell’s screw rule

C. Faraday’s lawD. Lenz’s law

44. Which of the following statements about an electromagnet is not correct?

A. It is a temporary magnetB. Its strength depends on the currentC. Its strength depends on the number of units

in its coilD. It has permanent poles

45. Which of the following statements is true of ultra violet radiations. It

A. supports the sensation of hearingB. does not cause the emission of electrons

from metalsC. is an electromagnetic waveD. is not capable of causing sun burn

46. Which of the following statements is not true of the isotopes of an element? They

A. are atoms of the same elementB. have the same chemical propertiesC. have the same atomic numberD. have the same mass number

47. A radioactive element has a decay constant of 0.077 s-1, calculate its half life.

A. 12.5 sB. 9.0 sC. 5.1 sD. 0.5 s

48. The minimum energy required to remove an electron from an atom is known as

A. excitation energyB. ionization energyC. binding energyD. photon energy

49. Nuclear fission is preferred to nuclear fusion in the generation of energy because

A. very high temperature are required for fusion

B. the raw materials for fusion are not easily obtained

C. energy obtained from fusion is relatively smaller

D. the by product of fusion are very dangerous

50. Which of the following reactions represents nuclear fusion?

A. 2H + 2H 3He + 1n1 1 1 0

B. 235u + 1n 145Ba + 90Kr + 21n

92 0 56 36 0

C. 234Th 0n + 234Pa 90 -1 91

D. 238U 4He + 234Th 92 2 90


1. (a) State two objects each used in sports and

warfare which may be considered as projectiles

(b) the horizontal range R, of a projectile is given by the expression R = U 2 Sin 2

gwhere is the angle of projection, g the acceleration of free fall due to gravity and u the initial velocity. At what value of will R be maximum?

2. (a) What is surface tension?(b) State two methods by which the

surface tension of a liquid can be reduced

3. (a) Explain diffusion.(b) State one factor that can affect the

rate of diffusion.

4. (a) List two types of waves, apart from light,

that can be plane polarized.(b) State two applications of plane

polarized light.

5. Explain the rise of water in a glass capillary tube using the kinetic theory.

6. (a) Explain the term electrolyte and give two

examples.(b) State the relationship between the

mass of a substance liberated during the electrolysis and the charge passed.

7. (a) What is the principle upon which the lighting in fluorescent tubes operate?

(b) State two factors which determine the colour of light from a fluorescent tube

8. Define: (i) Elasticity(ii) Young modulus(iii) Force constant

9. A force of 40 N applied at the end of a wire of length 4 m and diameter 2.00mm produces an extension of 0.24mm. Calculate the(a) stress on the wire;(b) strain in the wire; ( = 3.14)

10. (a) What is meant by the wave-particle quality of matter?

(b) Mention one physical phenomenon, in each case, that can be explained in terms of the wave nature and particle nature of light.

PART II

11. (a) Define: (i) linear momentum (ii) impulse

(b) State the principle of conservation of linear momentum.

(c) A tractor of mass 5.0 x 103kg is used to tow a car mass 2.5 x 103kg. The tractor moved with a speed of 3.0ms-1 just before the towing rope becomes taut. Calculate the:(i) speed of the tractor

immediately the rope becomes taut;

(ii) loss in kinetic energy of the system just after the car has started moving;

(iii) impulse in the rope when it jerks the car into motion

12. (a) Using the kinetic theory of matter, explain

why(i) evaporation causes cooling;(ii) boiling water changes to

steam without any change in temperature, although heat is being supplied to the water.

(b) (i) State Boyle’s law(ii) With the aid of a labeled

diagram, describe an experiment to illustrate the relationship between the volume and pressure of a given mass of gas at constant temperature.

(iii) State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate results.

13. (a) (i) Illustrate, using a ray diagram,

how an image is formed by a convex mirror

(ii) State one advantage and one disadvantage of using a convex mirror as a driving mirror.

(iii) Explain the action of a compound microscope

(b) Illustrate using labeled diagrams only, a sonometer wire of length, l, vibrating at its(i) fundamental; (ii) first overtone;(iii) second overtone

(c) A tuning fork vibrating at a frequency of 512 Hz is held over the top of a jar filled with water and fitted with a tap at the bottom. If the jar is 60cm tall and the speed of sound is 350ms-1, determine the possible resonance position(s). [neglect end corrections]

14. (a) (i) What is meant by neutral point in

a magnetic field?(ii) Draw and label a diagram to

show the pattern and

direction of the magnetic field produced around a straight current carrying wire.

(b) When is an ammeter said to be(i) sensitive; (ii) accurate?

(c) (i) Explain, using a labeled diagram,

how a delicate magnetic material could be protected from the Earth’s magnetic field.

(d) State the laws of electromagnetic induction

15. (a) (i) Explain photoelectric emission

(ii) State four applications of photoelectric emission

(b) Draw and label a diagram showing the

structure of a photocell and explain its mode of operation.

(c) In a photocell, no electrons are emitted until the threshold frequency of light is reached.(i) Explain what happens to the

energy of the light before emission of electrons begin.

(ii) State one factor that may affect the number of emitted electrons


1. (a)

You are provided with a metre rule, a knife edge, two pieces of thread and two masses m1 and m2.(i) Record the values of m1 and

m2

(ii) Balance the metre rule horizontally on the knife edge and record the balance point G.

(iii) With the knife edge at the 60cm mark of the metre rule, suspend m1 at the 20cm mark and m2 at a suitable mark such that the rule balances horizontally as illustrated in the diagram above.

(iv) Record the positions Y on m1 and Q of m2

(v) Evaluate l = P – Y and d = Q – P

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four other position of m1 at 18, 16, 14 and 12cm marks.

(vii) In each case, evaluate and record l and d.

(viii) Tabulate your readings(ix) Plot a graph of l on the

vertical axis against d on the horizontal axis.

(x) Determine the slope of the graph.


(b) (i) With the aid of a diagram, indicate the forces acting on

the metre rule in the experimental set up above.

(ii) Define moment of a force about a point and state its S. I. unit.

2. (a)

Using the diagram above as a guide, carry out the following instructions.(i) Fix the drawing paper

provided on the drawing board

(ii) Place the mirror vertically with its longer side resting on the drawing paper. Trace the outline AB of the mirror. Remove the mirror.

(iii) Draw a normal PQ to meet the outline at the middle Q

(iv) Draw a straight line through A to meet the outline of the mirror at right angle.

(v) Trace the incident ray, CQ with pins P1 and P2 so that it meets the perpendicular line through A at C such that CA = x = 1.0cm.

(vi) Replace the mirror on its outline. Locate the images of P1 P2 through the mirror using two other pins P3 and P4, so that P3 and P4 and the images of P1 and P2 are in a straight line.

(vii) Remove the mirror and pins P3 and P4. Draw a straight line through the pin points to meet AB at Q and CA produced at D.

(viii) Measure and record angle ACQ as 1 and angle ADQ as

2. Also record the value of x. Evaluate = ½ ( 1 + 2), x-1

and tan .(ix) Repeat the procedure for four

other values of x = 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0cm. Tabulate your readings.

(x) Plot a graph of tan on the vertical axis against x-1 on the horizontal axis.

(xi) Determine the slope, s, of the graph. Evaluate k = 2s.

(xii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results. [Attach your traces to your answer booklet]

(b) (i) Distinguish between regular and

diffused reflections.(ii) An object is situated 25cm in

front of a plane mirror. Determine the distance of the image from the object. What is the size of the image relative to the object?

3. (a)

You are provided with a potentiometer XY; a jockey, J; a standard resistor, R and other necessary apparatus.

(i) Connect a circuit as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Close the key. Read and record the current Io when J is not in contact with XY.

(iii) Let J make contact with XY at C, such that XC = l = 25cm. Close the key. Read and record the current I.

(iv) Evaluate 1o

1(v) Repeat the procedure

for four other values of l = 40, 55, 70 and 85cm. Tabulate your readings.

(vi) Plot a graph of I on the vertical axis against l-1

on the horizontal axis.(vii) From your graph,

deduce the value of 1 when l-1 = 0. Evaluate Io


(b) (i) Explain what is meant by

potential difference between two points in an electric circuit.

(ii) A piece of resistance wire of diameter 0.2m and resistance 7Ω has resistivity of 8.8 x 10-7Ωm, calculate the length of the wire. [ = 22/7]

2004SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. The molecular structure of a liquid is such that

A. The molecules have unlimited freedom of movement

B. molecular movement is restricted to vibration only

C. intermolecular collisions take placeD. all molecules move with the same speed

2. Which of the following concepts is not an evidence of the particle nature of matter?

A. DiffusionB. Brownian motionC. DiffractionD. Crystallization

3. Which of the following statements about the mass and the weight of a body is not correct? Its

A. mass is a scalar quantityB. weight is a function of the gravitational pull

on itC. mass on earth and on the moon is the sameD. weight at the equator and at the poles is the

same

4. A diver is 5.2m below the surface of water of density 1000 kgm-1. If the atmospheric pressure is 1.02 x 105 Pa, calculate the pressure on the diver. [g = 10 ms-2]

A. 6.20 x 104 PaB. 1.02 x 105 PaC. 1.54 x 105 PaD. 5.20 x 105 Pa

5. An object weighs 60.0 N in air, 48.2 in a certain liquid X, and 44.9 N in water. Calculate the relative density of X.

A. 3.300B. 1.279C. 0.932D. 0.782

6. A steel needle floating on water, sinks when kerosene is added to the water. This is because the kerosene

A. increases the surface tension of the water

B. reduces the density of waterC. reduces the surface tension of the waterD. reduces the upthrust on the needle

7. Calculate the change in volume when 90g of ice is completely melted. [density of water = 1gcm-3, density of ice = 0.9gcm-3]

A. 0.00cm3

B. 9.00 cm3

C. 10.00 cm3

D. 90.00 cm3

8. On which of the following factors does the viscosity of a liquid depend?

I. Nature of the liquid;II. Temperature of the liquid;III. Area of the liquid surface.A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I, II and III

9. An elastic string of force constant 200 N m-1

is stretched through 0.8m within its elastic limit. Calculate the energy stored in the string

A. 64.0 JB. 80.0 JC. 128.0 JD. 160.0 J

10. A machine of velocity ratio 5 is used in lifting a load with an effort of 500 N. If the machine is 80% efficient, determine the magnitude of the load.

A. 2500 NB. 2000 NC. 900 ND. 625 N

11. The speed of an object in rectilinear motion can be determined from the

A. area under a velocity-time graphB. area under a distance-time graphC. slope of a distance-time graphD. slope of a velocity-time graph

12. A body is said to be moving with uniform acceleration if it experiences equal

A. increases in velocity at equal time intervalsB. decreases in velocity at equal time intervalsC. increases in speed at equal time intervalsD. decreases in speed at equal time intervals

13. A body dropped from a certain height above the ground level, falls with uniform

A. speedB. velocityC. accelerationD. retardation

14. A body of mass 8kg moving with a speed of 30ms-1 is brought to rest in 2.5s by a constant retarding force. Calculate the magnitude of the force

A. 240 NB. 96 NC. 20 ND. 9 N

15. A force acting on a body causes a change in the momentum of the body from 12kg ms-1

to 16kgms-1 in 0.2s. Calculate the magnitude of the force

A. 140.0 NB. 20.0 NC. 4.0 ND. 0.8 N

16. The bob of a simple pendulum has a mass of 0.02kg. Determine the weight of the bob. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 0.02 NB. 0.20 NC. 20.00 ND. 200.00 N

17. A ball bearing is projected vertically upwards from the ground with a velocity of 15ms-1. Calculate the time taken by the ball to return to the ground. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 1.5sB. 3.0sC. 5.0sD. 7.5s

18. A loaded spring performs simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 5cm. If the maximum acceleration of the load is 20cms-2, calculate the angular frequency of the motion

A. 2 rad s-1

B. 4 rad s-1

C. 5 rad s-1

D. 10 rad s-1

19. When compared with water, mercury is preferred as a thermometric liquid because it

A. has a higher densityB. has a lower specific heat capacityC. exhibits anomalous thermal expansion

D. contains molecules which have very strong adhesive forces

20. Which of the following values on the absolute scale of temperature is the ice point?

A. 0 KB. 32 KC. 100 KD. 273 K

21. On a cold day, a concrete floor feels colder to the bare foot than a mat on the same floor because the

A. mat is a better conductor of heat than the foot

B. mat loses heat to the bare foot at a faster rate

C. mat is a better conductor of heat than the floor

D. concrete floor is a better conductor of heat than the mat

22. When a metal ball is heated through 30oC, its volume becomes 1.0018 cm-3. If the linear expansivity of the material of the ball is 2.0 x 10-5 K-1, calculate its original volume

A. 1.0000 cm3

B. 1,0020cm3

C. 1.0036 cm3

D. 1.0180 cm3

23. A faulty barometer reads 72.6cm Hg when the atmospheric pressure is 75.0cm Hg. Calculate the atmospheric pressure when this barometer reads 72.0cm Hg.

A. 79.4 cm HgB. 74.4 cm HgC. 74.2 cm HgD. 69.4 cm Hg

24. On the basis of the kinetic theory, an increase in the temperature of a fixed volume of an ideal gas causes

A. an increase in the number of the gs molecules

B. a decrease in the density of the gasC. an increase in the average speed of the gas

moleculesD. a decrease in the pressure exerted by the

gas

25. The temperature of 900cm3 of an ideal gas at a pressure of 114cm Hg is 27oC. Calculate its volume at 76 cm Hg and 0oC.

A. 50.0 cm3

B. 546.0 cm3

C. 659.3 cm3

D. 1228.5 cm3

26. The basic difference between a transverse wave and a longitudinal wave traveling in the same direction in a medium is in the

A. amplitude of the wavesB. wave length of the wavesC. direction of vibration of the particles of the

mediumD. period of vibration of the particles of the

medium

27. A wave traveling from water to glass suffers a change in its speed at the common boundary. Which of the following properties explains this observation?

A. DispersionB. RefractionC. InterferenceD. Diffraction

28. The image of an optical pin placed at the principal focus of a concave mirror will be formed

A. between the principal focus and the poleB. at the centre of curvatureC. between he principal focus and the centre

of curvatureD. at infinity

29. A man 1.8m tall stands 3m away from a pin hole camera. If the distance between the pin hole and the screen of the camera is 0.3m, calculate the height of the image of the man produced by the camera.

A. 0.18 mB. 1.50 mC. 1.62 mD. 18.00 m

30. In an experiment using a converging lens to produce real images on a screen, the linear magnification, m, is plotted against the image distance, v, as illustrated in the diagram below. The distance OP represents the

m

0 p v

A. focal length of the lensB. thickness of the lensC. radius of curvature of the lensD. diameter of the lens

31. A magnified and virtual image of a near object is produced by

A. prism binocularsB. astronomical telescopeC. periscopeD. simple microscope

32. During a thunderstorm, lightning and thunder occurred simultaneously in the atmosphere. An observer on the earth’s surface sees the lightning flash shortly before hearing the thunder. This is because the

A. atmospheric pressure is higher at the surface than at the higher altitudes

B. speed of sound is less than that of lightC. temperature of the atmosphere decreases

with altitudeD. atmospheric density decreases with altitude

33. A girl stands 80m away from a tall cliff and blows a whistle. If the speed of sound in air is 330ms-1, how long would it take for her to hear the echo of the sound?

A. 2.062 sB. 0.970 sC. 0.485 sD. 0.242 s

34. Which of the following reasons explains why the walls and ceilings of a standard concert hall are usually covered with perforated pads? To

A. increase the intensity of sound wavesB. increase the loudness of the sound wavesC. reduce the effect of reverberation of sound

wavesD. decrease the frequency of sound waves

35. The sound from a vibrating tuning fork is louder when the tip of its stem is placed on a wooden table than when in air because

A. the friction between the table and the tuning fork generates additional energy

B. air molecules absorb sound waves but wood transmits sound waves

C. the table increases the frequency of the tuning fork

D. a larger mass of air is set into vibration by the table

36. Charges on a conductor areA. evenly distributed over a surface of any

shapeB. concentrated on the inner surface of the

conductorC. concentrated at the outer flat surface of the

conductorD. generally concentrated at sharply curved

surface

37. Which of the following functions is performed by manganese IV oxide in the Leclanche’ cell?

A. Control of local actionB. Depolarisation of the cellC. Regulating current flow in the cellD. Reduction of the internal resistance of the

cell

38. A car fuse marked 3 A operates optimally on a 12 V battery, calculate the resistance of the fuse

A. 36.0 ΩB. 15.0 ΩC. 9.0 ΩD. 4.0 Ω

39. Find the cost of running a 60 W lamp for 24 hours, if I kW hr costs 5 Naira.

A. 14.4 NairaB. 12.5 NairaC. 7.2 NairaD. 2.0 Naira

40. The quantity of electric charge stored in a capacitor is measured in

A. FaradB. AmpereC. CoulombD. Volt

41. Calculate the energy stored in a 20µF capacitor if the p.d. between he plates is 40 V.

A. 3.2 x 10-2 JB. 1.6 x 10-2 JC. 8.0 x 10-4 JD. 4.0 x 10-4 J

42. Given that the gravitational constant is G, Newton’s universal law of gravitation states that the force of attraction between two masses M1 and M2 separated by a distance r is

A. Gr2 M2 M2

B. GrM1 M2

C. GM1 M2

r2

D. GM1 M2

r

43. A charge of 1.6 x 10-10C is placed in a uniform electric field of intensity 2.0 x 105 NC-1. Calculate the magnitude of the electric force exerted on the charge.

A. 3.2 x 105 NB. 1.8 x 105 NC. 3.2 x 10-5 ND. 1.8 x 10-5 N44. Which of the following statements is not

correct?A. A magnetic field is a region in which a

magnetic force may be detectedB. A magnetic line of force is a path along

which a magnetic north-pole would move if it were free

C. Magnetic fields are scalar quantitiesD. Neutral points are obtained where the

earth’s magnetic field is exactly equal and opposite to that due to a magnet

45. The main function of the mouth piece of a telephone is that it converts sound energy to

A. mechanical energyB. electrical energyC. chemical energyD. thermal energy

46. An atom is normally electrically neutral because the

A. number of electrons is equal to the number of protons

B. number of electrons is equal to the number of neutrons

C. number of protons is equal to the number of neutrons

D. electrons of the atom are buried deeply in the nucleus

47. In which of the following devices is the principle of photoelectric effect not applicable?

A. Closed-circuit television cameraB. Burglar alarmC. Solar cellsD. Periscope

48. Which of the following statements about X-rays is not correct? They

A. are electromagnetic wavesB. can be used to study crystal latticeC. can destroy living cellsD. are produced from the nucleus of an atom

49. A radio active substance has a half-life of 3 days. If a mass of 1.55g of this substance is left after decaying for 15 days, determine the original value of the mass

A. 49.6 gB. 37.2 gC. 24.8 gD. 12.4 g

50. Which of the following representations is correct for an atom X with 28 electrons and 30 neutrons?

A. 30X28

B. 28X30

C. 58X30

D. 58X28

2004EASSY SECTION B PART I

1. In his first attempt, a long jumper took off from the spring board with a speed of 8 ms-1 at 30o to the horizontal. He makes a second attempt with the same speed at 45o to the horizontal. Given that the expression for the horizontal range of a projectile is u2 sin 2

g, where all the symbols have their usual meanings, show that he gains a distance of 0.8576m in his second attempt. [g = 10 m s-2]

Z

A C x

2. The diagram above illustrates the path ABC, in a vertical x – z plane, of a bullet shot into the air at an angle above the horizontal. Copy the diagram, and, using arrows, indicate the relative magnitudes and directions of the vertical and horizontal components of the velocities of the bullet at the points A, B and C.

3. (a) For a water voltameter, identify the(i) electrolyte; (ii) electrodes;(iii) substances deposited on the

electrodes:(b) State the ratio of the volume of the

substances deposited in (a) (iii) above.

4. A parallel beam of unpolarized light is incident on a plane glass surface at an angle of 58o to the normal. If the reflected beam is completely polarized, calculate the refractive index of the glass.

5. State three methods of polarizing an unpolarised light.

6. (a) Define diffusion.(b) State Grahams law of diffusion

7. A spiral spring of natural length 20.00 cm has a scale pan hanging freely in its lower end. When an object of mass 40g is placed in the pan, its length becomes 21.80cm. When the object is replaced with another of mass 60g, the length becomes 22.05 cm. Calculate the mass of the scale pan. [g = 10m s-2]

8. (a) Define youngs modulus(b) When a force of 50 N is applied to

the free end of an elastic cord, an extension of 4 cm is produced in the cord. Calculate the work done on the cord.

9. (a) List two properties of cathode rays(b) Explain how the intensity and energy

of cathode rays may be increased.

10. Give three observations in support of de Broglie’s assumption that moving particles behave like waves.

PART II

Answer any three questions from this part.

11. (a) Define gravitational field intensity.(b) In an experiment to determine the

acceleration of free-fall due to gravity, g, using a simple pendulum of length l, six different values of l were used to obtain six corresponding values of period T. If a graph of l along the vertical axis is plotted against T2 on the horizontal axes;(i) make a sketch to show the

nature of the graph;

(ii) write down the equation that relates T, l and g hence

obtain an expression for the slope of the graph;

(iii) given that the slope of the graph is 0.25, determine the value for g. [Take = 3,142]

(c) A stone, thrown horizontally from the top of a vertical wall with a velocity of 15ms-1, hits the horizontal ground at a point 45 m from the base of the wall. Calculate the (i) time of flight of the stone;(ii) height of the wall. [g = 10m s-

2]

12. (a) Define upper fixed point and lower fixed

Point as used in thermometry.(b) The electrical resistances of the

element in a platinum resistance thermometer at 100oC, 0oC and room temperature are 75,000, 63,000 and 64.992Ω respectively. Use these data to determine the room temperature.

(c) (i) State Boyle’s law;(ii) A uniform capillary tube,

closed at one end contained dry air trapped by a thread of mercury 8.5 x 10-2 m long. When the tube was held horizontally, the length of the air column was 5.0 x 10-2m, when it was held vertically with the closed end downwards, the length was 4.5 x 10-2m. Determine the value of the atmospheric pressure. [g = 10 ms-2, density of mercury = 1.36 x 104 kg m-3]

13. (a) Explain(i) wave motion; (ii) stationary wave

(b) (i) List four physical properties of a

wave(ii) Define amplitude and use it to

distinguish between the node and antinode of a stationary wave.

(iii) List the factors on which the frequency of vibration in a stretched string depends.

(c) The equation, y = 5 sin (3x – 4t), where y is in millimeters, x is in metres and t is in seconds represents a wave motion. Determine the(i) frequency(ii) period and(iii) speed of the wave.

14. (a) (i) Explain electromotive force(ii) List two sources of

electromotive force other than a chemical cell.

(b) A chemical cell of electromotive force, E, and internal resistance, r, is connected in series with an ammeter, a plug key and an external load of resistance R. A voltmeter is connected across the cell. Draw a circuit diagram to illustrate the arrangement.

(c) For the arrangement in (b) above, with the key opened and closed, the voltmeter readings are Vo and V respectively.(i) Explain the physical meanings

of Vo and V.(ii) Find an expression for the

(I) current passing through the circuit;(II) maximum power dissipated

in the cell and external load respectively.

(III) efficiency of the cell.15. (a) State two

(i) Properties of x-rays;(ii) reasons to show that x-rays are

waves;(iii) uses of x-rays other than

those in medicine;(iv) hazards of x-rays.

(b) The potential difference between the cathode and target of an x-ray tube is 5.00 x 104 V and the current in the tube is 2.00 x 10-2 A. Given that only one percent of the total energy supplied is emitted as x-radiation, determine the(i) maximum frequency of the

emitted radiation;(ii) rate at which heat is removed

from the target in order to

keep it at a steady temperature.[Planck’s constant, h = 6.63x10-34J s][electronic charge e=1.60x

10-19C]


1.

You have been provided with a retort stand, clamp and boss; a metre rule; a spiral

spring; a set of slotted weights and a pointer.

(i) Set up the apparatus as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Read and record the length, lo

of the spiral spring.(iii) Place a mass m = 50.0g on

the hanger(iv) Read and record the new

length, l, of the spring.(v) Determine the extension e = l

- lo(vi) Set the system into small

vertical oscillations. Measure and record the time, t for ten complete oscillations.

(vii) Determine the period. T, of the oscillations and evaluate T2

(viii) Repeat the procedure for four other values of m = 100.0 ,200.0, and 250.0g. Tabulate your readings.

(ix) Plot a graph of e on the vertical axis against T2 on the horizontal axis.

(x) Determine the slope, S, of the graph

(xi) Evaluate b = 4 2 x S(xii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results(b) (i) State Hooke’s Law for an

elastic Material.

(ii) A spiral spring is compressed by 0.03 m. Calculate the energy stored in the spring if its force constant is 300 N m-1

2. (a)

You are provided with a converging lens, a plane mirror, a ray box, a screen and a metre rule.

(i) Mount the plane mirror behind the lens and place the ray box in front of it as shown in diagram I above.

(ii) Adjust the position of the ray box until a sharp image of the cross wire is obtained in front of the box, beside the cross wire.

(iii) Measure and record the distance of the cross wire from the lens. This position of the cross wire is F1

(iv) Repeat the procedure with the lens reversed to obtain F2.

(v) Replace the mirror with a screen.

(vi) Move the ray box a distance d = 10.0cm from F2 and adjust the position of the screen beyond F1 until a sharp image of the wire is formed on the screen as shown in diagram II.

(vii) Measure and record the distance, l between F1 and the screen. Evaluate l-1

(viii) Repeat procedures (v), (vi) and (vii) for four other values of d = 15.0, 20.0, 25.0 and 30.0cm. Tabulate your readings.

(ix) Plot a graph of l-1 on the vertical axis against d on the readings.

(x) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

(xi) Evaluate 1_ √S

(xii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Define the principal focus of aconverging lens.(ii) An object and its real

image are located at distances 25.0cm and 40.0cm from the two principal foci of a converging lens respectively, calculate the focal length of the lens.

3. (a)

You have been provided with a resistance box, a voltmeter, a key and a battery.

(i) Connect the circuit as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) With the key, K closed, read and record the voltmeter reading Vo

(iii) Set the resistance R in the resistance box equal to 1Ω. Close the key, read and record the potential difference V on the voltmeter. Evaluate R-1 and V01.

(iv) Repeat the procedure for five other values of R = 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6Ω. Tabulate your readings.

(v) Plot a graph of V-1 on the vertical axis against R-1 on the horizontal axis

(vi) Determine the slope of graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis.

(vii) Evaluate l-1(viii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Define potential difference between two points in an electric circuit.

(ii) Explain why the emf of a cell is greater than the p.d across the cell when it is supplying current through an external resistance.

2005SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following phenomena is the practical evidence for the existence of the continual motion of molecules?

A. Translational motion

B. Rotational motionC. Brownian motionD. Oscilatory motion

2. Each of the following physical quantities is classified as a vector or a scalar quantity. Which of the classifications is correct?

A. electric potential (Vector)B. Momentum (Scalar)C. Gravitational field intensity (Scalar)D. Magnetic flux density (Vector)

3. Which of the following statements about a spring balance and/or a chemical balance is not correct?

A. The chemical balance operates on the principle of moments

B. The spring balance operates on Hooke’s lawC. Either may be used to measure the weight

of a substanceD. The reading of a spring changes over the

surface of the earth, while that of the chemical balance remains constant

4. The friction which exists between two layers of liquid in relative motion is called

A. capillarityB. surface tensionC. viscosityD. cohesion

5. A body of mass 25kg, moving at 3ms-1 on a rough horizontal floor is brought to rest after sliding through a distance of 2.50m on the floor. Calculate the coefficient of sliding friction. [g = 10.0ms-2]

A. 0.09B. 0.18C. 0.36D. 0.54

6. Which of the following simple machines is a second class lever?

A. Wheel barrowB. CrowbarC. Claw hammerD. Seesaw7. A wheel and axle of radii 800mm and

200mm respectively is used to raise a body of weight 800 N by application of 250 N. Calculate the efficiency of machine.

A. 85%B. 80%C. 60%D. 20%

8. Messes m1 and m2 at the 20-cm and 65-cm marks respectively of a uniform metre rule freely suspended at its centre of gravity. If the metre rule balances horizontally, determine the ratio m2: m1.

A. 2 : 1B. 3 : 3C. 2 : 3D. 1 : 2

9. Which of the following types of motion does a body undergo when acted upon by a couple?

A. VibrationalB. TranslationalC. RotationalD. Random

10. A body starts from rest and accelerates uniformly at 5 ms-2 until it attains a velocity of 25 ms-1. Calculate the time taken to attain this velocity.

A. 2.5 sB. 5.0 sC. 10.0 sD. 125.0 s

11. A particle accelerates uniformly from rest at 6.0 ms-2 for 8s and then decelerates uniformly to rest in the next 5s. Determine the magnitude of the deceleration.

A. 9.6 ms-2

B. 24.0 ms-2

C. 30.0 ms-2

D. 48.0 ms-2

12. The frequency of a swinging pendulum is the

A. number of complete oscillations the pendulum makes in one second

B. number of amplitudes the bob makes in one second

C. angle the bob swings through in one secondD. distance the bob covers in one second

13. Which of the following statements about an object performing simple harmonic motion is correct. Its acceleration

A. is maximum at the extreme endsB. is constant and directed towards a fixed

pointC. is zero when it is displaced from the

equilibrium positionD. varies linearly with the displacement from a

fixed point and is directed towards the fixed point

14. A body of mass 5kg moving with a velocity of 10ms-2 collides with a stationary body of mass 6kg. If the two bodies stick together and move in the same direction after the collision, calculate their common velocity.

A. 4.55 ms-1

B. 12.00 ms-1

C. 30.0 ms-1

D. 50.00 ms-1

15. Fuel was consumed at a steady rate of 5.0 x 10-2 kg per second in a rocket engine and ejected as a gas with a speed of 4 x 103 ms-

1. Determine the trust on the rocket.A. 20 nB. 80 nC. 200 nD. 800 n

16. Which of the following quantities has the same unit as energy?

A. PowerB. WorkC. ForceD. Momentum

17. Which of the following sources of energy is renewable?

A. SunB. PetroleumC. CoalD. Uranium

18. The lower and upper fixed points of a thermometer are 30mm and 180mm respectively. Calculate the temperature in degrees Celsius when the thermometer reads 45mm.

A. 10.0oCB. 15.0oCC. 20.0oCD. 30.0oC

19. A body of mass, m, has a specific heat capacity s, and a heat capacity, c. If the temperature of the body changes by oC, which of the following equations is correct?

A. ms = mc-1B. ms = CC. ms = sD. ms = c

20. An immersion heater rated 400W,220V, is used to heat a liquid of mass 0.5kg. If the temperature of the liquid increases

uniformly at the rate of 2.5oC per second, calculate the specific heat capacity of the liquid. [Assume no heat is lost]

A. 1100 Jkg-1K-1

B. 320 Jkg-1K-1

C. 200 Jkg-1K-1

D. 176 Jkg-1K-1

21. Water falls through a height of 50m. Determine the temperature rise of the water at the bottom of the fall. [Neglect energy losses. Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 Jkg-1K-1, g = 10 ms-2]

A. 0.119oCB. 0.840oCC. 1.190oCD. 8.400oC

22. The energy required to change a solid to liquid at constant temperature is called

A. thermal capacityB. specific heat capacityC. latent heat of fusionD. latent heat of vaporisation

23. Which of the following statements about boiling and evaporation at atmospheric pressure is correct?

A. Evaporation and boiling of water take place at 100oC

B. Evaporation of water takes place at a temperature greater than 100oC

C. Evaporation of water takes place at 100oC while boiling takes place at a higher temperature

D. Boiling takes place at 100oC while evaporation may take place at temperature lower than 100oC

24. Which of the following statements is correct?

A. The density of a liquid decreases when it expands

B. The densities of liquids increase when the liquids are heated

C. The real expansivity of a liquid is less than its apparent expansivity

D. A liquid changes to solid when heated to a sufficiently high temperature

25. The pressure exerted by a given mass of gas in a container

A. decreases if the container is heatedB. increases if the molecules of the gas move

faster

C. increases if the volume of the container is doubled

D. decreases as the kinetic energy of the gas molecules increases

26. Which of the following statements about a progressive mechanical wave is correct?

A. It can be plane polarisedB. Its energy is localized at specific points of its

profileC. It does not require a material medium for its

propagationD. Its frequency remains constant as it travels

between different media

27. The distance between two points in phase on a progressive wave is 5cm. If the speed of the wave is 0.20ms-1, calculate its period.

A. 4.00sB. 2.50sC. 0.25sD. 0.04s

28. Radio waves travel in air at 3.0 x 108 ms-1. If the waves enter water of refractive index 4/3, calculate the speed of radio waves in water.

A. 4.33 x 108 ms-1

B. 4.00 x 108 ms-1

C. 2.25 x 108 ms-1

D. 1.33 x 108 ms-1

29. The amplitude of a wave is theA. distance traveled by the wave in a complete

cycle of its motionB. maximum displacement of the wave particle

from the equilibrium positionC. separation of two adjacent particles

vibrating in a phaseD. distance between two successive troughs of

the wave

30. Which of the following optical instruments does not depend on the use of plane mirrors?

A. KaleidoscopeB. Simple microscopeC. SextantD. Simple periscope

31. A ray of light is incident normally on a plane mirror. If the incident ray is kept fixed while the mirror is rotated through an angle of 30o, determine the initial and final angle of reflection respectively.

A. 0o and 60o

B. 90o and 30o

C. 0o and 30o

D. 90o and 60o

32. In which of the following media is the transmission of sound waves fastest?

A. VacuumB. AirC. WoodD. Iron

33. The ability of a material to store an electric charge when its plates are at different potentials is referred to as its

A. conductanceB. inductanceC. capacitanceD. resistance

34. Two capacitors of capacitances 0.4µF and 0.5µF are connected in parallel and charged to a p.d. of 50V. Determine the total charge acquired.

A. 45µCB. 25µCC. 20µCD. 10µC

35. A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 600µF has a potential difference of 2000V between its plate. Calculate the charge on either plate of the capacitor.

A. 1.2CB. 3.3CC. 3330.0CD. 120000.0C

36. A chemical cell of internal resistance 1Ω supplies electric current to an external resistor of resistance 3Ω. Calculate the efficiency of the cell.

A. 75%B. 50%C. 33%D. 25%

37. An electric lamp is rated 240V, 40W. What is the cost of running the lamp for 72 hours if the electricity authority charges N2.50 per kWh?

A. N7.20B. N18.00C. N180.00D. N720.00

38. Which of the following statements explains lost volt in an electric circuit? The

A. total p.d from a source to maintain a flow of current through the circuit as well as the source

B. p.d. to drive current through the circuit components except the source

C. p.d. across all external components connected to the source of electricity

D. p.d across the internal resistance of the cell

39. A constantan wire has a cross sectional area of 4 x 10-8 m2 and a resistivity of 1.1 x 10-

6Ωm. If a resistor of resistance 11Ω is to be made from this wire, calculate the length of the wire required.

A. 0.4 mB. 0.8 mC. 2.5 mD. 5.0 m

40. The mass weight of a body on earth are 8kg and 80 N respectively. Determine the mass and weight of the body respectively on a planet where the pull of gravity is 1/8 that of earth.

A. 8kg. 8 NB. 1kg. 10NC. 64kg. 10ND. 8kg. 10N


A. a force is exerted on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

B. electromotive force is induced in a circuit whenever there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with the circuit

C. the magnitude of the induced electromotive force in a circuit is proportional to the rate of change of flux linking the circuit

D. the induced current in a coil is in such a direction that it sets up a magnetic field which opposes the change producing it

42. A bar magnet is placed near and lying along the axis of a solenoid connected to a galvanometer. The pointer of the galvanometer shows no deflection when

A. the magnet is moved away from the stationary solenoid

B. the solenoid is moved away from the stationary magnet

C. the magnet is moved towards the stationary solenoid

D. there is not relative motion between the magnet and the solenoid

43. An electric motor is a machine that convertsA. mechanical energy into electrical energyB. electrical energy into mechanical energyC. high voltage to low voltageD. low voltage to high voltage

44. Which of the following statements is not a reason for using soft iron in making the core of a transformer? It

A. retains its magnetism for a long timeB. is easily magnetisedC. reduces energy loss due to hysteresisD. is easily demagnetised

45. Which of the following statements is an advantage of nuclear fusion over nuclear fission?

A. The resulting chain reaction which produces large amount of energy

B. No radioactive waste is produced as by-product

C. Very high temperatures required in the process

D. The end products is lead

46. Beta particles are fast-movingA. protonsB. electronsC. neutronsD. photons

47. A process by which two light atoms join to form a new atom of higher atomic mass is

A. natural radioactivityB. nuclear fissionC. nuclear fusionD. chain reaction

48. Light of energy 5.0eV falls on a metal of work function 3.0eV and electrons are emitted, determine the stopping potential. [electronic charge, e = 1.60 x 10-19C]

A. 1.7VB. 2.0VC. 8.0VD. 15.0V

49. The mass of a proton is 1.0074µ and that of a neutron is 1.0089µ. Determine the energy evolved in stabilizing the nucleus of nitrogen of a mass number 14 with 7 protons and 7 neutrons.[speed of light = 3.0 x 108 ms-1]

[1µ = 1.67 x 10-27kg]

50. Uranium of atomic number 92 and mass number 238 emits an alpha particle from its nucleus. The new nucleus formed has respectively, atomic number and mass number.

A. 94 and 238B. 90 and 236C. 88 and 234D. 90 and 234

2005ESSAY SECTION B PART I

1. A stone thrown horizontally from the top of a vertical wall with a velocity of 15ms-1, hits the horizontal ground at a point 45 m from the base of the wall. Calculate the height of the wall, [g = 10ms-2]

2. A ball is projected horizontally from a height of 20m above the ground with an initial velocity of 0.4ms-1. Calculate the horizontal distance moved by the ball before hitting the ground. [g= 10ms-2]

3. Describe, with the aid of a diagram, how a wave can be plane polarized?

4. (a) Explain cations(b) Draw and label an electrolytic cell.

5. State(a) the principle upon which the

lightning in fluorescent tubes operate;

(b) two factors on which the colour of light from a fluorescent tube depend.

6. (a) Define Young modulus of elasticity(b) A spiral spring extends from a length

of 10.00cm to 10.0Icm when a force of 20N is applied on it. Calculate the force constant of the spring.

7. (a) Define elastic limit(b) State Hooke’s law of elasticity

8. (a) Define surface tension(b) State two methods by which the

surface tension of a liquid can be reduced.

9. Using the kinetic theory of matter, explain the definite structure of solids.

10. Explain wave-particle paradox.

PART II

11. (a) Sketch a diagram of a simple pendulum

performing simple harmonic motion and indicate positions of maximum potential energy and kinetic energy.

(b) A body moving with simple harmonic motion in a straight line has velocity, v and acceleration, a, when the instantaneous displacement, x in cm, from its maximum position is given by x = 2.5 sin 0.4 t, where t is in seconds. Determine the magnitude of the

maximum(i) velocity(ii) acceleration

(c) A mas m attached to a light spiral spring is caused to perform simple harmonic motion of frequency f = ½

, where k is the force constant of the spring. (i) Explain the physical

significance of

(ii) If m = 0.30kg, k = 30N m-1 and the maximum displacement of the mass from the equilibrium position is 0.015m, calculate the maximum(I) kinetic energy of the

system;(II) tension in the spring

during the motion.[g = 10ms-2, = 3.142]

12. (a) Explain specific latent heat.(b) (i) Describe how the specific latent

heat of fusion of ice can be determined by the method of mixtures.

(ii) State two precautions to be taken to ensure accurate results.

(c) Steam, at 100oC, is passed into a container of negligible heat capacity, containing 20g of ice and 100g of water at 0oC, until the ice is completely melted. Determine the total mass of water in the container.[specific latent heat of steam = 2.3 x 103 Jg-1][specific latent heat of ice = 3.4 x 102Jg-1][specific heat capacity of water = 4.2Jg-1 K-1]

13. (a) (i) Explain refraction of a wave;

(ii) critical angle(b) State two conditions necessary for

(i) total internal reflection of a wave to occur;

(ii) interference wave patterns to be formed.

(c) The distance between two successive crests of a water wave traveling at 3.6ms-1 is 0.45m, calculate the frequency of the wave.

(d) A ray of light is incident at an angle of 30o at an air-glass interface.(i) Draw a ray diagram to show

the deviation of the ray in the glass.

(ii) Determine the angle of deviation [Refractive index of glass = 1.50]

14. (a) (i) Explain(I) electric potential(II) electric potential

energy(ii) State the SI unit of each of

the terms in (a) (i) above.(b) An isolated electrically-charged

sphere of radius, r, and charge. Q, is supported on an insulator in air of permittivity Eo. Write down(i) an expression for the electric

field intensity on the surface of the sphere;

(ii) an expression for the electric potential at the surface of the sphere;

(iii) a relationship between the electric field intensity and the electric potential at the surface of the sphere.

(c) The plates of a parallel plate capacitor, 5.0 x 10-3m apart are maintained at a potential difference of 5.0 x 104V. Calculate the magnitude of the(i) electric field intensity

between the plates;(ii) force on the electron;(iii) acceleration of the electron;

[electronic charge = 1.60x10-

19C][mass of electron = 9.1x10-

31kg]

15. (a) State two(i) differences between nuclear

fusion and nuclear fission;

(ii) peaceful uses of atomic energy

(b) (i) Explain chain reaction(ii) State

(I) one condition necessary or chain reaction to occur

(II) two components in a nuclear reactor used to control chain reaction.

(c) (i) A nuclear reaction is given by

2H + 3H = 4He + 1n + energy1 1 2 0What type of nuclear reaction

isit?

(ii) The isotope of a nuclide has a half life of 5.40 x 103g. Calculate its decay constant.


1. You have been provided with a retort stand, clamp and boss, a set of masses, a spiral spring, stop watch, split cork and other necessary apparatus.

Use the diagram below as a guide, carry out the following instructions

(i) Suspend the spiral spring vertically as shown in the diagram.

(ii) Suspend a man hanger on the free end of the spiral spring and add a mass, m = 50.0g to the hanger.

(iii) Pull the hanger gently downwards and release to set it into vertical oscillations.

(iv) Determine the time, t, for 20 complete oscillations.

(v) Evaluate the period, T, of the oscillation. Also evaluate T2.

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four other values of m = 70, 90, 110 and 130g. In each case, determine t and evaluate T and T2.

Tabulate your readings.(vii) Plot a graph of T2 on the

vertical axis against m on the horizontal axis.

(viii) Determine the slope, s, of the graph and the intercept, I, on the vertical axis.

(ix) Evaluate k = 4 2/S [Take = 22/7]

(b) (i) State four factors on which the

resistance of a wire depend.

(ii) A resistance wire of length 100cm is connected in a circuit. If the resistance per unit length of the wire is 0.02Ωcm-1, how much heat would be produced in the wire if a voltmeter connected across its ends indicates 1.5V while the current runs for 1 minute?

2006SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following phenomena causes capillarity of liquids in tubes of narrow bore?

A. ViscosityB. Surface tensionC. OsmosisD. Brownian motion

2. Which of the following physical quantities are derived?

I. AreaII. ThrustIII. PressureIV. MassA. I, II, III, and IVB. I, II, and III onlyC. I, II, and IV onlyD. I and III only

3. A block of volume 3 x 105m3 and density 2.5 x 103kg m-3 is suspended from a spring balance with 2/3 of its volume immersed in a liquid of density 900kg m-3. Determine the reading of the spring balance [g = 10 ms-2]

A. 0.18 NB. 0.57 NC. 0.75 ND. 0.93 N

4. A solid body will float in a liquid if itsA. density is less than that of the liquidB. mass is equal to that of the liquidC. density is greater than that of the liquidD. mass is less than that of the liquid

5. An object is said to undergo oscillatory motion when it moves

A. in an erratic mannerB. to and fro about a fixed pointC. in a circular path

D. along a continuous path from the starting point

6. A moving car of mass 800kg experiences a frictional force of 200N. If it accelerates at 2ms-2, calculate the magnitude of the force applied to the car.

A. 600 NB. 1000 NC. 1600 ND. 1800 N

7. A body is rotating in a horizontal circle of radius 2.5m with an angular speed of 5 and s-1. Calculate the magnitude of the radial acceleration of the body

A. 62.50 ms-2

B. 31.25 ms-2

C. 12.50 ms-2

D. 10.00 ms-2

8. Uniform speed occurs when there is equal change of

A. distance in equal timesB. displacement in equal timesC. velocity in equal timesD. acceleration in equal times

9. A car accelerates uniformly from rest at 5 ms-2. Determine its speed after 10s.

A. 50.0 ms-1

B. 25.0 ms-1

C. 2.0 ms-1

D. 0.5 ms-1

10. speed

v/ms-1

0 5 20 25 t/s

The diagram above shows the speed-time graph of a car. If the car covered a total distance of 600m in 25s, calculate the maximum speed.

A. 30 ms-1

B. 25 ms-1

C. 20 ms-1

D. 15 ms-1

11. Which of the following quantities is a vector?

A. Speed

B. DistanceC. EnergyD. Momentum

12. P

30O

40N

20cm 30cm

Determine the magnitude of P in the diagram above.

A. 16 NB. 20 NC. 32 ND. 40 N

13. Which of the following statements about simple harmonic motion is correct? The

A. total mechanical energy is always conserved

B. linear acceleration is directed to any variable point

C. linear acceleration varies inversely with displacement

D. period of oscillation varies linearly as acceleration due to gravity

14. A force on a body causes a change in the momentum of the body from 12 kg ms-1 to 16 kg ms-1 in 0.2 s. Calculate the magnitude of the impulse.

A. 28.0 NsB. 20.0 NsC. 4.0 NsD. 0.8 Ns

15. Which of the following sources of energy is renewable?

A. PetroleumB. CharcoalC. HydroD. Nuclear

16. A stone of mass 2.0kg is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of 2.0ms-1, calculate the initial kinetic energy of the stone.

A. 200 JB. 400 JC. 800 JD. 1600 J

17. Which of the following statements about the mouth piece of a telephone is correct? It converts sound energy into

A. acoustic energyB. mechanical energyC. electrical energyD. heat energy

18. The potential energy in an elastic string of force constant k which has been extended by x metres is expressed as

A. ½ kx2

B. kx2

C. ½ kxD. kx

19. The engine of a train produces a force of 3000 N when moving at 30ms-1. Calculate the power of the engine.

A. 1.00 x 102 WB. 3.00 x 104 WC. 9.00 x 104 WD. 3.00 x 105 W

20. The velocity ratio of an inclined plane, inclined at an angle to the horizontal can be expressed as

A. (sin -1)B. sinC. (cos )-1

D. cos

21. A block and tackle system has six pulleys. A force of 50 N applied to it lifts a load of weight W. If the efficiency of the system is 40%, calculate W.

A. 300 NB. 200 NC. 140 ND. 120 N

22. The sagging of overhead electrical cables is the consequence of

A. linear expansivityB. superficial expansivityC. cubic expansivityD. conductivity

23. The silvered surface in a vacuum flask reduces heat loss due to

A. conductionB. convectionC. radiationD. evaporation

24. How long will it take to heat 2kg of water from 28oC to 88oC in an electric kettle taking 6A from a 220V supply? [specific heat capacity of water = 4180 J kg-1 k-1]

A. 120 sB. 570 sC. 600 sD. 836 s

25. The amount of energy required to change a kilogram of ice block into water without a change in temperature is

A. head capacity of iceB. specific heat capacityC. specific latent heat of vaporization of iceD. specific latent heat of fusion of ice

26. A quantity of stem at 100oC considenses to water at the same temperature by releasing 6.9 x 104J of energy. Calculate the mass of the condensed steam. [specific latent heat of vapourization of water = 2.3 x 106 J kg-1]

A. 3.0 x 10-1 kgB. 3.0 x 10-2 kgC. 3.0 x 10-3 kgD. 3.0 x 10-4 kg

27. The temperature of a liquid falls after some of it has evaporated because

A. the liquid left is smaller in volume and the breeze easily cools it

B. the more energetic molecules have escaped into the atmosphere

C. the liquid left has latent heatD. after evaporation impurities are left behind

28. The S.I. units of frequency, period and amplitude of a wave are respectively

A. hertz, second and centimeterB. second, metre and hertzC. metre, hertz and secondD. hertz, second and metre

29. A note of frequency 2000 Hz has a velocity of 400 ms-1. Calculate the wave length of the note.

A. 5.0 mB. 2.0 m

C. 0.5 D. 0.2

30. The eclipse of the moon occurs when theA. moon comes exactly between the earth and

the sunB. earth comes exactly between the moon and

the sunC. sun comes exactly between the earth and

the moonD. moon reflects all the rays from the sun onto

the earth31. Which of the following observations cannot

be explained using the rectilinear propagation of light?

A. Production of images by a pinhole cameraB. Production of real images of objects by

lensesC. Formation of an annular eclipseD. Diffraction patterns of light

32. The distance between the successive crests of a wave traveling at 20ms-1 is 25cm. Calculate the frequency of the wave.

A. 0.8 HzB. 5.0 HzC. 50.0 HzD. 80.0 Hz

33. A ray from a fixed object is incident on a plane mirror at an angle of 20o. If the mirror is rotated through 30o, by how many degrees would the reflect ray rotate?

A. 60o

B. 50o

C. 40o

D. 30o

34. Which of the following distances is usually adjustable in the camera? The distance between the

A. Lens and the filmB. diaphragm and the shutterC. shutter and the filmD. diaphragm and the film

35. A traveling microscope is focused on a mark on a table. If a glass block of thickness 18.0cm is placed on the mark, by how many centimeters will the microscope be moved upwards so as to focus the mark once again? [refractive index of glass = 1.5]

A. 27 cmB. 24 cmC. 9 cmD. 6 cm

36. In which of the following media would sound wave travel faster?

A. woodB. WaterC. IronD. Mercury

37. Which of the following actions is necessary in order to tune a string to produce a note of an octave higher than its fundamental?

A. Doubling the length of the stringB. Reducing the tension by halfC. Reducing the mass per unit lengthD. Increasing the tension four times

38. The acceleration due to gravity may be defined as the force

A. of attraction of the sun on the earthB. with which the earth revolves around the

sunC. with which the earth attracts one-kilogram

massD. of the moon on the earth

39. An electron of mass m and charge enters a uniform electric field between two metal plates P and Q separated by a distance d. P is maintained at a potential V while Q is earthed. Determine an expression for the magnitude of the acceleration of the electron through the field.

A. eV/mdB. d/meVC. md/eVD. e/Vmd

40. Which of the following factors doe not affect the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor?

A. Area of the platesB. Nature of the surface of the platesC. Distance of separation between the platesD. Nature of the insulating material between

the plates

41. The equivalent capacitance of a 3µF capacitor and a 6µF capacitor connected in parallel is

A. 2.0µFB. 3.0µFC. 4.5µFD. 9.0µF

42. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V and internal resistance 1.0Ω is connected to two resistors of resistances 2.0Ω and 3.0Ω in series. Calculate through the resistors.

A. 0.25 AB. 0.30 AC. 0.35 AD. 0.50 A

43. An electric lamp rated 120W in used on a 240 Vrms, calculate the resistance of its filament.

A. 480ΩB. 360ΩC. 60ΩD. 2Ω

44. Which of the following statements about a bar magnet is correct?

A. Iron filings cling uniformly along the length of the bar magnet

B. The magnetic properties are more pronounced at the middle of a magnet

C. It is impossible to have the same poles at the ends of a magnet

D. The magnetic properties are more pronounced at points near the ends of the bar

45. The force experienced by a current-carrying conductor moving in a magnetic field is employed in the working of the

I. moving coil ammeterII. electric bellIII. electric motor

Which of the statements above are correct?A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I, II and III

46. the breaking up of an atomic nucleus into two fragments of nearly equal sizes is known as

A. nuclear fusionB. nuclear fissionC. thermonuclear reactionD. natural radioactivity

47. A 500 kV is applied across an Ex-ray tube. Calculate the maximum velocity of the electrons produced. [Me = 9.1 x 10-31kg, e = 1.6 x 10-19C]

A. 4.2 x 108 ms-1

B. 1.8 x 108 ms-1

C. 4.2 x 105 ms-1

D. 1.8 x 105 ms-1

48. A radioactive substance of mass 768g has a half life of 3 years. After how many years does this substance leave only 6g undecayed?

A. 21B. 18C. 15D. 12

49. Fusion is not usually used for generating electric power because

A. no energy is released when fusion takes place

B. very high temperatures are required to initiate fusion reaction

C. the raw materials needed are not easily available

D. heavy nuclei are involved

50. An atom 234P emits a gamma radiation. The 91

Resultant nuclide isA. 234Th

90

B. 234Ac89

C. 230Th90

D. 234Pa91

2006THEORY SECTION B PART I

1. (a) Explain the statement the acceleration of

free fall due to gravity on the equator is 9.78 ms-2.

(b) State two factors that can affect the value of the acceleration of free fall at a place.

2. A particle is projected horizontally at 10ms-1

from a height of 45m. Calculate the horizontal distance covered by the particle before hitting the ground. [g = 10ms-2]

3. A particle dropped from a vertical height h falls freely for a time interval t. Sketch and explain a graph to show how h varies with(a) t; (b) t2.

4. The diagram below represents the graph of the force applied in stretching a spiral spring against the corresponding extension produced within its elastic limit.

Using the notations on the graph, determine the

(a) force constant(b) work done in stretching the spring from

10 x 10-2m to 20 x 10-2m

5. (a) Distinguish between the forces of adhesion and cohesion

(b) Give one example each of the forces of adhesion and cohesion.

6. Explain why water in a narrow glass tube has a concave meniscus while mercury, in the same tube, has a convex meniscus.

7. (a) State two applications of electrolysis.

(b) Explain what is meant by the electrochemical equivalent of copper is 3.3 x 10-7kgC-1.

8. The uncertainty in determining the duration during which an electron remains in a particular energy level before returning to the ground state is 2.0 x 10-9s. Calculate the uncertainty in determining its energy at that level. [Take h/2 = h = 1.054 x 10-34

Js].

9. A parallel beam of unpolarized light is incident on a plane glass of refractive index 1.60 at an angle to the normal. If the reflected beam is completely polarized, calculate the angle of incidence of the beam.

10. List three observations in support of the de-Broglie’s assumptions that moving particles behave like waves.

PART I FOR CANDIDATES IN GHANA ONLY

1. State the dimensions of(a) power (b) momentum (c) density

2. (a) how many strokes are there in a petrol car

engine?(b) List the strokes

3. Sketch and label the cooling curve of liquid naphthalene as it cools from 85oC to 30oC.

4. (a) Write down the Van der Waals equation of

state.(b) To what type of gas does the

equation in 4(a) above apply?(c) Re-write the equation in 4(a) above

for gas at very low pressure.

5. Explain how audible beats arise when two tuning forks of slightly different frequencies f1 and f2 are sounded together

6. (a) What is doopler effect?

(b) State one practical situation in which doopler effect is experienced.

7. (a) What is a loop in an electrical network?

(b) State, in words, Kirchhoff’s second law of electrical network.

(c) Which of the conservation laws does the law in 7(b) above express?

8. The magnitude of the force of attraction between two bodies is directly proportional to the product of their masses, M1 and M2, and inversely proportional to the square of their distance, d, apart. Determine the S.I. unit of the universal gravitational constant, G using dimensional analysis.

9. List three devices in everyday life which operate on the deflection of electric charges in a magnetic field.

10. Sketch a graph to show the I-V characteristics of a p-n junction diode.

PART II FOR ALL CANDIDATES

11. (a) State the conditions for the equilibrium of

a rigid body acted upon by parallel forces

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to determine the mass of a metre rule using the principle of moments.

(ii) State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate results in the experiment described in 11(b)(i) above.

(c) A bullet of mass 120g is fired horizontally into a fixed wooden block with a speed of 20ms-1. If the bullet is brought to rest in the block in 0.1 s by a constant resistance, calculate the(i) magnitude of the resistance(ii) distance moved by the

bullet in the wood.

12. (a) State two(i) laws of solid friction;(ii) advantages of friction(iii) methods of reducing friction

(b) Draw and label a diagram of a pulley system with a velocity ratio of 5.

(c) (i) Show that the efficiency ε, the

force ratio M.A. and velocity ratio V.R. of a machine are related by the equation ε = M.A./V.R x 100%

(ii) The efficiency of a machine is 80%. Calculate the work done by a person using the machine to raise a load of 300kg through a height of 4m. [g = 10ms-2]

13. (a) With the aid of ray diagrams, explain total

internal reflection.(b) Describe, with the aid of a laebelled

diagram, the essential features of an astronomical telescope in normal adjustments.

(c) A converging lens forms a real image of a real object. If the magnification is 2 and the distance between the image and the object is 90.0cm, determine the(i) focal length of the lens;(ii) object distance for which the

image would be the same size as the object.

14. (a) (i) Name and explain the common

Defects of a primary cell.(ii) State two advantages of a

secondary cell over a primary cell.

(b) Draw a labeled diagram to show the essential parts of a dry leclanche cell.

(c) (i) Explain why six accumulatorseach of e.m.f.2V connected in series can be used to start the engine of a car whereas eight dry cells each of e.m.f. 1.5V connected in series cannot be used.

(ii) Name the materials used for the positive terminal, the negative terminal and the electrolyte in a(I) leclanche cell;(II) charged lead acid

accumulator

15. (a) Define(i) proton number(ii) nucleon number(iii) isotopes

(b) A nuclide ZAX emits -particles to

form a daughter nuclide Y. Write a nuclear equation to illustrate the charge conservation.

(c) The radioactive nuclei 210 Po emits an 84 particle to

produce 206 Pb. Calculate the energy, in MeV, 82 released in each disintegration.

Take the masses of 210Po = 209.936730 u; 84

206Pb = 205,929421 u; 82 4He = 4,001504 u,

1 And that 1u = 931 MeV.


1. You have been provided with a metre rule, a clamp and set of masses.

(i) Clamp the metre rule to the edge of the bench such that 90cm of the rule projects from the edges as shown in the diagram above. Ensure that the rule is capable of performing oscillatory motion.

(ii) Fix a mass M = 50g at the free end of the rule.

(iii) Deflect the rule slightly such that it performs vertical oscillation.

(iv) Determine the time t for 10 complete oscillations.

(v) Calculate the period T of the oscillations and evaluate T2.

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four other values of M = 100, 150, 200 and 250g. In each case determine and record the corresponding values of t,

T and T2. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of T2 on the vertical axis against M on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0).

(viii) Determine the slope s, of the graph and its intercept C on the vertical axis.

(ix) Evaluate k = 4 /s. [Take = 22/7].

(x) From your graph, determine the period T, when M = 180g.


(b) (i) Explain simple harmonic motion.(ii) Define period and frequency,

with respect to a simple harmonic motion.

2.

You have been provided with a rectangular glass prism, optical pins and other necessary apparatus. Using the above diagram as a guide, carry out the following instructions:

(i) fix the drawing paper provided to the drawing board;

(ii) place the glass prism on the drawing paper and trace the outline, ABCD of the prism;

(iii) remove the prism, mark a point O and AB such that AO is about one-quarter of AB;

(iv) draw a normal through point O. Also draw an incident ray to make an angle i= 25o with the normal at O. Fix two pins at P1 and P2 on the incident ray;

(v) replace the prism. Fix two other pins at P3 and P4 such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins at P1 and P2 when viewed through the clock along DC;

(vi) remove the prism. Join points P3 and P4 and produce it to meet DC at I. Also draw a line to join OI;

(vii) with O as centre and using any convenient radius, draw a circle to cut the incident ray and the refracted ray at E and H respectively. Maintain this radius through-out the experiment.

(viii) Draw the perpendiculars EF and GH. Measure and record d = EF and l = GH;

(ix) Repeat the procedure for four other values of i=35o, 45o, 55o, and 65o respectively. In each case measure and record d and l

(x) Plot a graph of d on the vertical axis against l on the horizontal axis;

(xi) Determine the slope of the graph;

(xii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results. [Attach your traces to your answer booklet]

(b) (i) State Snell’s law.(ii) Calculate the critical angle for

a water-air interface.[refractive index of water =

4/3]

3. (a)

You are provided with a constantan wire, a 2Ω standard resistor, an accumulator E, and ammeter A, a key K and other necessary apparatus.

(i) Measure and record as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Connect a circuit as shown in the diagram above.

(iii) Close the key, read and record the ammeter reading Io when the crocodile clip is not in contact with the constantan wire.

(iv) Open the key. With the clip making contact with the wire, when I = 90cm, close the key. Read and record the ammeter reading I, Evaluate I-1.

(v) Repeat the procedure for I = 80, 70, 60 and 50cm.

(vi) In each case, read and record the ammeter reading and evaluate K-1. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of I on the vertical axis against I-1 on the horizontal axis;

(viii) Determine the slope, s, of the graph and its intercept, c on the vertical axis.

(ix) Evaluate k = c/s(x) using your graph, determine

the current I when I = 55cm(xi) State two precautions taken


(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the potential difference between two points in an electric circuit.

(ii) State two factors on which the resistance of a resistance wire depends.

2007SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following observations is not an effect of surface tension?

A. Droplets of water dripping slowly from a tapB. Mercury spilled on a clean glass plate forms

small spherical dropletsC. An insect walking across the surface of a

pondD. Water flowing out more easily than engine

oil from container

2. Which of the physical quantities is correctly paired with its corresponding S.I. unit?

A. Density [kg m-1]B. Power [J s-1]C. Specific latent heat [J kg-1k-1]D. Pressure [N m-1]

3. A liquid of volume 2.00m3 and density 1.00 x 103kg m-3 is mixed with 3.00m3 of another liquid of density 8.00 x 103 kg m-1. Calculate the density of the mixture

A. 5.20 x 103 kg m-3

B. 8.80 x 103 kg m-3

C. 1.13 x 103 kg m-3

D. 5.20 x 103 kg m-3

4. Which of the following statements about solid friction are correct? It

I. is a forceII. occurs between the surfaces of two bodies

in contactIII. depends on the area of contactA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and III onlyD. I, II and III

5. A man of mass m, experiences a viscous drag. F and an upthrust. U as he descends towards the ground at a steady velocity, using a parachute. If the acceleration of free fall is g, which of the following expression is correct?

A. FU = mgB. U + F – mg = 0C. U – F = mgD. F – U – mg = 0

6. A body moving at a constant speed accelerates when it is in

A. rectilinear motionB. translational motionC. circular motionD. vibrational motion

7. An object of mass 2kg moves with a uniform speed of 10ms-1 for 5 s along a straight path. Determine the magnitude of its acceleration.

A. 0 ms-2

B. 1 ms-2

C. 3 ms-3

D. 4 ms-2

8. The term rectilinear acceleration means the rate of increase of

A. velocity along a circular path in a unit timeB. distance along a rectangular path in a unit

timeC. displacement along a straight-line path in a

unit timeD. velocity along a straight path in a unit time

9. A vehicle moving with a uniform speed is gradually brought to test. Which of the following sketches describe the motion of the vehicle?

A. B. C. speed speed speed

time time time

D. speed

time

10. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at 2 ms-1. Calculate the magnitude of its velocity after traveling 9 m.

A. s = v – u I 2

B. s = v + 2u I 2

C. s = v + u I 2

D. s = 2V + u I 2

11. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at 2 ms-2. Calculate the magnitude of its velocity after traveling 9 m.

A. 4.5 ms-1

B. 6.0 ms-1

C. 18.0 ms-1

D. 36.0 ms-1

12. 10N

30o 0 F

P

The diagram above illustrates three forces acting on an object at point O. If the object is in equilibrium, determine the magnitude of the force P.

A. 10.5NB. 11.0NC. 17.3ND. 20.0N

13. A swinging pendulum between the rest position and its maximum displacement possesses

A. kinetic energy onlyB. potential energy onlyC. gravitational energy onlyD. both kinetic and potential energy

14. A block of mass 4.0kg causes a spiral spring to extend by 0.16 m from its unstretched position. The block is removed and another body of mass 0.50kg is hung from the same spiral spring. If the spring is then stretched and released, what is the angular frequency of the subsequent motion? [g = 10 ms-2]

A. 10 √ 5 rad s-1

B. 5 √ 2 rad s-1

C. 5 rad s-1

D. √5 rad s-1

15. An external force of magnitude 100N acts on a particle of mass 0.15kg for 0.03s. Calculate the change in the speed of the particle.

A. 50 ms-1

B. 25 ms-1

C. 20 ms-1

D. 5 ms-1

16. A car of mass 800kg moves from rest on a horizontal track and travels 60 m in 20s with uniform acceleration. Assuming there were no frictional forces, calculate the accelerating force.

A. 240.00 NB. 800.00 NC. 1600.00 ND. 2400.00 N

17. A plane inclined at 30o to the horizontal has an efficiency of 50%. Calculate the force

parallel to the plane required to push a load of 120N uniformly up the plane.

A. 50.0 NB. 120.0 NC. 200.0 ND. 240.0 N

18. Mechanical energy can be eitherA. kinetic or electricB. chemical or potentialC. potential or kineticD. electric or heat

19. The ice and steam points on a mercury-in-glass thermometer are 10cm and 30cm respectively. Calculate the temperature in degree celius when the mercury meniscus is at the 14cm mark.

A. 20oCB. 30oCC. 34oCD. 70oC

20. Which of the following surfaces will radiate heat energy best?

A. Red surfaceB. White surfaceC. Black surfaceD. Yellow surface

21. Which of the following statements distinguishes thermal conduction from convection?

I. Conduction requires a material medium while convection does not

II. In convection, there is actual motion of hot material, while in conduction, molecules vibrate faster about their mean positions

III. Conduction takes place in solids while convection takes place in fluids

A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I, II and III

22. A cube made of a metal of linear expansivity R is heated through a temperature . If the initial volume of the cube is Vo, the correct expression for the increase in volume of the cube is

A. 1/3 Vo B. 1/3 Vo C. 2 Vo D. 3 Vo

23. A relative density bottle of volume 50cm3 is completely filled with a liquid at 30oC. It is then heated to 80oC such that 0.75cm-3 of the liquid is expelled. Calculate the apparent cube expansivity of the liquid.

A. 0.00030 k-1

B. 0.00032 k-1

C. 0.01970 k-1

D. 0.02030 k-1

24. A body of mass 200g and specific heat capacity 0.4Jg-1 k-1 cools from 37oC to 31oC. Calculate the quantity of heat released by the body.

A. 4800 JB. 1200 JC. 480 JD. 202 J

25. At standard atmospheric pressure, a solution of common salt is heated gradually until most of it boils away. Which of the following diagrams correctly illustrates the temperature ( ) versus time (t) graph for this process?

A. /oC B. /oC 150 150

100 100 97 97 95 95

t/s t/s

C. /oC D. /oC 150 150

100 100 97 97 95 95

t/s t/s

26. According to the kinetic theory of gases, which of the following properties of a gas can be affected by the collision of the gas molecules with the walls of its container?

A. TemperatureB. EnergyC. ViscosityD. Pressure

27. The pressure of fixed mass of an ideal gas at 27oC is 3 Pa. The gas is heated at a

constant volume until its pressure is 5Pa. Determine the new temperature of the gas.

A. 100oCB. 227oCC. 273oCD. 500oC

28. Which of the following waves is electromagnetic?

A. X-raysB. Sound wavesC. Water wavesD. Tidal waves

29. The distance between two points P and Q along a wave is 0.05m. If the wave length of the wave is 0.10m, determine the angle between P and Q in radians.

A. 0.1B.C. 2D. 10

30. Which of the following phenomena is not a direct consequence of rectilinear propagation of light?

A. Lunar and solar eclipsesB. Images of object in pinhole cameraC. Diffraction of lightD. Shadows of opaque objects

31. An object is placed 10cm in front of a plane mirror. If it is moved 8cm farther away from the mirror, determine the distance of the final image from the mirror.

A. 2 cmB. 9 cmC. 16 cmD. 18 cm

32. In which of the following pieces of apparatus is the radius of curvature equal to twice the focal length?

A. Converging lensB. Diverging lensC. Converging mirrorD. Parabolic mirror

33. When an object is placed at the centre of curvature of a concave mirror, its image is formed at?

A. the focusB. infinityC. the centre of curvatureD. a distance twice the radius of curvature

34. A rectangular glass prism of thickness d and absolute retractive index n is placed on a point object, which is viewed vertically downward from above the prism. Which of the following expressions correctly defines the apparent upward displacement of the object?

A. d/n

B. dnC. d/n-2

D. d(n – l) n

35. Which of the following factors can affect the speed of sound in air?

I. The temperature of the surroundingII. The direction of windIII. The pitch of the soundA. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I, II and III

36. A sounding tuning fork is brought near the open end of a pipe containing air and the loudness of the sound is observed to increase. This observation is due to

A. an echoB. resonanceC. interferenceD. reverberation

37. Which of the following statement about sound waves is not correct? Sound waves can be

A. reflectedB. refractedC. diffractedD. polarized

38. Which of the following statements is correct about resonance? Resonance occurs when a body

A. vibrates with its natural frequencyB. is forced to vibrate at its own natural

frequency by another body vibrating at the same frequency

C. vibrates at the frequency of the body causing the vibration

D. vibrates with an irregular frequency

39. A dry plastic comb used in combing hair was found to attract pieces of paper and dust. The most probable explanation for this phenomenon is that the comb has been given

A. magnetization by inductionB. electric charges by inductionC. electric charges by conductionD. electric charges by friction

40. Which of the following components is used for storing electric charges?

A. InductorB. ResistorC. CapacitorD. Electrometer

41. Which of the following operations does not represent an action of a force field?

A. Falling of a mango fruit from the treeB. Picking of nails using a bar magnetC. Repulsion of two like chargesD. Pushing of a wheel-barrow on a level ground42.

Calculate the effective resistance between P and Q in the diagram shown above.

A. 0.75 ΩB. 4.00 ΩC. 5.00 ΩD. 7.00 Ω

43. A bulb marked 240V, 40W is used for 30 minutes. Calculate the heat generated.

A. 320 JB. 400 JC. 10800 JD. 72000 J

44. Five 80 – W and three 100 – W lamps are run for 8 hours. If the cost of energy is N5.00 per unit, calculate the cost of running the lamps.

A. N280.00B. N28.00C. N7.20D. N1.44

45. Which of the following electromagnetic wave can be detected by its heating effect?

A. Ultraviolet radiationB. X-raysC. Gamma raysD. Infrared radiation

46. If a gas is excited by high voltage to produce a discharge, and the light is examined in a spectrometer;

A. an explosion is observedB. the rainbow colours are seenC. an emission spectrum is observedD. dark lines are observed

47. The number of protons in an element increased by one after a radioactive decay. The element must have decayed by emitting

A. a beta particleB. an alpha particleC. a gamma rayD. a neutron

48. the correction sequence of energy transformation in the operation of an X-ray tube is

I. X-raysII. Kinetic energy of thermo electronsIII. Potential energy of the target atomsIV. Heat energy of the emitted electronsA. IV, III, II, IB. IV, II, III, IC. II, IV, III, ID. III, IV, II, I

49. In a nuclear reactor, chain reactions result from the release of

A. electronsB. photonsC. neutronsD. protons

50. There is always an uncertainty involved in any attempt to measure the position and momentum of an electron simultaneously. This statement is known as the

A. de Broglie’s lawB. Heisenberg uncertainty principleC. Franck-Hertz experimental lawD. Wave-particle paradox

2007THEORY SECTION B PART I

1. A particle is projected at an angle of 30o to the horizontal with a speed of 250ms-1. Calculate the

(i) total time of flight of the particle

(ii) speed of the particle at its maximum height. [g = 10 ms-

1]

2. A stone projected horizontally from the top of a tower with a speed of 4 ms-1 land on the level ground at a horizontal distance 25m from the foot of the tower. Calculate the height of the tower. [g = 10ms-1]

3. State:(a) the difference between plane

polarized light and ordinary light.

(b) two uses of polaroids.

4. Define:(a) Electrolysis: (b) Electrolyte;(c) electrode:

5. Copper of thickness d is plated on the cathode of a copper voltameter. If the total surface area of the cathode is 60cm-2 and a steady current of 5.0 A is maintained in the voltameter for 1 hour, calculate the value of polaroids. [ density of copper = 8.9 x 103 kgm-3] [ electro chemical equivalent of copper = 3.3 x 10-7 kgC-1]

6. (a) Explain thermionic emission(b) State two applications of electrical

conduction through gases.

7. Define:(a) Tensile stress(b) Tensile strain(c) Yield point

8. A wire of length 5.0m and diameter 2.0mm extends by 0.25mm when a force of 50N was used to stretch it from its end. Calculate the(a) stress on the wire(b) strain in the wire [ = 3,142]

9. (a) List two factors that can affect the rate of

Diffusion.(b) State two examples to illustrate the

effects of surface tension.10. State two effects to show

(a) the existence of matter waves(b) that radiation behaves like particles.

PART II FOR ALL CANDIDATES

11. (a) State the conditions of equilibrium for a

number of coplanar parallel forces.(b) A metre rule is found to balance

horizontally at the 48cm mark. When a body of mass 60g is suspended at the 6cm mark, the balance point is found to be at the 30cm mark. Calculate the(i) mass of the metre rule

(ii) distance of the balance point from

the zero end, if the body were moved to the 13cm mark.

(c) A man pulls up a box of mass 70kg using an inclined plane of effective length 5m unto a platform 2.5m high at a uniform speed. If the frictional force between the box and the plane is 100N.(i) draw a diagram to illustrate

all the forces acting on the box while in motion.

(ii) Calculate the:I. minimum effort

applied in pulling up box;

II. velocity ratio of the plane if it is included at 30o to the horizontal.

III. force ratio of the plane.

12. (a) Define the boiling point of a liquid.(b) With the aid of a sketch diagram,

describe an experiment to determine the boiling point of a small quantity of a liquid.

(c) A piece of copper of mass 300g at a temperature of 950oC is quickly transferred into a vessel of negligible thermal capacity containing 250g of water at 25oC. If the final steady temperature of the mixture is 100oC, calculate the mass of water that will boil away.[specific heat capacity of copper = 4.0 x 10 J kg K][specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 x 10 J kg K][specific latent heat of vaporization of steam = 2.26 x 10 J kg].

13. (a) (i) What is a wave motion?(ii) State two differences

between a radio wave and a sound wave.

(b) (i) Given that you are provided with

a tuning fork, a burette and other necessary apparatus, describe with the aid of a diagram, an experiment to determine the frequency of a note emitted by a source

sound. [assume the velocity of sound in air is known]

(ii) State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate result in the experiment described in 13(b)(i) above.

(c) A pipe closed at one end is 100cm long. If the pipe is set into vibration and a fundamental note is produced, calculate the frequency of the note. [velocity of sound in air = 340 ms-1]

14. (a) With the aid of a simple diagram, explain

How a step down transformer works.(b) (i) State three ways by which energy

is lost in a transformer(ii) Mention how each of the

losses in (b)(i) above can be minimized.

(c) A 95% efficient transformer is used to operate a lamp rated 60 W; 220V from a 4400V a.c. supply. Calculate the(i) ratio of the number of turns in

the primary coil to the number of turns in the secondary coil of the transformer.

(ii) current taken from the mains circuit.

15. (a) (i) With the aid of a labeled diagram,

describe the mode of operation of a modern X-ray tube.

(ii) State the energy transformations that take place during the operation of the X-ray tube.

(b) Define, as applied to X-rays, the following terms.(i) Hardness(ii) Intensity

(c) State:(i) Four uses of X-rays(ii) One hazard of over exposure to

X-rays in a radio-logical laboratory


1. (a)

You are provided with a retort stand; clamp and boss, a pendulum bob, a piece of thread and other necessary apparatus. Carry out the following experiment:

(i) set up the apparatus as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Measure and record the distance l=130cm from the centre of the bob to the point of suspension of the pendulum.

(iii) Displace the pendulum through a small angle and release. Allow the pendulum to oscillate freely.

(iv) Determine the time t for 20 complete oscillations;

(v) Also, determine the period T of the oscillations;

(vi) Evaluate T2 and L = l – 30(vii) Repeat the procedure for

four other values of l = 110, 90, 70 and 50cm

(viii) In each case determine t and evaluate T, T2 and L. Tabulate your readings;

(ix) Plot a graph of T2 on the vertical axis against L on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0)

(x) Determine the slope, s, of the graph. Also determine the intercept, C of the graph on the T2 axis.

(xi) Evaluate:I. k1 = 4 3

sII. k2 = F/s [Take =

22/7]


(b) (i) What is meant by the period of

oscillations of an oscillating body?

(ii) Explain acceleration of free fall due to gravity.

2. (a)

Using the above diagram as a guide, carry out the following experiment:

(i) place the equilateral triangular glass prism on the drawing paper. Trace the outline ABC of the prism.

(ii) Remove the prism. Draw line NO such that it makes an angle i=25o with the normal at point O on side AB.

(iii) Fix two pins R1 and R2

vertically on line no. Replace the prism on its outline:

(iv) Place the reflecting surface of the plane mirror in contact with face AC of the prism.

(v) Looking through face BC of the prism, fix two other pins at R3 and R4 such that the pins appear to be in a straight line with the images of the pins at R1 and R2;

(vi) Remove the prism, the mirror and the pins. Draw a line to join points R3 and R4.

(vii) Produce R4R3 to meet line NO produced at T.

(viii) Measure and record the angles at T and e at D.

(ix) Repeat the procedure for four other values of i=30o, 35o, 40o and 45o. In each case, measure and record the corresponding values of and e. Tabulate your readings;

(x) Plot a graph of e on the vertical axis and on the

horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0)

(xi) Determine the slope s, of the graph and the intercept on the horizontal axis.

(xii) Evaluate k = s-1.(xiii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results. [Attach your traces to your answer booklet].

(b) (i) State four characteristics of the

image of an object formed by a plane mirror.

(ii) State two conditions necessary for total internal reflection to occur in a medium.

3. (a)

You have been provided with an accumulator E, a standard resistor R3, two resistance boxes RB1 and RB2, two keys K1

and K2 and other necessary apparatus.(i) Measure and record the e.m.f. of

the accumulator.(ii) Connect a circuit as shown

above.(iii) Set the resistance R, in the

resistance boxes such that R in RB1 = R in RB2 = 1Ω

(iv) With K open and K2 closed, measure and record the potential difference Vo across the standard resistor Rx.

(v) Close K1 and K2. Read and record the potential difference V1 across Rx

(vi) Evaluate V1-1

(vii) Repeat procedure (v) for four other values of R = 2, 3, 4 and 5Ω respectively. In each case, ensure that the value of R in RB1

is equal to the value of R in RB2.(viii) Evaluate V1

-1 in each case. Tabulate your readings.

(ix) Plot a graph of V1-1 on the vertical

axis against R on the horizontal axis starting both axes from the origin (0,0).

(x) Determine the slope, s, of the graph and the intercept I on the vertical axis.

(xi) Evaluate y = ¼.


(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the potential

difference between two points in an electric circuit.

(ii) A cell has an e.m.f. of 3V. When it is connected across a resistor of resistance 4Ω, a current of 0.5A passes through the circuit. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

2008SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. If the air inside a rigid box is heated, theI. average speed of the molecules increasesII. pressure of the air increasesIII. average separation of the molecules

increasesWhich of the statements above are correct?


2. Which of the following sets of quantities is fundamental?

A. Length, mass and timeB. Speed, length and timeC. Speed, mass and distanceD. Distance, speed and time

3.

The diagram above illustrates a Hare’s apparatus, e1,e2 represent densities and h1, h2 heights of column of liquids. Which of the following equations is correct?

A. h1 = h2 1

2

B. h1 = h2 2

2

C. h1 = 1 2

D. h1 = 1

H2 2

4. Which of the statements about Archimedes’ principle is correct? The upthrust on a body is a measure of the

A. mass of fluid displaced

B. weight of the bodyC. volume of the bodyD. weight of the fluid displaced5. Which of the following is/are in random

motion?I. Pollen grains in waterII. The molecules of hydrogen gasIII. Fine chalk particles floating in air.A. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and III onlyD. I, II and III

6. A car traveling with a uniform velocity of 30ms-1 along a horizontal road overcomes a constant frictional force of 600N. Calculate the power of the engine of the car

A. 18kWB. 20kWC. 180kWD. 200kW

7. A rectangular block of dimensions 2.0m x 1.0m x 0.5m weighs 200N. Calculate the maximum pressure exerted by the block on a horizontal floor.

A. 100Nm-2

B. 200Nm-2

C. 300Nm-2

D. 400Nm-2

8. d/m P

t/s

The diagram above represents the displacement – time graph of the motion of an object thrown upwards. The velocity of the object at the point P is

A. maximumB. uniformC. zeroD. terminal

9. A very sensitive spring balance was used to determine the weight of an object at the north pole. When the same spring balance was used to measure the weight of the same object at the equator, it was found to reduce. The explanation for this observation is that

A. it is very hot at the equator

B. the spring balance has expandedC. the acceleration of free fall due to gravity

varies with locationD. the mass of the body is reduce

10. A ship moving northward with speed VS is acted upon by a wind blowing the due west at a speed VW. Which of the following diagrams correctly indicates the velocity VR

of the wind relative to the ship?A. B. B.

D.

11. F3 F2

A B

F1

The diagram above shows three forces F1, F2

and F3 which keep the bar AB in horizontal equilibrium. Which of the following equations is correct?

A. F3 = F1 + F2

B. F2 = F1 + F3

C. F1 = F2 – F3

D. F1 = F2 + F3

12. A mass attached to a string is moving in a circular path. If the speed is doubled, the tension in the string will be

A. doubledB. halvedC. four times as greatD. one-fourth as much

13. An object of mass 2kg moving with a velocity of 3cm-1 collides head-on with another object of mass 1kg moving in the opposite direction with a velocity 4ms-1. If the objects stick together after collision, calculate their common speed.

A. 0.60ms-1

B. 0.67ms-1

C. 2.00ms-1

D. 3.33ms-1

14. Which of the following devices converts heat energy to electrical energy?

A. TransformerB. DynamoC. thermocoupleD. Thermostat

15. A ball is dropped and it hits the floor at a point A. It rebounds upwards to a point B. While moving from A to B its

A. kinetic energy is increasingB. potential energy is increasingC. potential energy is decreasingD. kinetic energy remains constant

16. An object of mass 0.25kg moves at a height h above the ground with a speed of 4cm-1. If its mechanical energy at this height is 12 J, determine the value of h. [g = 10ms-1]

A. 0.8mB. 4.0mC. 4.8mD. 5.6m

17. Which of the following equations for the efficiency of a machine is correct?

A. Efficiency = Velocity Ratio ___ x 100% Mechanical Advantage

B. Efficiency = Input__ x 100% Output

C. Efficiency = Load distance__ x 100% Effort distance

D. Efficiency = Mechanical Advantage x 100%

Velocity Ratio

18. the design of the thermostat of an electric iron is based on the

A. emission of electrons from metals when heated

B. increase in size of metals when heatedC. increase in the density of metals when

heatedD. change in the mass of metals when heated

19. A metal rod of length 50cm is heated from 40oC to 80oC. If the linear expansivity of the material is , calculate the increase in length of the rod (in metres) in terms of

A. 20B. 200

C. 2000D. 2000020. The cubic expansivity of a certain gas at

constant pressure is 1 K-1. If a given mass of the gas is

273 Held at constant pressure and its volume at 0oC is 273m3, determine the volume of the gas at 273oC.

A. 273m3

B. 546m3

C. 819m3

D. 1092m3

21. Water of mass 1.5kg is heated from 30oC to 80oC using an electric kettle which is rated 5A, 230V. Calculate the time taken to reach the final temperature. [Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 Jkg-1 K-1]

A. 4.57 minutesB. 5.02 minutesC. 7.30 minutesD. 10.04 minutes

22. The working principle of a pressure cooker is based on the

A. increase in the volume of steam inside itB. complete trapping of heat inside itC. increase in the pressure of the potD. decrease in the pressure of the pot

23. It takes a shorter time for a liquid to boil at the top of a mountain than at the base because at the top, the

A. temperature is higherB. pressure is lowerC. humidity is higherD. temperature is constant

24. Light is considered as a transverse wave because it travels

A. through materials without causing disturbance of the medium

B. through space with constant speedC. in a direction parallel to the plane

containing the electric and magnetic fieldsD. in a direction perpendicular to the plane

containing the electric and magnetic fields

25.

The diagram above illustrates the sun, moon and earth in the same straight line during an eclipse. An observer at the point P on earth observes

A. annular eclipseB. partial eclipseC. total eclipseD. no eclipse

26. The letter F is placed in front of a plane mirror as illustrated in the diagram beside

Which of the following represents the image observed?

A.

B.

C.

D.

27. In the day time, it is possible to see under shady areas such as under a tree, because light has undergone

A. internal reflectionB. refractionC. diffractionD. diffuse reflection

28. The distance between a concave mirror and a object placed in front of it is 1.0m. If the radius of curvature of the mirror is 4.0m, the image formed will be

A. 2.00m behind the mirrorB. 2.00m in front of the mirrorC. 1.25m in front of the mirrorD. 1.25m behind the mirror

29. The image of an object formed by a convex mirror is

A. real, erect and enlargedB. real, inverted and enlargedC. virtual, erect and diminishedD. virtual, erect and enlarged

30. When viewed straight down, a fish in a pond is

A. farther below than it appears to beB. nearer than it appears to beC. found at exactly the same point it is seen

D. seen beside its image

31. A converging lens and a screen are placed 20cm and 80cm respectively from an object in a straight line so that a sharp image of the object is formed on the screen. If the object is 3cm high, calculate the height of the image formed.


32. Which of the following defects of vision is as a result of the eye ball being too long?

A. Long sightB. AstigmatismC. Short sightD. Loss of accommodation

33. A sound wave is produced from a source and an echo is heard t seconds afterwards. If d is the distance of the reflecting surface from the source, v the speed, the wavelength and T the period of the wave, then

A. d=2t

B. d= t 2T

C. d=2T t

D. d= T; 2t

34. A negatively charged rod is held close to an uncharged metal ball on an insulating stand. The ball will

A. be negatively chargedB. be positively chargedC. have an excess of negative charges on the

side nearest the rodD. have an excess of positive charges on the

side nearest the rod

35. Two bodies each carrying a charge of 2.00 x10-10C are 5cm apart. Calculate the magnitude of the force between the charges.[ 1_ = 9.00 x 109Nm2C-2] 4 o

A. 1.44 x 10-7 NB. 7.20 x 10-9 NC. 7.20 x 10-11 ND. 1.44 x 10-11 N

36. If the charge on an object is measured as 4.0 x 10-18C, how many excess electrons does the object posses, given that the charge of an electron is 1.6 x 10-19C?

A. 18B. 19C. 25D. 37

37. Which of the following is a unit of the time rate of flow of electric charges?

A. CoulombB. AmpereC. VoltD. Watt

38. A wire, 1.0m long and with cross-sectional area 2.0 x 10-7m2 has a resistance of 0.1Ω. Calculate the electrical conductivity of the wire

A. 2.0 x 107Ω-1m-1

B. 5.0 x 107Ω-1m-1

C. 2.0 x 108Ω-1m-1

D. 5.0 x 108Ω-1m-1

39. Three capacitors each of capacitance 1.5µF are connected in series. The total capacitance in the circuit is

A. 2.0µFB. 1.5µFC. 0.6µFD. 0.5µF

40. A voltmeter is a device thatA. draws high currentB. has a very low resistanceC. has a very high resistanceD. is able to measure both voltage and current

41. Which of the following actions will not increase the sensitivity of a moving coil galvanometer?

A. Using a strong temporary magnetB. Increasing the area and umber of turns of

the coilC. Using a weak hair springD. Using a light pointer

42. Fleming’s right hand rule is also called theA. motor rule

B. dynamo ruleC. screw ruleD. thumb rule

43. A transformer is required to supply 12VFMS to operate a toy train set from a 240VFMS. If the number of turns in the secondary coil is 100, calculate the number of turns required in the primary coil.

A. 5B. 12C. 2000D. 2400

44.

The diagram above illustrates a bar magnet near a coil connected to a galvanometer. When the magnet is rapidly moved towards the coil

I. an e.m.f. is induced in the coilII. the galvanometer needle deflectsIII. the magnet is attracted by the coil

Which of the statements above are correct?A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. I, II and III

45. A direct current of 5A flows through a 0.2H inductor. Calculate the energy stored in the inductor.

A. 0.5JB. 1.0JC. 2.5JD. 5.0J

46. Both rays and X-raysI. can be produced by thermionic emissionII. have low frequenciesIII. have short wavelengths


A. I onlyB. II onlyC. III onlyD. I and III only

47. When a radioactive substance undergoes a beta decay, its

A. mass number decreases by 1B. atomic number decreases by 1C. mass number increases by 1D. atomic number increases by 1

48. Nuclear fission is preferred to nuclear fusion in the generation of energy because

A. very high temperatures are required for fusion

B. the raw materials for fusion are easily obtained

C. energy obtained from fusion is relatively smaller

D. the by-products of fusion are very dangerous

49. Control in nuclear reactors is effected with boron rods because the rods have the ability to

A. absorb electronsB. absorb neutronsC. accelerate electronsD. slow down neutrons

50. A radioactive element has a decay constant of 0.077s-1. Calculate its half-life.

A. 13.0sB. 9.0sC. 5.1sD. 0.5s

2008PAPER 2 THEORY SECTION B

PART I

1. A wire is gradually stretched by loading it until it snaps.(a) Sketch a load-extension graph for

the wire.(b) Indicate on the graph the

(i) elastic limit (E);(ii) yield point (Y);(iii) breaking point (B).

2. In an electrolysis experiment, the ammeter records a steady current of 1A. The mass of copper deposited in 30 minutes is 0.66g. Calculate the error in the ammeter reading.[Electrochemical equivalent of copper = 0.00033gC-1]

3. The horizontal component of the initial speed of a particle projected at 30o to the horizontal is 50ms-1. If the acceleration of free fall due to gravity is 10ms-2, determine its (a) initial speed;(b) speed at the maximum height reached.

4. Explain plane polarized light.

5. A ball bearing falls through a viscous liquid.(a) Using a labeled diagram of a tall

vessel, show all the forces acting on it.

(b) When will it attain terminal velocity?

Use the diagram below to answer question 6.

6. Camphor is a chemical that sublimes and interacts with water reducing the surface tension where it is put. Explain why the toy

boat illustrated above would move forward with the camphor placed at the back of it but would be stationary before the placement of the camphor.

7. An electron of charge 1.60 x 10-19C is accelerated under a potential difference of 1.0 x 105V. Calculate the energy of the electron in joules.

8. (a) On what principle does lighting in a fluorescent tube operate?

(b) State two factors which determine the colour of light produced in a fluorescent tube.

9. (a) Define electrolysis.(b) Classify each of the following

substances as an electrolyte or a non-electrolyte:(i) sugar solution;(ii) kerosene;(iii) alkaline solution;(iv) lemon fruit juice.

10. (a) State Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle.(b) State one phenomenon that can only

be explained in terms of the wave nature of light.

PART II

11. (a) A particle moves on a straight path with

An initial speed u and final speed v in time t, Show that the total distance x covered by the particle is given by = ut + ½ at2 where a is the magnitude of acceleration.

(b) State:(i) Newton s second law of motion;(ii) the principle of conservation of

energy;(iii) the law of floatation.

12. (a) State two differences between boiling and

evaporation.(b) A closed inexpansible vessel contains

air saturated with water vapour at 77oC. The total pressure in the vessel is 1007 mmHg. Calculate the new

pressure in the vessel if the temperature is reduced to 27oC.[The s.v.p. of water at 77oC and 27oC respectively are 314mmHg and 27mmHg. Treat the air in the vessel as an ideal gas].

(c) The length of a zinc rod at 23oC is 200m. Calculate the increase in length of the rod when its temperature rises to 33oC[Linear expansivity of zinc = 2.6 x10-

5 K-1](d) Explain why there is no temperature

change when a solid being heated changes into liquid at its melting point.

13. (a) The equation y = a sin (wt – kx) represents a plane wave traveling in a medium along the x-direction, y being the displacement at the point x at time t.(i) Given that x is in metres and

t is in seconds, state the units of k and w.

(ii) What physical quantity does w/k represent? Justify your answer.

(iii) State whether the wave is traveling in the positive or negative x-direction.

(b) (i) What are beats(ii) A sonometer wire has a

frequency of 259Hz. It is sounded alongside a tuning fork of frequency 256Hz. Calculate the beat frequency.

(iii) The sonometer wire in 13(b)(ii) above is under a tension of 1200N. If a metre of the wire has a mass of 0.03kg, calculate the length l of the wire when it is vibrating in the fundamental mode.

(c) List two similarities between the human eye and the photographic camera.

14. (a) What is a magnetic field?(b) With the aid of a labeled diagram

describe an experiment to show that a magnetic field exists around a straight wire carrying current.

(c) A 40µF capacitor in series with a 40Ω resistor is connected to a 100V, 50Hz a.c. supply.(i) Draw a circuit diagram of the

arrangement.(ii) Calculate the:

(I) impedance in the circuit;

(II) current in the circuit;(III) potential difference

across the capacitor.

15. (a) (i) State Einstein’s equation of photoelectric effect.

(ii) What conservation principle does the equation represent?

(b) List three applications of photocells.(c) A photo emissive surface has a

threshold frequency of 4.02 x 1014Hz. If the surface is illuminated by light of frequency 5.0 x 1015Hz, calculate the:(i) threshold wavelength;(ii) work function;(iii) kinetic energy of the emitted

photoelectrons.[c = 3.0 x 108 ms-1, h = 6.63 x 10-34Js]


1. (a) 0cm 15cm G Y 100cm

D L

W M

You are provided with a uniform metre rule, a knife edge, masses and other necessary apparatus.

(i) Suspend the metre rule horizontally on the knife edge. Read and record the point of balance G of the metre rule. Keep the knife edge at this point throughout the experiment.

(ii) Using the thread provided, suspend the object labeled W at the 15cm mark of the metre rule.

(iii) Suspend a mass M = 20g on the other side of G. Adjust the position of the mass until the metre rule balances horizontally again.

(iv) Read and record the position Y of the mass M on the metre rule.

(v) Determine and record the distance L between the mass and G. Also determine and record the distance D between W and G.

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four other values of M = 30, 40, 50, and 60g. In each case, ensure that W is kept constant at the 15cm mark and the knife edge at G.

(vii) Evaluate L-1 in each case. Tabulate your readings.

(viii) Plot a graph of M on the vertical axis against L-1 on the horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

(x) Evaluate s D(xi) State two precautions taken

to obtain accurate results.(b) (i) State the principle of moments.

(ii) Define centre of gravity.

2. (a)

Using the above diagram as a guide, carry out the following instructions.

(i) Fix a metre rule on the bench with its graduated side facing up.

(ii) Place the illuminated object at the 0cm end and the screen at the 100cm end of the rule such that the distance d between the illuminated object and screen is 100cm.

(iii) Record the distance d. also evaluate and record d2.

(iv) Place and move the converging lens between the illuminated object and the screen until a sharp diminished image of the object is formed on the screen.

(v) Read and record the position l1 of the lens.

(vi) Now move the lens towards the object until another sharp image of the object is formed on the screen.

(vii) Read and record the new position l2 of the lens.

(viii) Evaluate and record L = (l1 – l2) also evaluate L2 and D = d1 – L2.

(ix) Repeat the procedure for four values of d = 85, 75, 65 and 55cm. Tabulate your readings.

(x) Plot a graph of D on the vertical axis against d on the horizontal axis.

(xi) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

(xii) Evaluate k = 8/4.(xiii) State two precautions taken

to obtain accurate results.(b) (i) Explain the statement the focal

length of a converging lens is 15cm.

(ii) Distinguish between a real image and a virtual image.

3. (a)

You are provide d with two resistance wires labeled A and B, a 1Ω standard resistor RX

and other necessary apparatus.(i) Connect RX in the left hand

gap of the metre bridge, a length L = 100cm of wire A in the right hand gap and the other apparatus as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Determine and record the balance point P on the bridge wire NQ.

(iii) Measure and record lx = NP and ly = PQ.

(iv) Evaluate R1 = ly RX.

lX

(v) Repeat the procedure for four other values of L = 95, 85, 75 and 65cm. In each case, determine and record the balance point P and the lengths lx and ly. Also evaluate R1.

(vi) Repeat the experiment with the second wire B. Obtain the balance points P and the values of lx and ly.

(vii) Evaluate R2 = ly RX.

lX(viii) Plot a graph of R2 on the

vertical axis against R1 on the horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope, s of the graph.

(x) Evaluate k =

(xi) State two advantages of using a potentiometer over a voltmeter for measuring potential difference.

(b) (i) State two advantages of using a

Potentiometer over a voltmeter for measuring potential difference.

(ii) Define internal resistance of a cell.

2009SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. In which of the following states of matter do the molecules vibrate about their mean positions?

A. Liquids onlyB. Solids onlyC. Liquids and gases onlyD. Solids, liquids and gases

2. Which of the following properties of a steel bar can be measured in terms of the dimension of length only?

A. WeightB. DensityC. PressureD. Volume

3. In a hydraulic press, a force of 40 N is applied to the smaller piston of area 10cm2.

If the area of the larger piston is 200cm2, calculate the force obtained.

A. 800 NB. 500 NC. 80 ND. 50 N

4. A body of volume 0.046m3 is immersed in a liquid of density 980kgm-3 with ¾ of its volume submerged. Calculate the upthrust on the body. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 11.27 NB. 33.81 NC. 112.70 ND. 338.10 N

5. Which of the following types of motion will be produced when a pair of equal and opposite non-collinear parallel forces acts on a body.

A. Vibrational motionB. Random motionC. Translational motionD. Rotational motion

6. A body moving in a circle at constant speed has

I. a velocity tangential of the circleII. a constant kinetic energyIII. an acceleration directed towards the

circumference of the circleWhich of the statements above are correct?


7. A car moves with a speed of 20ms-1. Calculate the distance traveled in 30s.

A. 30 mB. 60 mC. 450 mD. 900 m

8. A moving body accelerates when itA. changes its direction at constant speedB. maintains a constant linear speedC. covers equal distances in equal times in a

straight lineD. is acted upon by balanced forces

9. the following properties of a solid are measured on earth:

I. weightII. Specific heat capacityIII. Density

A. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I and III onlyD. II, I, and III

10. Which of the vector diagram below represents the following position vectors?

A. B.

C. D.

11. Two forces 6 N and 8 N, act eastwards and northwards respectively on a body. Calculate the magnitude of their equilibrant.

A. 2 NB. 7 NC. 10 ND. 14 N

12. The period of a simple pendulum of length 80.0cm was found to have doubled when the length of the pendulum was increased by X. Calculate X.

A. 26.7 cmB. 40.0 cmC. 160.0 cmD. 240.0 cm13. A body of mass 5kg moving with a velocity

of 30ms-1 due east is suddenly hit by another body and changes its velocity to 50ms-1 in the same direction. Calculate the magnitude of the impulse received.

A. 100 NsB. 150 NsC. 250 NsD. 400 Ns

14. Electrical energy is measured inA. ampereB. coulombC. kilowatt - hourD. kilowatt

15. A stone of mass 0.5kg is dropped from a height of 12m, calculate its maximum kinetic energy. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 3.0 JB. 6.0 JC. 30.0 J

D. 60.0 J

16. A machine of efficiency 80% is used to lift a box. If the effort applied by the machine is twice the weight of the box, calculate the velocity ratio of the machine.

A. 0.50B. 0.63C. 0.80D. 1.60

17. A faulty thermometer registers 102.5oC at 100oC. If the thermometer has no zero error, what will it register at 55oC?

A. 54.6oCB. 55.0oCC. 56.0oCD. 56.4oC

18. A rod of initial length 2m at a temperature of 25oC is heated to 80oC. Calculate the increase in length of the rod if its linear expansivity is 4.0 x 10-3K-1.

A. 0.26 mB. 0.44 mC. 0.53 mD. 0.84 m

19. As a bicycle tyre was being pumped up, it was noticed that contrary to Boyle’s law the volume increased as the pressure increased. The best explanation of this is that Boyle’s law is only true for

A. ideal gasesB. a fixed mass of gasesC. a mixture of gasesD. a gas at variable temperature

20. It takes 4 minutes to boil a quantity of water using an electrical heating coil. How long will it take to boil the same quantity of water using the same heating coil if the current is doubled? [Neglect any external heat losses]

A. 8 minutesB. 4 minutesC. 2 minutesD. 1 minute

21. When table salt is added to ice, the melting point of the ice

A. is raisedB. is loweredC. remains unchangedD. is first raised, then lowered

22. Which of the following factors affect the rate of evaporation of a liquid?

I. Exposed surface areaII. Temperature of the surroundingsIII. Thermal capacity of the liquidIV. Relative humidity of the surroundingA. II and III onlyB. II, III and IV onlyC. I, III and IV onlyD. I, II and IV only

23. Which of the following instruments is used to measure relative humidity?

A. HydrometerB. BarometerC. HypsometerD. Hygrometer

24. The maxim displacement of a vibrating tuning fork is its

A. amplitudeB. frequencyC. periodD. wavelength

25. A boat is rocked by waves of speed 30ms-1 whose successive crests are 10m apart. Calculate the rate at which the boat receives the waves.

A. 30 s-1

B. 10 s-1

C. 3 s-1

D. 1 s-1

26. Which of the following waves is not transverse?

A. Light wavesB. Sound wavesC. Sea wavesD. Radio waves

27. Light traveling through a small pinhole usually does not make a shadow with a distinct sharp edge because of

A. diffractionB. interferenceC. reflectionD. refraction

28. The angle of incidence of a ray of light on a plane mirror is 55o. Determine the angle between the reflected ray and the mirror.

A. 35o

B. 45o

C. 55o

D. 110o

29. A concave mirror forms a magnified and erect image only when the object is placed

A. at the centre of curvatureB. at the focusC. between the focus and the pole of the

mirrorD. beyond the radius of curvature

30. A thin lens is placed 50cm from an illuminated object. The image produced has linear magnification of ¼. Calculate the power of the lens in dioptres.

A. 2.5 DB. 5.0 DC. 10.0 DD. 25.0 D

31. Which of the following characteristics of light determines its colour?

A. VelocityB. WavelengthC. AmplitudeD. Intensity

32. Which of the following is not a part of electromagnetic-spectrum?

A. X-raysB. MicrowavesC. Infrared radiationD. Alpha rays

33. Sound interference is necessary to produce the phenomenon of

A. beatsB. Droppler effectC. acoustic resonanceD. echo

34. A satellite in circular motion around the earth does not have

A. a gravitational forces acting on itB. a uniform velocityC. an accelerationD. a centripetal force acting on it

35. When a conductor mounted on an insulating stand is charged and left for sometime, the conductor eventually loses all its charges. This is because the

A. electric charges evaporate from the surface of the conductor

B. charges are conducted to earthC. charges on the conductor are neutralized by

opposite charges from the surrounding airD. charges ionize the surrounding air

36. The electric potential at P is given by the expression

A. Q___4 0 rr

B. Q______4 0 r(R + r)

C. Q_______4 0 r(R – r)

D. Q___4 0 rR

37. The magnitude of the electric field intensity at P is given by the expression

A. Q___4 0 rr2

B. Q______4 0 r(R + r)2

C. Q_______4 0 r(R – r)2

D. Q___4 0 rR2

38. A resistor of resistance R is connected to a battery of negligible internal resistance. If a similar resistor is connected in series with it the

A. effective resistance of the circuit is halvedB. total power dissipated is doubledC. total current in the circuit is halvedD. terminal voltage halfed

39. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V is connected in series with a resistor of resistance 3.0A voltmeter connected across the cell registers 0.9V. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

A. 2.0ΩB. 3.0ΩC. 5.0ΩD. 6.0Ω

40. A wire of resistivity 4.40 x 10-5Ω cm has a cross sectional area of 7.50 x 10-4cm-2. Calculate the length of this wire that will be required to make a 4.0Ω resistor

A. 82.50 cmB. 68.18cmΩC. 15.90cmD. 11.94cm

41. A battery of e.m.f. 12.0V and internal resistance 0.5Ω and 4.0 series resistors. Calculate the terminal voltage of the battery?

A. 13.0 VB. 11.0 VC. 3.0 VD. 1.0 V

42. If the direction of the current in a straight wire is reversed, the magnetic field

A. remains the sameB. becomes parallel to the wireC. ceases to existD. is oppositely directed

43. An ideal step-down transformer steps upA. powerB. energyC. currentD. voltage

44. An inductor of inductance 1.0H is connected in series with a capacitor of capacitance 2.0µF in an a.c. circuit. Calculate the value of frequency that will make the circuit to resonate.

A. 112.5HzB. 225.0HzC. 353.5 HzD. 707.21 Hz

45. an ammeter connected to an a.c. circult records 5.5A, the peak current in the circuit is

A. 7.8 AB. 7.1 AC. 3.9 AD. 3.5 A

The table below shows the energy distribution for various levels of an atom. Use it to answer 46 and 47.

Energy level (n)

1 2 3 4

Energy (eV) –13.6

–3.39 –1.51

–0.85

[h = 6.6 x 10-34 Js, e = 1.6 x 10-19C; c = 3.0 x 108 ms-1]

46. Calculate the first excitation energy of the atom.

A. 1.60 x 10-19 J

B. 1.02 x 10-18 JC. 1.60 x 10-18 JD. 1.02 x 10 J

47. If the atom de-excites from n = 2, wavelength of the emitted radiation is

A. 2.4 x 10-7 mB. 1.2 x 10-7 mC. 2.4 x 10-9 mD. 1.2 x 10-9 m

48. Two isotopes of uranium are designated as 238U and 235U. The numbers 238 and 235 represent their

A. atomic numbersB. nucleon numbersC. proton numbersD. neutron numbers

49. The main difference between x-rays and y-rays lies in their

A. ionizing abilityB. absorption rateC. mode of productionD. mode of propagation

50. An electron of mass 9.1 x 10-31kg moves with a speed of 107ms-1. Calculate the wavelength of the associated wave [h = 6.6 x 1034 Js]

A. 9.10 x 10-24mB. 4.55 x 10-17mC. 7.25 x 10-11mD. 6.20 x 10-8m

2009PAPER 2 THEORY SECTION B PART I

1. A particle is dropped from a vertical height h and falls freely for a time t. With the aid of a sketch, explain how h varies with:

(a) t; (b) t2

2. A particle is projected horizontally at 15 ms-1

from a height of 20m. Calculate the horizontal distance covered by the particle just before hitting the ground. [g = 10 ms-2]

3. Explain why mercury does not wet glass while water does.

4. (a) Explain what is meant by cations(b) Draw and label an electrolytic cell

5. State three methods of polarizing and unpolarized light.

6. (a) State faraday’s second law of electrolysis(b) An electric charge of 9.6 x 104C

liberates 1 mole of a substance containing 6.0 x 1023 atoms. Determine the value of the electronic charge.

7. Explain the following terms:(a) tensile stress; (b) Young’s modulus

8. (a) Define diffusion(b) State two applications of electrical

conduction through gases.

9. (a) List two properties of cathode rays(b) Explain how the intensity and energy

of cathode rays may be increased.

10. Give three observation in support of de Broglie’s assumption that moving particles behave like waves.

11. (a) Give a retort stand and clamp, a stout pin,

a simple pendulum and a pencil, describe how you would use thee apparatus to determine the centre of gravity of an irregularly shaped piece of cardboard of a moderate size.

State two precautions necessary to obtain accurate results.

(b) Using a suitable diagram, explain how the following can be obtained form a velocity-time graph:(i) acceleration (ii) total distance covered

(c) A body at rest is given an initial unform acceleration of 6.0ms-2 for 20s after which the acceleration is reduced to 4.0ms-2 for the next 10s.The body maintains the speed attained for 30s. Draw the velocity-time graph of the motion using the information given above. From the graph, calculate the:(i) maximum speed attained

during the motion;

(ii) total distance traveled during the first 20s;

(iii) average speed during the same time interval as in (ii) above.

12. (a) Explain why is not advisable to sterilize a

Clinical thermometer in boiling water at normal atmosphere pressure.

(b) State the effect of an increase in pressure on the (i) boiling point; and (ii) melting point of water.

(c) S.V.P (mmHg)

S.V.P. (mmHg)

760

500

50 100 Temp(oC)

The graph shown above is that of the saturated vapour pressure (svp) of water against temperature. Pure water is known to boil at 100oC and at an atmospheric pressure of 760mmHg. What general conclusion can be drawn form the information given above and from the graph?

(d) A thread of mercury of length 20cm is used to trap some air in a capilalary tube with uniform cross-sectional area and closed at one end. With the tube vertical and the open end uppermost, the length of the trapped air column is 15cm. Calculate the length of the air column when the tube is held (i) horizontally;(ii) vertically with the open end

underneath. [Atmospheric pressure = 76 cm Hg].

13. (a) State two differences between a sound

wave and a radio wave.(b) Explain why a vibrating tuning fork

sounds louder when its stem is pressed against a table top than when held in air.

(c) State two conditions necessary for the:

(i) production of stationary wave in a medium;

(ii) formation of interference wave patterns;

(iii) occurrence of total internal reflection of wave.

(d) A ray of light is incident on one face of an equilateral glass prism.(i) Draw a ray diagram to show

the path of the ray through the prism.

(ii) Calculate the refractive index of the glass if the angle of minimum deviation is 41o.

14. (a) State two essential differences between a

moving coil galvanometer and a.d.c generator.

(b) Explain the term eddy currents and state two devices in which the current are applied.

(c) State the principle on which the potentiometer is based when it is functioning.

(d) A source of e.m.f. 110V and frequency 60 Hz is connected to a resistor, an inductor and a capacitor in series. When the current in the capacitor 2 , the potential difference across the resistor is 80V and that across the inductor is 40V. Draw the vector diagram of the potential differences across the inductor, the capacitor and the resistor. Calculate the:(i) potential difference across

the capacitor;(ii) capacitance of the capacitor;(iii) inductance of the inductor.

[ = 3.1114]

15. (a) Briefly explain the following terms:(i) emission line spectra;(ii) line absorption spectra

(b) Draw a labeled diagram showing the structure of a simple type of photocell and explain its mode of operation.

(c) State tow(i) reasons to show that x-rays

are waves;(ii) uses of x-rays other than in

medicine.(d) An electron jumps from an energy

level of –1.6eV to one of –10,4 eV in

an atom. Calculate the energy and wavelength of the emitted radiation.[h = 6.6 x 10-31Js; c = 3.00 x 108ms-1, eV = 1.6 x 10-19J]


1. (a)

(i) You are provided with two metre rules and other necessary apparatus.

(ii) Place one of the rules on a knife edge and determine its centre of gravity C. Mark this position with a piece of chalk.

(iii) Read and record the mass MR of the metre rule written on the reverse side of it.

(iv) Attach the mass M = 100g firmly to the rule AB at C using sellotape.

(v) Suspend the metre rule by two parallel threads of length h = 40cm each at the 10cm and 90cm marks. Ensure that the graduated face of the metre rule is facing upwards.

(vi) Set the rule AB into a small angular oscillation about the vertical axis through its centre of gravity.

(vii) Determine the time t for 20 complete oscillations. Evaluate the period T and T2.

(viii) Read and record the value of d in metres.

(ix) Keeping d constant throughout the experiment, repeat the procedure for other values of h = 50, 60, 70 and 80cm. In each case determine the corresponding values of t, T and T2. Tabulate your readings.

(x) Plot a graph of T2 on the vertical axis and h on the horizontal axis.

(xi) Determine the slope s, of the graph.Evaluate k = s/Q; where Q = 2/25d2


(b) Define the term couple as it relates to rotational or oscillatory system.(ii) Give two practical

applications of a couple in everyday life.

2. (a)

(i) You are provided with a measuring cylinder, two different tins labeled C and D, thermometer and other necessary materials.

(ii) Use the measuring cylinder provided to measure 100cm3

of water and point it into the tin labeled C.

(iii) Heat the water in the tin almost to boiling (90oC).

(iv) Remove the tin and place it on a cork or wooden stand.

(v) Insert the thermometer into the tin and record the temperature of water every minute starting from 85oC until the temperature falls to 60oC.

(vi) Repeat the experiment with the tin labeled D using exactly the same volume of water and temperature range. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) On the same graph sheet and using the same axes and scales, plot two graphs of temperature on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal axis from the readings obtained using tins C and D.

(viii) Label the graph appropriated as C and D to correspond with the tins used.

(ix) From each graph, read off the time taken to cool from 85oC to 65oC.


(b) (i) Explain how heat losses byradiation and convection are minimized in a vacuum flask.

(ii) State four factors which affect the rate of evaporation of a liquid in an open container.

3. (a)

(i) Connect the circuit as shown in the diagram above. PQ is a potentiometer wire 100cm long and R is a standard resistor of 5Ω.

(ii) With the jockey J not making contact with PQ, close the switch. Read and record the ammeter reading I. Open the switch.

(iii) Use the jockey to make contact with PQ at the 20cm mark such that PJ=I=20cm. Close the switch, read and record the value 11 of the ammeter. Evaluate 1-1.

(iv) Repeat the procedure for other values of l=35, 50, 65 and 80cm. In each case determine the corresponding values of Ii and l-1. Tabulate your readings.

(v) Plot a graph of 1-1 on the vertical axis and Ii on the horizontal axis starting both axes from the origin (0,0).

(vi) From your graph deduce the value Io of I1 when I-1 = 0.z.

(vii) Evaluate 1o/I


(b) (i) Define the e.m.f. of a battery.(ii) A cell X of e.m.f. 1.00V is

balance by a length of 40.0cm on a potentiometer wire. Another cell Y is balanced by a length of 60.0cm on the same wire. Calculate the e.m.f. of Y.

2010SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

1. Which of the following properties of a long steel bar would alter if the bar were melted, recast into a cube and allowed to cool to its original temperature?

A. Density

B. VolumeC. Specific heat capacityD. Electrical resistance

2. Which of the following instruments is the best for measuring the diameter of a thin constantan wire?

A. CallipersB. Metre ruleC. Micrometer screw gaugeD. Venier callipers

3. What is the density of a fuel relative density 0.72? [Density of water = 1000kg m-3]

A. 72kg m-3

B. 720kg m-3

C. 7200kg m-3

D. 72000kg m-3

4. The types of motion which a cylindrical drum rolling down an inclined plane undergoes are

A. circular and translationalB. rotational and translationalC. rotational and circularD. rectilinear and circular

5. Which of the following statements about a moving particle is correct?

A. If the resultant force acting on the particle is zero, then it is dynamic equilibrium

B. If the resultant force acting on the particle is greater than zero, then it is moving with a uniform velocity

C. The rate of change of its momentum with time takes place in a direction opposite to that of its motion

D. The particle failing freely covers equal distances in equal time intervals.

6. Which of the following statements about static friction is correct? It

A. is independent of the nature of surfaces in contact

B. depends on the area of surfaces in contactC. depends on the relative motion between the

surfaces in contactD. depends on the weight of the moving body7. Two cars X and Y traveling in opposite

directions along the same highway at uniform velocities 110kmh-1 and 90kmh-1

respectively pass each other at a certain point. The velocity of X relative to Y at the time they pass each other is

A. 200kmh-1

B. 100kmh-1

C. 40kmh-1

D. 20kmh-1

8. The average speed of an object is determined by dividing the sum of its initial and final speeds by two only when the acceleration is

A. changingB. uniformC. increasingD. decreasing

9. A body is projected horizontally from the top of a cliff 45m above the ground. If the body lands at a distance 30m from the foot of the cliff, calculate the speed of projection. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 10ms-1

B. 15ms-1

C. 20ms-1

D. 30ms-1

10. Which of the following statements best describes a rigid body? A body which

A. is not easily deformedB. when deformed remains its shapeC. is brittleD. when deformed remains deformed

11. A simple harmonic oscillator has a period of 0.02s and amplitude of 0.25m. Calculate the speed in ms-1 at the centre of the oscillation.

A. 1.2B. 25.0C. 100.0D. 400.0

12. A vertical string, suspended from a fixed point and having a small mass attached to the free end is set into oscillations. Which of the following statements about the system are correct?

I. The potential energy of the mass is a minimum at the middle of the swing

II. Its kinetic energy is a maximum at the middle of the swing

III. The sum of the potential and kinetic energies is constant throughout the swing

A. I, II and IIIB. I and II onlyC. II and III onlyD. I and III only

13. A moving body of mass 25.0kg undergoes a uniform retardation of 20.0ms-2. Calculate the magnitude of the retaining force.

A. 1.25 NB. 8.00NC. 45.00 ND. 500.00 N

14. Which of the following sources of energy is/are exhaustible?

I. SolarII. Fossil fuelIII. Tidal powerA. II onlyB. III onlyC. I and II onlyD. II and III only

15. A machine is said to be a third class lever when the

A. load is between the fulcrum and effortB. fulcrum is between the effort and loadC. effort is between the fulcrum and loadD. fulcrum is directly below the load

16. A thermometer records 690mmHg at steam point and 440mm at ice point. The temperature it records at 380mmHg is

A. –25oCB. –20oCC. 20oCD. 25oC

17. The advantages of the thermoelectric thermometer include the following characteristics except that it

A. can measure rapidly changing temperaturesB. can measure high and low temperaturesC. can measure temperature almost at a pointD. is fairly sensitive

18. In a thermos flask, heat loss by radiation is minimized by the

A. silvered surfacesB. vacuum within the double wallsC. plastic stopperD. cork support

19. The press P, volume V and absolute temperature T of a given mass of an ideal gas, change simultaneously. Which of the following equations is correct about the gas?

A. PV = constant T

B. P_ = constant T

C. P_ = constant V T

D. i_ = constant T PV

20. Specific heat capacity 26.4J kg-1k-1 of a body means that when 26.4 J of heat energy is supplied to a body of

A. mass 1000 kg, the temperature rises by 1KB. mass 1kg, the temperature rises by 1000 KC. mass 1kg, the temperature rises by 1KD. mass 1000kg, the temperature rises by

1000K

21. In electric drill rated 400 W is used to drill a hole in copper of mass 400g in 20s. Calculate the rise in temperature if all the heat produced is absorbed by the copper. [Specific heat capacity of copper =400 J kg-

1k-1]A. 100oCB. 75oCC. 50oCD. 45oC

22. A solid of mass 0.5kg initially at 50oC melts at 60oC. Calculate the quantity of heat required to melt it completely.[Specific heat capacity of the solid =1.0 kJ kg-1k-1][Specific latent heat of fusion of solid = 2.0kJ kg-1]

A. 1500JB. 10000JC. 10500JD. 15000J

23. Dew point is not affected byA. temperatureB. windC. the amount of water vapour in the

atmosphereD. atmospheric pressure

24. A certain wave has a speed of 20ms-1. If the frequency of the wave is 0.25Hz, calculate the distance between successive crests of the wave.

A. 5.0mB. 40.0mC. 50.0mD. 80.0m

25. The ability of a wave to spread around corners is called

A. polarisationB. dispersionC. diffractionD. reflection

26. The following devices use plane mirrors in their operations, except

A. periscopeB. sextantC. kaleidoscopeD. binoculars

27. When an object is placed at the principal focus of a concave mirror, the location of the image formed is

A. between principal focus and poleB. between principal focus and centre of

curvatureC. at infinityD. at centre of curvature

28.

From the diagram above, the correct equation for the refractive index n of the medium is

A. n = tan i

B. n = sin i__ Sin 90o

C. n = sin i____ Cos (90o–i)

D. n = sin 90o

29. A ray of light travels from air to water. The refractive index of water is given by the expression.

A. velocity in water velocity in air

B. sine of angle of refractionSine of angle of incidence

C. apparent depth real depth

D. wavelength in airwavelength in water

30. A lens that is thinner at the middle and thicker at the edges is

A. divergingB. convergingC. plano-convexD. converging meniscus

31. Which of the following electromagnetic waves has the longest wavelength?

A. Radio wvesB. Gamma raysC. Infrared wavesD. Ultraviolet rays

32. The amplitude of a sound wave determines its

A. frequencyB. qualityC. loudnessD. pitch

33. As the air column of length L in an air pipe decreases, the frequency of the stationary wave emitted.

A. decreasesB. increasesC. varies as L2

D. varies as

34. A positively charged glass rod is placed near the cap of a positively charged electroscope. The divergence of the leaf is observed to

A. decreaseB. increaseC. remain the sameD. increase and collapse immediately

35. Capacitors are used in the following devices, except

A. water pumping machinesB. ceiling fansC. electric ironsD. television sets

Uses the diagram below to answer question 36 and 37.

36. Calculate the current, I.A. 0.60AB. 0.97AC. 1.03AD. 5.00A

37. Determine the potential difference, V across the parallel resistors

A. 2.0VB. 2.3VC. 3.0VD. 9.7V

38. A galvanometer of internal resistance 50Ω and full scale deflection of 20mA is converted into a voltmeter by connecting a resistor of resistance 1950Ω in series to it. Calculate the maximum voltage that can be read by the voltmeter.

A. 20VB. 30VC. 38VD. 40V

39. In the wiring of houses, the fuse is connected to the wire coloured

A. blueB. brownC. yellowD. yellow and green

40. Which of the following factors does not affect the electric resistance of a wire?

A. LengthB. MassC. TemperatureD. Cross-sectional area

41. Which of the following factors will increase the sensitivity of a moving coil meter?

A. Strong springB. Low number of turnsC. Small area of coilD. Soft iron core

42. In other to prevent bar magnets from losing their strength, they are stored with keepers such that the two bars are placed with

A. like poles facing each other and the keepers placed at their ends

B. like poles facing each other and the keepers placed between them

C. unlike poles facing each other and the keepers placed at their ends

D. unlike poles facing each other and the keepers placed between them

43. The resonant frequency of an a.c. circuit is 1000kHz. If each of the capacitance and inductance in the circuit is reduced by 50% and no other changes are made, the resonant frequency will become

A. 250kHzB. 750kHzC. 1000kHzD. 2000kHz

44. The energy, E stored in an inductor of inductance L when current I passes through it is given by the equation

A. E = ½ Ll2

B. E = Ll2

C. E = 1/2 LiD. E = ½ L2l

45. Eddy currents can be reduced byA. using coil of high resistanceB. winding the coil on a soft iron coreC. creating holes in the metal platesD. using coil of low resistance

46. An electron moves with a speed of 2.0 x 106ms-1 in a straight line. Calculate the wavelength of the electron wave.[mass of an electron = 9.1 x 10-31 kg][Planck’s constant = 6.6 x 10-34 Js]

A. 3.63 x 10-10mB. 6.51 x 10-9mC. 4.24 x 10-8mD. 7.25 x 10-8m

47. Oxidation of the filament in a light bulb is prevented by the introduction of

A. hydrogenB. oxygenC. argonD. mercury vapour

48. In a cathode ray tube, the function of the X-plates is to

A. deflect the electron beam horizontallyB. deflect the electron beam verticallyC. reflect the electron beamD. generate sinusoidal waves

49. A nuclide represented as 70X has a neutron

32 proton ratio ofA. 0.5B. 0.8C. 1.2D. 1.5

50. Neutrons are used to induce artificial radioactivity because they

A. are energeticB. have to chargeC. have no massD. are ionizing

2010PAPER 2 THEORYSECTION B PART I

1. A stone is projected vertically upward with a speed of 30ms-1 from the top of a tower of height 50m. Neglecting air resistance, determine the maximum height it reached from the ground. [g = 10ms-2]

2. A force of 40N is applied at the free of a wire fixed at one end to produce an

extension of 0.24mm. If the original length and diameter of the wire are 3m and 2.0mm respectively, calculate the:(a) stress on the wire(b) strain in the wire

3. When a lead – acid accumulator is fully charged, evolution of gases occurs at the electrodes, Name these gases and the respective electrodes at which they are given off.

4. (a) State two factors which affect the mass

of elements deposited during electrolysis.(b) List two non-electrolytes.

5. (a) Differentiate between plane polarization

and interference as applied to waves.(b) List two uses of polariods.

6. (a) List two examples each of substances

with:(i) low viscosity(ii) high viscosity

(b) When is a liquid said to be viscositatic?

7. State one reach each why cathode rays:(a) are not electromagnetic waves(b) cast sharp shadows of objects in their

Path.(c) can rotate a light paddle wheel

inside a discharge tube

8. An X-ray tube operates at a potential of 2500V. If the power of the tube is 750W. calculate the speed of the electron striking the target.[e = 1.6 x 10-19C; mass of electron = 9.1x10-

31kg]

9. (a) Write down the names of two particles

used in explaining the wave nature of matter.

(b) State the wave characteristics which are exhibited by the particles named in (a) above.

10. (a) State the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle

(b) The product of the uncertainties in Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle is equal to or greater than a constant. State the mathematical expression for this constant.

PART II

11. (a) Distinguish between perfectly elastic collision and perfectly inelastic

collision.(b) Sketch a distance – time graph for a

particle moving in a straight line with:(i) uniform speed(ii) variable speed

(c) A body start from rest and travels distance of 120, 300 and 180m in successive equal time intervals of 12s. During each interval the body is uniformly accelerated.(i) Calculate the velocity of the

body at the of each successive time interval.

(ii) Sketch a velocity – time graph for the motion.

12. (a) Explain the terms:(i) inertia(ii) inertial mass

(b) List three factors which affect the rate of evaporation of water in a pond

(c) Two ice cubes pressed together for some time were found to stick together when the pressure was removed. Explain this observation.

(d) Two vertical capillary tubes of the same diameter are lowered into beakers situated at the same level, containing liquids A and B of densities 9.2 x 103kgm-3 and 1.30 x 103kgm-3 respectively. A suction pump is used to withdraw air from the top of the liquid columns in the tubes by means of a T – piece arrangement until the liquid in A rises to a height of 26.0cm. Calculate the height of the liquid in tube B.

13. (a) State two factors which affect the angle

of deviation of a ray of light through a triangular glass prism.

(b) Seven virtual images of an object are formed when two plane mirrors are

inclined at an angle to each other. Calculate the value of .

(c) By means of a ripple tank, a student was able to generate series of transverse waves by varying the frequency of the dipper and all the waves so generated covered a distance of 0.80m in 0.2s.(i) Determine the speed, v, of

the waves.

f/Hz /m -1/m-1

2.04.06.08.010.0

(ii) Copy and complete the table given above in your answer booklet.

(iii) Plot a graph with f on the vertical axis and -1 on the horizontal axis.

(iv) What does the slope of the graph represent?

14. (a)

The diagram above illustrates a 9.0V battery of internal resistance 0.5Ω connected to two resistors of values 2.0Ω and R. A1, D2 and A3

are ammeters of negligible internal resistances. If A1 reads 4.0A, calculate the:

(i) equivalent resistance of the combined resistors 2.0Ω and RΩ.

(ii) current through A2 and A3

(iii) value of R.

15. (a) State three conclusions that can be drawn from Rutherford’s experiment on the scattering of alpha particles by a thin metal foil in relation to the structure of the atom.

(b) n3 0.0eV

n2 -2.0eV

n1 -5.7eV

n0 12.0eV

The diagram above illustrates the energy levels of an electron in an atom. If an excited electron moves from n2 to n0

calculate the:(i) frequency(ii) wavelength of the emitted

Radiation.[6.6 x 10-34Js; lev = 1.6 x 10-

19J; C = 3.0 x 108 ms-1](c) The following nuclear equations

represent two types of radioactivity.226Ra 222Rn + 4 (Equation A) 88 86 2

14N + 4 17 O + 1 P (Equation B) 7 2 8 1

Identify each type and explain briefly the difference between them.

2010PAPER 1 PRACTICAL

ALTERNATIVE A

1. (a)

(i) fix the drawing paper on the drawing board and hold the board with two clamps such that it is vertical.

(ii) Suspend the pendulum bob such that it hangs freely in front of the drawing paper.

(iii) Draw a line RP Representing the rest position of the pendulum string and mark the position P of the pendulum bob at rest.

(iv) Displace the pendulum bob to one side in a plane parallel to the drawing board.

(v) Mark the new position P1 of the centre of the bob.

(vi) Measure and record the perpendicular distance, d of P1 from the line RP.

(vii) Evaluate and record d2.(viii) Measure and record the

vertical height h of P1 above P.

(ix) Evaluate G = d 2 _ h

(x) Repeat the procedure for four other positions of P1.

(xi) Tabulate your readings.(xii) Remove the drawing board so

that the pendulum bob can swing freely.

(xiii) Set the pendulum bob oscillating through a small amplitude and determine the time t for 20 oscillations.

(xiv) Determine and record the period, T.

(xv) Plot a graph with G on the vertical axis and h on the

horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0).

(xvi) Determine the intercept I on the horizontal axis.

(xvii) Evaluate A = 1___ 19.772

(xviii) State two precautions taken to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Distinguish between the period

and frequency of oscillation of a simple pendulum.

(ii) Differentiate between oscillatory and rotational motions.

2. (a)

(i) Place the glass block on a drawing sheet and trace its outline ABCD as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Remove the block, measure and record the width W of the block.

(iii) Draw a normal ON to DC at a point about one-quarter the length of DC.

(iv) Draw a line making an angle i= 10o with the normal.

(v) Replace the block on its outline and mount the plan e mirror vertically behind the block such that it makes good contact with the face AB.

(vi) Stick two points P1 and P2 on the line MO.

(vii) Looking through the face CD, stick two other pins P3 P4

such that they appear to be in a straight line with the images of pin P1 and P2 seen through the block.

(viii) Join P3 and P4 with a straight line and extend it to touch the face CD at Ol.

(ix) Draw a perpendicular line from the midpoint of OOl to meet AB at Q.

(x) Draw lines OQl, OlQ and normal Ol, Nl produced.

(xi) Measure and record 0, e and d.

(xii) Evaluate m = sin e and n =

cos ( /2).(xiii) Repeat the procedure for i =

20o, 30o, 40o and 50o.(xiv) Tabulate your readings.(xv) Plot a graph with m on the

vertical axis and n on the horizontal axis.

(xvi) Determine the slope, s of the graph and evaluate = 2Ws.

(xvii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Explain the term refractive index

and give a mathematical expression for it in terms of wavelength.

(ii) State the conditions necessary for total internal reflection to occur for a given pair of media.

3. (a)

You are provided with a voltmeter V, a chemical cell/battery E two standard resistors R1 and R2; a potentiometer AB; a key K; a jockey and other necessary materials.

(i) Set up a circuit as shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Close the key K.(iii) Make contact with the

potentiometer wire AB using the jockey at a point C such that AC = x = 20cm.

(iv) Read and record the voltmeter reading, V.

(v) Evaluate x-1 and V-1.(vi) Repeat the procedure for

other values of x=30, 40, 50, 60 and 80cm.

(vii) Tabulate your readings.(viii) Plot a graph with V-1 on the

vertical axis and x-1 on the horizontal axis, starting both axes from the origin (0,0).

(ix) Determine the:(A) slope, s, of the graph(B) intercept, c, on the

vertical axis (x) State two precautions taken


(b) (i) State two devices in which Ohm’s

law does not apply.(ii) A current of 1A is supplied to

two resistors of resistances 2Ω and 3Ω connected in parallel. Calculate the current in each resistor.

1988 - SSCE PHYSICS

Documents

Transcript of 1988 - SSCE PHYSICS